Enviroment Clearance Bhopal Municpal PDF

BHOPAL MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE PRIVATE LIMITED
Regd Office: 20th Floor, A Wing, Marathon Futurex, N. M Joshi Marg, Lower Parel, Mumbai-400013,
Tel No: 022 71084444, Fax No. 71084500
Ref: BHOPAL/MSW/EC/24112018 Date: 24th November 2018
To,
Dr. S. Kerketta, Director, IA.I
New Delhi
Subject: Proposed 23 MW Municipal Solid Waste based Power Plant at Villages Kolua Khurd, Adampur
Chhavani, Phanda Block, Huzur Tehsil, Bhopal District by M/s Bhopal Municipal Solid Waste
Private Limited. – reg. Environment Clearance
Ref:
1. Letter No J-13012/16/2017-IA.II (T)
Respected Sir,
We thank you for your support and cooperation so far for Environment Clearance for Bhopal project. Please find
our response as follows:
Point 5i – Quantity of unsegregated MSW and waste for feeding to the boiler and characteristics of MSW:
We wish to confirm that the proposed Waste to Energy power plant is designed to fire processed waste and not
unsegregated waste. The plant is designed with an installed capacity to fire 1050TPD of processed waste of 1650
kcal/kg Net Calorific Value (NCV) to produce 21MW of gross electric power by firing processed waste.
Since, it’s difficult to provide a single boiler capable of firing 1050TPD of processed waste, we shall be providing
two lines/numbers of boilers with an installed capacity of 750TPD (15MW) and 300TPD (6MW). The steam from
both the boilers shall be combined together and same shall be fed to a common 21MW steam turbine. Generator
also shall be of 21MW capacity.
Please see details of waste projection from Bhopal city and adjoining cluster areas as given by Bhopal Corporation
in the Project Information document (PIM), in the table attached below. Please also see the summary table based on
the waste generation attached below.
Mandide Obaidulla Total Gross power

Year Bhopal Berasia Sehore Ichhawar Kothri Ashta Total Total Old legacy
ep hganj Waste
mixed processed waste fired
Fired generated, MW
@1650kcal/kg
TPD TPD TPD TPD TPD TPD TPD TPD TPD TPD TPD TPD
NCV
Plant yet to be
2018 1033 19 7 9 38 4 3 16 1129 790 0 0
commissioned
Plant yet to be
2019 1055 19 7 9 40 4 3 17 1154 808 0 0
commissioned
2020 1077 20 7 10 41 5 3 18 1181 827 223 1050 21
2021 1100 21 7 10 42 5 4 19 1208 846 204 1050 21
2022 1123 22 8 10 44 5 4 19 1235 865 185 1050 21
2023 1147 22 8 11 45 5 4 20 1262 883 167 1050 21
2024 1171 23 8 11 47 5 4 21 1290 903 147 1050 21
2025 1195 24 8 11 48 5 4 22 1317 922 128 1050 21
2026 1220 25 9 12 50 5 4 23 1348 944 106 1050 21
2027 1246 26 9 12 52 6 4 24 1379 965 85 1050 21
2028 1272 27 9 12 53 6 5 25 1409 986 64 1050 21
Registered Address: 513/A, 5th Floor, Kohinoor City, Kirol Road, Kurla (W), Mumbai- 400070 CIN:
U40100MH2016PTC287576
Tel No: 022 71084444, Fax No. 71084500
2029 1299 28 9 13 55 6 5 26 1441 1009 41 1050 21
2030 1326 29 10 13 57 6 5 27 1473 1031 19 1050 21
2031 1354 30 10 13 58 6 5 29 1505 1054 0 1054 21
2032 1382 30 10 14 61 6 5 30 1538 1077 0 1077 21
2033 1411 31 11 14 63 6 5 31 1572 1100 0 1100 22
2034 1441 32 11 14 65 7 6 33 1609 1126 0 1126 22
2035 1471 34 11 15 67 7 6 34 1645 1152 0 1152 23
The attached tables above indicate the total unsegregated waste expected to be generated in Bhopal city and the
cluster cities and towns. We will pre-process this waste to produce processed waste and quantities of the same are
U40100MH2016PTC287576
Tel No: 022 71084444, Fax No. 71084500
mentioned in the table. The unsegregated waste available is expected to increase from 1129TPD in 2018 to
1645TPD in 2035.
Currently, about 700TPD to 800TPD is collected from Bhopal city alone. The Waste to energy power plant will take
about two years to be commissioned and the waste will be stored and will be available for firing in the boilers.
Bhopal Corporation is currently collecting this waste and in due course, we will be doing the same.
This legacy waste collected for two years is expected to be about 511000 tons to 584000 tons. In the initial years
when the daily processed waste available is less than 1050TPD, we will be using part of this old legacy waste daily
to generate 21MW power as shown in the table above and will completely use the same over a period of time till
fresh waste available itself is sufficient to produce 1050TPD processed waste.
The characteristics of MSW as given in the Project information document is mentioned in the table below.
Physical composition
The waste analysis based on the physical waste characteristics is given below.
Waste qty Calorific
Average Corrected % Total Heat Moisture Moisture
Waste component based on value
% without E-waste % Value Kcal content % content tons
1180TPD (TPD) (kcal/kg)
Organic 54.35 54.81% 647 457 295571 45% 291
Plastic 12.83 12.94% 153 4815 735137 2% 3
Paper 6.94 7.00% 83 2500 206464 6% 5
Wood 1.71 1.72% 20 2225 45276 35% 7
Cotton/Textiles 6.18 6.23% 74 2818 207241 33% 24
Rubber 1.58 1.59% 19 3495 65713 11% 2
Leather 1.35 1.36% 16 3495 56147 11% 2
Metal 1.1 1.11% 13 -35 -458 6% 1
Glass 2.12 2.14% 25 -17 -429 3% 1
Inert 11 11.09% 131 -58.6 -7671 10% 13
E-waste 0.84
Total 100 100% 1180 1602991 349
Actual calorific value
1358 kcal/kg
of mixed waste
Moisture content of
30%
mixed waste
The calorific value of mixed/unsegregated waste as calculated based on physical composition is 1358kcal/kg.
However, by storing the waste in pit for 5 to 6 days and allowing leachate to drain out, we can reduce overall
moisture in waste and improve its calorific value as explained below.
U40100MH2016PTC287576
Tel No: 022 71084444, Fax No. 71084500
Point 5ii – Details of preprocessing/processing for reduction of inert materials, moisture and composting
material: The entire unsegregated/mixed waste received shall be discharged by trucks into the Waste pit and shall
be stored there for about 5 to 6 days before any pre-processing is done. The waste pit has sections. The waste
received in one day is stored in one section and it is stacked vertically in the pit. This vertical sacking i.e. piling of
waste increases the density of waste and forces leachate to drain out of the waste. This leachate is taken to and
treated in the Effluent treatment plant (ETP) to produce treated water which is then used as process water for power
plant.
During storage, Enzymes containing bacteria are also sprayed into the stored waste to expedite decomposition of
waste. These enzymes i.e. bacteria start aerobic reaction within the biodegradable waste in presence of oxygen. This
is an exothermic reaction in which the bacteria breakdown the biodegradable to produce Methane (CH4) and heat.
The heat produced increases the temperature of the waste mix to about 55 deg.C to 60 deg.C and this causes the
inherent and leftover surface moisture in the waste to evaporate.
The primary combustion air for boiler is sucked continuously from the waste pit and due to this reason, the hot air
containing methane and moisture is continuously sucked by the primary combustion air fan and is delivered to the
boiler where methane gets combusted to produce heat and thereby steam. The continuous sucking of air from the
waste mix continuously makes fresh oxygen available for keeping the exothermic aerobic reaction going on and the
waste keeps on getting dry.
After 5 to 6 days of this process going on in the waste pit, considerable amount of water is removed from the
waste mix, which increases its net calorific value to 1650kcal/kg.
Pre-processing – Please see the attached Process Flow Diagram (PFD) and Mass Balance Diagram (MBD) for
1180TPD unsegregated/mixed waste receipt: The unsegregated/mixed waste received is first weighed on the
weighbridge and the quantity of waste received is recorded. Then this mixed waste is unloaded into the RCC waste
pit and is stored there for 5 to 6 days.
Then this dried waste is loaded by grab crane into a feed hopper which in turn feeds the same into a Trommel with
(-) 80mm sized holes. Trommel screens out (-) 80mm size organic food waste which is now dry and a belt conveyor
takes this dry organic waste back to the waste pit.
The oversized inerts and paper, plastics, cardboard, clothes, leather etc which is collectively called RDF is
discharged by trommel into another belt conveyor. This oversized inerts and RDF is then fed into a Ballistic
separator, which segregates inerts and RDF. Inerts are taken to the landfill and RDF is taken to the waste pit.
Thus now dry and high NCV organic waste and RDF are now available in the waste pit. The waste grab crane
operator now mixes the high NCV organic waste and RDF by lifting and dropping with crane grab and then feeds
the high NCV processed waste into the boiler to produce steam. The steam in turn is expanded in the steam turbine
to generate electric power.
Point 5iii – Details of design of Waste to Energy Power Plant which includes design parameters of boiler,
turbine and generator: The details of WTE plant design are as follows.
Grate type – Reciprocating inclined grate (hydraulically operated). This is the most proven and widely used
technology worldwide.
Total Grate and Boiler processed waste firing capacity – 1050TPD of processed waste.
Number of lines – Two - one line of 750TPD (processed waste) capable of generating 15MW and second of
300TPD (processed) capable of generating 6MW.
U40100MH2016PTC287576
Tel No: 022 71084444, Fax No. 71084500
Boiler steam generation capacity –
Boiler no. 1 – Net 75 TPH going to turbine at 100% MCR (750TPD)
Boiler no. 2 – Net 28.5TPH going to turbine at 100% MCR (300TPD).
Total about 103.5TPH steam going to a common steam turbine of 21MW capacity at 100% MCR. Turbine
performance parameters shall be finalized later after discussion with turbine vendor. We may go for a LP Heater to
increase turbine cycle efficiency. ACC also shall be designed for 21MW output.
Generator of 21MW capacity shall be one number and coupled to the common steam turbine. The generator rating
and its other performance parameters shall be confirmed later after the turbine power cycle is finalized with turbine
vendor.
The calorific value of waste is not one and the only factor determining power generation possible from waste. The
power plant process parameters, type of FGT technology, quality and method of waste pre-processing, Turbine
power cycle configuration, Turbine specific steam consumption, Turbine exhaust pressure, ACC design parameters
etc also play a major role.
By burning the waste, a certain quantity of heat is released in the boiler furnace. How efficiently this heat is utilized
and used to generate maximum amount of steam and how efficiently this steam is used in turbine to generate more
power from the same is what determines the total gross power output. We have selected the best possible
parameters, which distinguish our plant design from existing plants, and some of them are listed below.
Sr. Description Bhopal Existing plants Remarks
no. design Chinese design
A Boiler parameters
1 Steam pressure 46 bar (a) 44 bar (a) Higher enthalpy for Bhopal
2 Steam temperature 410 deg.C 400 deg.C Higher enthalpy for Bhopal
3 Boiler flue gas exit temperature 160 deg.C 190 deg.C Higher steam generation
4 Secondary air temperature 220 deg.C Ambient More air pre-heating
5 Superheat temperature control range 60% to 100% 75% to 100% Better part load performance
B Steam Turbine & power cycle
Turbine specific steam consumption 4.7TPH/MW 5.0TPH/MW More power generated from same steam flow
Turbine exhaust pressure at 36 deg.C 0.135 bar (a) 0.15 to 0.18 bar (a) More power generated from same steam flow
One no. HP/LP heater Considered Not considered Higher efficiency
C Overall Power plant efficiency 25% 22% Better and efficient design
The 3D cut model of our boiler and complete WTE plant is as shown below.
U40100MH2016PTC287576
Tel No: 022 71084444, Fax No. 71084500
Point 5iv – Detailed Project Report prepared by the Technical Consultant: It is being submitted for your
review.
U40100MH2016PTC287576
Tel No: 022 71084444, Fax No. 71084500
Point 5v – Characteristics of leachate and its treatment method: The water retention characteristics of MSW can
be expressed in terms of a single parameter called Field Capacity. Field capacity is defined as the maximum
moisture that is retained in the waste against the force of gravity in a porous waste matrix without producing
downward percolation i.e. leachate. When the moisture content in waste exceeds its Field capacity, this excess
moisture above the field capacity percolates out of the waste matrix as leachate.
Typical Field capacity values of MSW landfills reported in literature is as given in the table below.
The variation above is due to differences in composition, density and porosity of stored waste. The above values are
for landfill waste which is heavily compacted and exposed to rain, sun etc. Waste stored in waste pit is compacted,
but not to the extent as landfill waste.
The Field capacity of un-compacted MSW is about 50%. The difference of 10% will percolate as leachate”.
In the physical analysis of waste given in the table above, the moisture content worked out was 349 tons for
1180TPD mixed waste received in plant. The 10% excess moisture above 40% compacted Field capacity i.e.
34.9TPD (10% of 349TPD moisture), will drain out as leachate.
If we consider average 1500TPD of mixed waste for design, the leachate quantity drained out would be
45TPD i.e. 45m3/day (Total moisture 30% of 1500TPD i.e. 450TPD and leachate 10% of 450TPD i.e. 45TPD).
This will happen only in monsoon season when the waste is wet whereas in summer and winter season the
moisture content of waste received is below the compacted Field capacity and practically no leachate will be
generated in summer and winter seasons.
Please see attached treated water test reports from our Jabalpur WTE plant.
The leachate drained out from the waste stored in the waste pit is collected in a tank from where it is pumped to the
Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) for further treatment. The quantity of leachate generated from MSW varies from
season to season. It will be higher in rainy season and minimum in winter and summer.
The typical characteristics of leachate from waste pit is as follows.
U40100MH2016PTC287576
Tel No: 022 71084444, Fax No. 71084500
Leachate Treatment scheme – The leachate treatment includes reduction of BOD and COD. TSS is removed by
settlement and sludge; BOD and COD is controlled by the treatment. The cakes are prepared from the sludge water.
The sludge water is re-circulated to the channel and cakes are fed into the boiler for combustion. As the leachate
generated during monsoon is more, the TDS will be low in monsoon and higher in other seasons.
The treated water is then used for gardening and for process cooling water for Bottom ash.
Since, the Bhopal WTE Plant is a zero discharge plant, all the waste water generated in the plant is treated and re-
used for plant purposes.
The Process Flow Diagram of the Leachate/Effluent Treatment Plant is as shown below.
U40100MH2016PTC287576
Tel No: 022 71084444, Fax No. 71084500
The treated leachate for disposal shall meet the standards as prescribed in MSW Rules 2016.
Point 5vi – Source of water requirement and permission for water withdrawal 50KLD during construction
and 500KLD during operation phase: For 50 KLD application is submitted to CGWA for NOC vide letter no.
BPL MSW/CGWA/231018 dated 23.10.2018 for bore well permission.
For 500 KLD the primary source of water shall be from adjoining Ghodapachad dam BMC has provided assurance
letter vide BMC/SWM/SBM/BPL/2018/6615 dated 3.11.2018 as enclosed
We would like to inform you that the Bhopal Municipal Authority already agreed to provide water as per
Concession Agreement Article 6 -Authority Obligation clause no. 6.1 j where it has been mentioned that Water
supply of ISWM (Integrated Solid Waste Management) facility be provided by authority (BMC).
Meanwhile Irrigation dept. has taken necessary action vide letter no 861/2018/820/Bhopal dated 29.9.2018 to
supply water from Ghoda Pachhad dam and BMC also submitted formal application to irrigation dept. to supply
water from Ghoda Pachhad dam vide letter no BMC /2018 /6581-6582 dated 18.10.2018. Copy of correspondence
is enclosed.
Point 5vii – Details and responsibility of transportation of the unsegregated Municipal Solid waste from
source to the power plant site: Our MSW collection operations in Bhopal city will start much before the
U40100MH2016PTC287576
Tel No: 022 71084444, Fax No. 71084500
commissioning of power plant and we will be transporting the same to power plant site. The Details of
transportation of MSW is given in attached DPR.
Other details –
Our consumption of Hydrated lime and Activated carbon for both the boilers together shall be as follows.
Hydrated Lime – 350kg/hr of minimum 92% purity.
Activated Carbon – 10kg/hr
Inerts removed during pre-processing shall be about 15% to 20% of the as received mixed waste and that shall be
in the range of 177TPD (15% of 1180TPD total waste in 2018) to about 300TPD (20% of 1500TPD in 2031). This
quantity will increase as the quantity of as received waste increases.
Stack height shall be 45m.
In addition, during detail design and engineering phase, we will be providing 10% additional margin over actual
quantities.
Detailed specification of Turbine and Generator is attached separately. This is a typical specification for 300TPD
plant.
Part load operation philosophy of plant –
We maintain boiler exit gas temperature of 160 deg.C at all times and at all load conditions. At part loads, we have
bypass part of the water going to economizer. The flue gas temperature at economizer inlet is less at part loads. If
we allow 100% water to go to economizer, the boiler exit gas temperature can fall below 140 deg.C, which is the
acid dew point temperature, where acids like dilute H2SO4 and HCl can form and attack boiler and FGT
components and cause failure. To avoid this problem, we bypass part of the water going to economizer and maintain
160 deg.C boiler exit temperature at all load conditions.
We hope above information are in line with your requirement, You are requested kindly issue the EC letter.
Thanking and assuring Authority of its best attention at all times.
Yours Faithfully
For Bhopal MSW Pvt Ltd
Authorised Signatory
Copy: 1. The Additional Principal Chief Conservator of Forests (C), Minister of Environment, Forest and Climate
Change, Regional Office (WZ), E-5, Kendriya Parayavaran Bhawan, E-5 Arera Colony, Link Road-3, Ravishankar
Nagar, Bhopal – 462016.
2. Shri Avinash Lavania Ji, Commissioner, Municipal Corporation, Bhopal
3. Guard File/Monitoring file
4. Website of MoEF&CC
Enclosure:
1. Waste generation forecast

2. Detailed Project Report
3. CA water obligation extract
4. Water Assurance Letter from BMC
5. Correspondence with Irrigation department and BMC on water
U40100MH2016PTC287576
Tel No: 022 71084444, Fax No. 71084500
PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM FOR PRE-PROCESSING OF 1180 TPD MIXED/UNSEGREGATED WASTE FOR BHOPAL WTE PLANT
Metals Power Generation Calculation

Inerts to Landfill
13 TPD Quantity (Processed waste) 827 TPD
25 TPD 131 TPD
Calorific value 1650.00 kcal/kg
Overall Efficiency 24.00 %
Gross Power 16 MW
1180 TPD 971 TPD 599 TPD Auxiliary consumption 13%
Mixed Storage in Pre-
Manual sorting Belt Trommel, (+/-) Belt conveyor with Ballistic
MSW from processing shed for Auxillary Consumption 2 MW
conveyor 80mm size Magnetic separator Separator
city, 340TPD 3 to 4 days, 340TPD
Export Power 14 MW
372 TPD 455 TPD

125 TPD 59 TPD
Evaporative Processed waste to

Leachate to ETP
loss boiler
Total 827 TPD
U40100MH2016PTC287576
Annexure-I
Detail Project Report
For
PROPOSED 23 MW WASTE TO ENERGY POWER PLANT FOR BHOPAL, MP
PREPARED FOR
M/S Bhopal Municipal Solid Waste Private Limited

Essel House, B-10, Essel House, Industrial Area, Lawrence Road,
New Delhi, India 560020
PREPARED BY
MITCON CONSULTANCY & ENGINERRING SERVICES LTD.

Environment Management and Engineering Division
Agricultural College Campus, Near DIC Office,
Shivajinager Pune 411 005
EME/SWM/BMSWPL /2016-17/116: R1 Date: 19/03/2017
MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd Page 1 of 220

M/s Bhopal Municipal Solid Waste Pvt. Ltd
INDEX
LIST OF TABLES ..................................................................................................................................... 8
LIST OF FIGURES ................................................................................................................................ 11
CHAPTER NO. 1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................... 13
1.1. Background: ...................................................................................................................................... 13
1.2. Problems associated with Solid Waste Management System: ...................................... 13
1.3. Status of Solid Waste Management:......................................................................................... 14
1.4. Present Project Details: ................................................................................................................ 15
1.5. Objectives:.......................................................................................................................................... 16
1.6. Scope of Work: ................................................................................................................................. 17
A. Equipment for Collection, Transpiration & Disposal: .......................................... 17
B. Infrastructure to be created: ............................................................................................. 18
CHAPTER NO. 2 PROFILE OF ULBS-BHOPAL CITY ............................................................. 19
2.1. Introduction: ..................................................................................................................................... 19
2.2. Historical Background of Bhopal City: .................................................................................... 19
2.3. Geographical conditions of Bhopal City: ................................................................................ 20
2.3.1 Climate ......................................................................................................................................... 20
2.3.2 Humidity ..................................................................................................................................... 21
2.3.3 Geology and Soil ....................................................................................................................... 21
2.4. Land use patterns: .......................................................................................................................... 21
2.5. Participating ULBs: ......................................................................................................................... 22
1. Sehore: ........................................................................................................................................... 22
2. Ichhawar:...................................................................................................................................... 23
3. Mandideep ................................................................................................................................... 23
4. Ashta ............................................................................................................................................... 23
MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. Page 2 of 220

5. Berasia ........................................................................................................................................... 24
6. Kothri ............................................................................................................................................. 24
7. Obaidullaganj ............................................................................................................................. 24
2.6. Population: ........................................................................................................................................ 25
2.7. Slum Population: ............................................................................................................................. 26
CHAPTER NO. 3 ASSESSMENT OF EXISTING SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

SYSTEM ................................................................................................................................................... 26
3.1. Introduction: ..................................................................................................................................... 26
3.2. Sources of Solid Waste: ................................................................................................................. 26
3.3. Waste quantification details: ...................................................................................................... 27
3.4. Storage of Waste: ............................................................................................................................ 31
3.5. Existing Collection and Transportation system by BMC: ................................................ 33
1. Primary Collection System: Door to Door Collection ....................................................... 33
2. Secondary waste Collection System ....................................................................................... 35
3. Transportation ................................................................................................................................ 35
4. Man power ........................................................................................................................................ 36
3.6. Transfer stations: ............................................................................................................................ 37
3.7. Treatment & disposal of waste: ................................................................................................. 38
3.9. Observation and Deficiencies in the present system: ....................................................... 45
CHAPTER NO.4 WASTE QUANTIFICATION AND CHRACTERIZATION ..................... 50
4.1. Introduction: ..................................................................................................................................... 50
4.2 Waste characterization & quantification ................................................................................ 50
4.2.1 Sources of waste generation: .............................................................................................. 50
4.2.2 Methodology of waste quantification &characterization: ....................................... 51
4.3 Study results ...................................................................................................................................... 52
4.4 Collection efficiency ........................................................................................................................ 57

4.5 Future Generation Trends ............................................................................................................ 57
CHAPTER NO.5COLLECTION AND TRANSPORTATION PLAN ...................................... 59
5.1 Basis of Design of Proposed SWM Plan ................................................................................... 59
5.1.1 Survey Objectives .................................................................................................................... 59
5.1.2 Survey Methodology ............................................................................................................... 60
5.1.3. Survey Outcomes .................................................................................................................... 61
5.2 Proposed MSW Management Plan ............................................................................................ 61
5.2.1 Primary Waste Collection System and operational plan .......................................... 61
5.2.2. Secondary Waste Storage System (Mini Transfer Station) and operational plan
................................................................................................................................................................... 64
5.2.3. Proposed Transportation system from Mini Transfer Station to ISWM Site .. 68
5.3. Summary of Collection and Transportation Infrastructure ........................................... 68
5.4 Operation & Maintenance (O&M) costs for Collection & Transportation System .. 72
5.5. Scope of Work for Supplies and Services............................................................................... 73
5.5.1 Supply........................................................................................................................................... 73
5.5.2 After Sales Services ................................................................................................................. 75
5.6 Responsibilities................................................................................................................................. 77
5.7 Conditions for supply and maintenance of vehicles ........................................................... 80
CHAPTER NO.6 MONITORING AND PUBLIC INTERFACE................................................ 86
6.1 Establishing GIS-GPS based MIS ............................................................................................. 86
6.2 Complaint Handling System......................................................................................................... 89
6.3 Capital Cost of establishing GIS-GPS based MIS System ................................................... 90
6.4 Development of software and operational reports ............................................................ 90
6.5 Control room...................................................................................................................................... 92
CHAPTER NO.7 IDENTIFICATION OF SOLID WASTE PROCESSING

TECHNOLOGIES& ISWM FACILITY, SANITARY LANDFILL............................................. 94
7.1 Introduction ....................................................................................................................................... 94

7.2 MSW Processing Techniques: ..................................................................................................... 94
7.3 Wastes to Energy Technology:.................................................................................................... 97
Table no. 7.7 Technical Data Sheet of Waste Crane ........................................................... 129
7.4 ISWM facility & Sanitary landfill: ............................................................................................ 149
About Adampur Chhawani........................................................................................................... 151
Design Of SLF Landfill :.................................................................................................................. 155
CHAPTER NO.8 INFORMATION, EDUCATION & COMUNICATION (IEC) ............... 161
8.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 161
8.2 Objectives of IEC ............................................................................................................................ 163
8.3 Delivery of IEC ................................................................................................................................ 163
8.3.1 Public announcement ......................................................................................................... 164
8.3.2 Print (Newspaper) coverage ............................................................................................ 164
8.3.3 Visual Media coverage ........................................................................................................ 164
8.3.4 Social Media coverage ......................................................................................................... 164
8.3.5 Awareness and Sensitization workshops.................................................................... 165
8.3.6 Seminars................................................................................................................................... 165
8.3.7 Informal Group Discussions ............................................................................................. 165
8.3.8 Meetings with stakeholders ............................................................................................. 166
8.3.9 Creative contents such as street plays, small documentaries, posters ............ 166
8.3.10 Star Attraction ..................................................................................................................... 166
8.4 Similar initiatives ..................................................................................................................... 166
8.5 Example of IEC material ............................................................................................................. 168
8.6 Guidelines for Swachh Bharat Mission (SBM) ................................................................... 168
CHAPTER NO.9 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................ 171
9.1 Construction Phase: ..................................................................................................................... 171
9.1.1 Air Environment ................................................................................................................... 171

9.1.2 Water Environment ............................................................................................................. 172
9.1.3 Land Environment ............................................................................................................... 172
9.1.4 Mitigation................................................................................................................................. 173
9.1.5. Awareness : ............................................................................................................................ 174
9.2. Operation Phase: .......................................................................................................................... 175
CHAPTER NO.10 FINANCIAL ASPECTS ................................................................................. 177
10.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 177
10.1.1PLANT AND MACHINERY ................................................................................................ 178
10.1.2. Construction of Transfer station ................................................................................ 178
10.1.3Civil work of ISWM Facility, site development and Sanitary Land fill ............ 178
10.1.4 Engineering Expenses ................................................................................................... 179
10.1.5 Preliminary and Pre-operative expenses .............................................................. 179
10.1.6 Estimation of contingency and escalation provisions ...................................... 179
10.1.7 Financing Cost .................................................................................................................. 179
10.1.8 Interest during Construction ......................................................................................... 179
10.1.9 Margin Money for working capital .............................................................................. 179
ANNEXURE-1..................................................................................................................................... 180
ANNEXURE 2 ..................................................................................................................................... 182
ANNEXURE 3 ................................................................................................................................... 183
ANNEXURE 4 .................................................................................................................................. 184
ANNEXURE – 5.................................................................................................................................. 185
ANNEXURE – 6.................................................................................................................................. 186
ANNEXURE 7 ..................................................................................................................................... 187
ANNEXURE-8..................................................................................................................................... 188
ANNEXURE-9..................................................................................................................................... 191
ANNEXURE-10 .................................................................................................................................. 192

ANNEXURE-11 .................................................................................................................................. 193
ANNEXURE-12 .................................................................................................................................. 209
Mass balance of thermal power plant ..................................................................................... 209
Heat Mass balance of thermal power plant ........................................................................... 209
ANNEXXURE-13 ............................................................................................................................... 211
Organization Chart .......................................................................................................................... 211
ANNEXURE-14 ...................................................................................................................................................
ANNEXURE-15 ..........................................................................................................................................
Quotations Enclosed ....................................................................................................................... 215
ANNEXURE-16 ..........................................................................................................................................
Water Test Report ...................................................................................................................................
ANNEXURE-17 ..........................................................................................................................................
Ward Level Survey ..................................................................................................................................
ANNEXURE-18 ..........................................................................................................................................
Time Line of Bhopal ................................................................................................................................
ANNEXURE-19 ..........................................................................................................................................
Project Schedule.......................................................................................................................................
ANNEXURE-20 ..........................................................................................................................................
Soil Investigation Report………………………………………………………………………………………

LIST OF TABLES
Table No 1.1: ULB wise waste generation at source (2016)
Table No. 2.1 Land use Distribution in Bhopal
Table No. 2.2 Socio economics factors.
Table No. 2.3 Population of Bhopal city & ULBs of 2016
Table No.3.1 Per Capita waste generation rates by Population range
Table No.3.2 Waste generation from residential of Bhopal city
Table No. 3.3 Waste generation from markets
Table No. 3.4 Total Waste generation in Bhopal city.
Table No.3.5 No. of bins provided in wards & zones
Table No. 3.6 No. of workers engaged in Door to door collection
Table No. 3.7 Transfer stations
Table No. 3.8 Summary of Solid waste management system of Bhopal &
ULBs of year 2016
Table No. 3.9 Compliance of MSW Rules 2000 - 2016 in the existing SWM
system of Bhopal & ULBs
Table No.4.1 Physical composition in AIMS zone
Table No. 4.2 Summary of Physical composition of waste
Table No. 4.3 Waste generation forecast from the project area by decadal
method.
Table No: 5.1 Transfer Station Area, Zones and Tonnage
Table No: 5.2 Infrastructure Details
Table No: 5.3 O&M Cost for C&T System Annually
Table No. 5.4 Scope of supplies
Table No. 5.5 Sales services

Table No. 5.6 Responsibility matrix
Table No. 5.7 Conditions for supply & maintenance of vehicles
Table No 6.1 Cost of GIS-GPS based System
Table No. 7.1 Comparison of common W2E Energy Techniques
Table No 7.2: Various major technology suppliers
Table No. 7.3 Technical description of components in Heat utilization
Table No. 7.4 Provision of flue gas treatment by Hitachi
Table No.7.5 Provision of residue handling and treatment by Hitachi
Table No. 7.6 Auxiliary requirement
Table No. 7.7 Technical Data Sheet of Waste Crane
Table No. 7.8 Technical Data – Incinerator
Table No. 7.9 Technical Data: Boiler Specification
Table No. 7.10 Technical Specification: Flue Gas Treatment
Table No. 7.11 Descriptions of components of Electric system
Table No. 7.12 Expected Data used for balance calculation
Table No. 7.13 Details of man power requirement
Table No. 7.14 Proposed Time frame
Table No. 7.15 Silent features of ISWM site
Table No. 7.16 Area Statement of Adampur Chhawani
Table No 10.1 Cost of Project (Capex) for C & T
Table No. 10.2 Plant Machinery cost
Table No. 10.3 Construction of Transfer Station
Table No. 10.4 Civil works
Table No. 10.5 Engineering expenses
Table No. 10.6 Preliminary and Preoperative Expenses

Table No. 10.7 Estimate of Contingency/Escalation Provision
Table No. 10.8 Financing Cost
Table No. 10.9 Opex
Table No 10.10 Cost of Project (Capex) for WTE Plant Facility
Table No 10.11 Cost of Project (Capex) for ISWM Facility

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure No 2.1 Maps of ULBS
Figure. No 3.1 Site photographs of existing storage condition
Figure. No 3.2 Solid waste bins 1.1 cum & 4.5 cum
Figure No 3.3 Bhanpura dumpsite
Figure No 4.1 Site photographs of sampling
Figure No. 5.1 Location of 19 mini Transfer Station
Figure No. 5.2 Photograph of actual site Vs Proposed View
Figure No 5.3 C & T Process Flow Chart
Figure No 5.4 Distance & route plan of ULBS
Figure No.6.1 GPS enabled Waste Management System
Figure No 7.1 General Incineration process
Figure No 7.2 Proposed 3D WtE Model
Figure No 7.3 Typical Section of Processing Plant Layout
Figure No. 7.4 Feed Hopper with feed Chute
Figure No. 7.5 Ramp Feeder
Figure No. 7.6 Overview of the Grate
Figure No. 7.7 Startup Burner
Figure No. 7.8 Pusher type bottom ash/slag extractor
Figure no. 7.9 Control system structure
Figure no. 7.10 Boiler structure
Figure No. 7.11 Turbine
Figure No. 7.12 Schematic process WtE plant with Heat utilization
Figure No. 7.13 Semi - Dry Reactor
Figure No. 7.14 Fabric Filter

Figure No. 7.15 Load Range Diagram
Figure No. 7.16 Corrosion Diagram
Figure No 7.17 Site photographs of Adampur Chhwani
Figure No 7.18 The detailed layout of site
Figure No 8.1 capacity building in MSW

Figure No 8.2 Essential Steps for Public Participation, Source:
JNURM Toolkit
Figure No 8.3 IEC methods, Source: JNURM Toolkit
Figure No 8.4 IEC material for Segregation of Solid Waste

CHAPTER NO. 1 INTRODUCTION
1.1. Background:
Municipal solid waste management is an important as it impacts health,
Environment and aesthetic society if it is not managed properly. Hence to
improve quality and standard of living, the Bhopal Municipal Corporation
(BMC) has proposed to strengthen the covering collection, segregation,
recycling, transportation, processing and disposal with option for composting,
waste to energy, disposal in 8 Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) in Bhopal. The BMC
intends to institutionalize a holistic Integrated, sustainable environment and
eco-friendly Municipal Solid waste Management System in the urban local
bodies (ULBs).
Rapid industrialization and population explosion in India has led to the
migration of people from villages to cities, which generate thousands MT of
municipal solid waste daily, which is one of the important contributors for
environmental degradation at national level. Improper management of
municipal solid waste (MSW) causes hazards to inhabitants.
Therefore, BMC has initiated the project that involves setting up an Integrated
Solid Waste Management System (ISWM) for a cluster comprising of 8 ULBs
within a radius of 80 km of Bhopal. The Bhopal cluster comprises of 8 ULBs
from 3 districts namely Bhopal District (Bhopal and Berasia), Raisen District
(Mandideep, Obaidullaganj) and Sehore District (Sehore, Ashta, Ichhawar,
Kothri).
1.2. Problems associated with Solid Waste Management System:

With the 74th Constitutional Amendment specifying powers of ULBs and
responsibilities of Local Self Govt. and PIL filed in Supreme Court of India in
1996alleging GOI, State Governments, and Union Territories & ULBs failing to
discharge obligatory duties regarding MSW management. In March 1999,
Expert Committee set up by Supreme Court, submitted detailed
recommendations for all Class I cities and various stakeholders for

implementation. Municipal Solid Waste Management and Handling Rules 2000

- 2016 also specifies solid waste management as an obligatory function of urban
local bodies , but in actual practice the solid waste management is given the last
priority and the duties are either nor performed or poorly performed , the city
has to face numerable problems related to environment and sanitation.
The major deficiencies associated with the system are:
 Rapidly urbanization, increase in population leads to increase in per
capita waste generation rate.
 Inadequate resources like finance, absence of suitable trained staff.
 Inappropriate technology.
 Major portion of manpower is utilized in collection, so the cost of
collection increases considerably.
 Social status of solid waste is low, therefore lack in participation of
citizens in SWM services.
 Low efficiency of system because of unspecified norms of work, poor
maintenance of vehicles, lack of co-ordination.
1.3. Status of Solid Waste Management:

Bhopal alone contributes to about 86% of the total MSW from all the other
ULB collectively. The population of Bhopal as per Census 2011 was 1922130.
As of 2016 the total population of the town is 2411972 therefore considering
average 300gm/capita/day of solid waste for domestic & 2Kg/unit/day for
commercial the total waste generation in year 2016 of Bhopal city & ULBs
accounts to be 1000 TPD.
It should be noted that the waste generation rates calculated/assumed for the
8 ULBs includes waste from all the sources (residential, Commercial,
institutional etc.).

Table 1.1: ULB wise waste generation at source (2016)
ULB Wards Population 2016 Total waste

generation(TPD)
Bhopal 85 2411972 909
Mandideep 26 87676 17
Obaidullaganj 15 25286 8
Berasia 18 34370 10
Sehore 35 121453 32
Ichhawar 15 16539 4
Kothri 15 11988 4
Ashta 18 61286 16
Total 1000
1.4. Present Project Details:

The proposed project area compromises Bhopal city & other 7 ULBs around the
city. The Bhopal cluster comprises of 8 ULBs from 3 districts namely Bhopal
District (Bhopal and Berasia), Raisen District (Mandideep, Obaidullaganj) and
Sehore District (Sehore, Ashta, Ichhawar, Kothri). Bhopal is the major town
among the Cluster of ULBS comprising of Sehore, Ashta, Kothri, lchhawar,
Berasia, Mandideep and Obedullaganj. The existing solid waste management
system of the region needs significant improvement. The region does not have
any scientific methods of waste treatment and disposal.

1.5. Objectives:
The objective of the project is to prepare a holistic, integrated, sustainable,
environment friendly and executable municipal solid waste management
system and to meet the following requirements to implement the Solid Waste
Management in the ULB’s of Bhopal, MP.
 Analyze the quantity and types of Municipal solid waste generated per
capita per day, in the ULB’s for different sources and types of waste
generated.
 Appraise the current mechanism for Primary and Secondary collection of
solid waste, including details of physical infrastructure such as Waste
bins, Collection points, Road length covered, number of sanitary workers
employed and type of vehicles used, etc.
 Study the adequacy of existing infrastructure facilities for collection,
transportation and disposal of solid waste and list and quantify the
deficiency based on the various available normative standards.

 Appraise the daily collection at various stages, number of Shifts & trips
made by Vehicles, Carrying capacity, distance travelled to transfer
stations treatment and disposal site.
 Optimization of transport routes and location of transfer stations for cost
effective transportation of waste. Existing tie up and arrangements of the
Council, with Private operators, for collection, transportation, treatment
and disposal of solid waste.
 Details of existing dumping yards/compost yard such as area, facilities
available.
 Evaluation of solid waste management system I terms of cost per ton of
waste, cost per capita & other operating parameters.
 Feasibility & Evaluation of the proposed landfill sites
 Suggestions for Institutional strengthening, staff requirement and
training
1.6. Scope of Work:

The project has two broad components i.e. physical infrastructure creating &
efficient service delivery. However while designing the project scope adequate
care has been taken so that the cost of service delivery without compromising
the quality of service should be affordable.
The project entrails provisioning of physical infrastructure components
appended as follows:
A. Equipment for Collection, Transpiration & Disposal:
1. Equipment for collection & transportation: This includes;
a. Movable bins of varying capacities,
b. Primary collection vehicles for all the ULBs – Rickshaw (Tricycles)
with twin bins system, motorized 3 & 4 wheelers with GPS trackers
c. Secondary collection vehicles: Refuse compactors of various capacity
(with GPS trackers) required for collecting the waste from primary
collection vehicles/storage points & satellite segregation unit

(MRFs) & transporting the waste to landfill site

d. Other ancillary equipment required to support collection &
transportation activities
e. Animal carcass carriers for the dead animals
2. Equipment for intermediate storage & disposal
a. Segregation units at processing plant
b. Loader, compactors, back hoe, weigh bridges etc. to support the
functioning of activities at landfill site
3. Waste processing unit: The processing unit, comprising of waste to
energy unit, which will be developed by private
operator/concessionaire to process the waste of 8 beneficiary towns of
this project.
4. Ancillary Equipment: These include, but not limited to safety equipment,
uniforms for sanitary workers, stand by vehicles for collection,
transportation & disposal activities.
B. Infrastructure to be created:
1. Integrated Solid Waste Management facility (ISWM):
This involves the development of sanitary landfill site as well as the various
support infrastructure required at landfill site. The landfill will comprise of
central facility for the management & oversight of project functioning. Apart
from sanitary landfill, the proposed ISWM facility will also have waste
processing facility, weigh bridge, storage sheds, workshops, parking area for
the transportation fleet, etc.
2. Satellite Units:
In order to reduce the transportation cost, a Satellite Segregation Station, is to
be established near Sehore for selected ULBs, i.e. Sehore, Icchawar,
Ashta&Kothri. The ISWM Facility at Adampur Chhawani which will act as
intermediate storage cum segregation points.

CHAPTER NO. 2 PROFILE OF ULBS-BHOPAL CITY
2.1. Introduction:
Bhopal is the capital of Indian state of Madhya Pradesh and administrative
headquarters of the Bhopal District & Bhopal Division. Bhopal is known as City
of Lake. It is the 17thlargest city in the country and 131stin the world. The city is
located in the central part of India within North Latitude of 2316’ & East
Longitude 7736’.The administration of Bhopal city is handles by Bhopal
Municipal Council (BMC) & the area under BMC is 413 sqkm. The city is
basically divided into two parts – old Bhopal & New Bhopal. Average population
density of Bhopal city is around 6956 persons per sqkm, however the
population in the city is not evenly distributed.
The major industries in the old city are electrical goods, medicinal, cotton,
chemicals and jewelry. Other industries include cotton and flour milling, cloth
weaving and painting, as well as making matches, sealing wax, and sporting
equipment. The residents of Bhopal also engage in large retail businesses.
Handicrafts, like zardozi and batua are some of the products of the Old City.
2.2. Historical Background of Bhopal City:

Bhopal was founded in 11th century by the Paramara king Bhoja, who ruled
from his capital at Dhar. This theory states that Bhopal was originally known as
Bhopal after a dam constructed by the king's minister. Bhopal became
a princely state after signing a treaty with the British East India Company in
1818. Between 1819 and 1926, the state was ruled by four
women, Begums unique in the royalty of those days under British suzerainty.
Qudsia Begum was the first woman ruler, who was succeeded by her only
daughter Sikandar Begum, who in turn was succeeded by her only
daughter, Shahjehan Begum. Sultan Jahan Begum was the last woman ruler
who, after 25 years of rule, abdicated in favor of her son, Hamidullah Khan. The
rule of Begums gave the city its waterworks, railways, a postal system, and a
municipality constituted in 1907.

Bhopal State was the second-largest Muslim-ruled princely state: the first
being Hyderabad. After the independence of India in 1947, the last Nawab
expressed his wish to retain Bhopal as a separate unit. Agitations against the
Nawab broke out in December 1948, leading to the arrest of prominent leaders
including Shankar Dayal Sharma. Later, the political detainees were released,
and the Nawab signed the agreement for Bhopal's merger with the Union of
India on 30 April 1949.[20] The Bhopal state was taken over by the Union
Government of India on 1 June 1949.
2.3. Geographical conditions of Bhopal City:

Bhopal has an average elevation of 500 meters (1401 ft.). Bhopal is located in
the central part of India, and is just north of the upper limit of
the Vindhya mountain ranges. Located on the Malwa plateau, it is higher than
the north Indian plains and the land rises towards the Vindhya Range to the
south. The city has uneven elevation and has small hills within its boundaries.
The prominent hills in Bhopal are Idgah hills and Shyamala hills in the northern
region, Katara hills in southern region. City's geography has in it two lakes
namely upper lake and lower lake.
2.3.1 Climate
Bhopal has a humid subtropical climate, with cool, dry winters, a hot summer
and a humid monsoon season. Summers start in late March and go on till mid-
June, the average temperature being around 30 °C (86 °F), with the peak of
summer in May, when the highs regularly exceed 40 °C (104 °F). The monsoon
starts in late June and ends in late September. These months see about
40 inches (1020 mm) of precipitation, frequent thunderstorms and flooding.
The average temperature is around 25 °C (77 °F) and the humidity is quite high.
Temperatures rise again up to late October when winter starts, which lasts up
to early March. Winters in Bhopal are cool, and not very much comfortable like
summers, with average daily temperatures around 16 °C (61 °F) and little or no

rain. The winter peaks in January when temperatures may drop close to
freezing on some nights. Lowest temperature ever recorded was 0.3C. Total
annual rainfall is about 1146 mm (46 inches).
2.3.2 Humidity
Comparatively the humidity goes higher during the south-west monsoon

period. Rest of the year the air seems to be dry. During the summer season the
humidity goes down to less than 20%.
2.3.3 Geology and Soil
The top portions of the hillocks generally consist of hard red soil, mixed with
basaltic boulders. Black cotton soil is seen at various depths from 1 to 3m. The
soil in and around is alluvial land. The soil is conductive for agriculture & is
appropriate for Rabi &Kharif crop harvesting.The geological formations
underlying the Bhopal area – at the eastern edge of the Malwa Plateau – are
largely red sandstone strata, with the depth of the rock varying according to the
slopes.
2.4. Land use patterns:

In terms of land use, predominant use is residential and sizable undeveloped
land is available in all these cities, which to a large extent, is responsible for
increasing overhead cost of providing infrastructure. Bhopal has higher
percentage of land under traffic i.e. 14.86 %.
Table no. 2.1 Land use Distribution in Bhopal
Particulars Percentage (%)
Residential 46.80 %
Industrial 7.94 %
Commercial 3.71 %
Recreational 16.71%

Particulars Percentage (%)
Transportation 14.86 %
Public &semi public 7.19%
Others 2.79%
2.5. Participating ULBs:

The project’s geographical coverage is providing MSW Management services to
a cluster comprising of 8 ULBs within a radius of 80 km of Bhopal. The Bhopal
cluster comprises of 8 ULBs from 3 districts namely Bhopal District (Bhopal and
Berasia), Raisen District (Mandideep, Obaidullaganj) and Sehore District
(Sehore, Ashta, Ichhawar, Kothri).
Following are the ULBs which are considering in Solid waste management
system-
Figure 2.1 maps of ULBS
1. Sehore:
Sehore is the headquarter town of the
district which is 39km away from
Bhopal. It is part of Bhopal division&
is bound by the districts Rajgarh,
Shajapur (NW), Guna (N), Bhopal,
Raisen (NE) and Hoshangabad,
Dewas (S).Sehore has been divided
into five tehsils, ie. Sehore, Ashta,
Ichhawar, Budni & nasrullahganj. The
district is likewise composed of urban
town’s viz. Ashta (M), Budni (NP), Ichhawar (NP), Jawar (NP), Nasrullaganj
(NP), Rehti (NP) &Sehore (M). The town has an area of 18.59sqkm & road
length 73 km. Sehore is divided into 35 wards.

2. Ichhawar:
Ichhawar is located at 23.02 N & 77.02
E.It is at a distance of 19kms from
District headquarter, Sehore&60kms
from Bhopal city. It is a tehsil
headquarter in the Sehore District.
The town has an area of 13.49sqkm &
road length 10km. Ichhawar is
divided into 15wards.
3. Mandideep
Mandideep is located at 23.5’ North
latitude & 77.31 East longitudes.
Mandideep is 23km from Bhopal. It is
a Nagar Palika Parishad in district of
Raisen M.P. The town has an area of
12.88 sq. km& road length 18km.
Mandideep is divided into 18 wards.
4. Ashta
Ashta is located at 23.02 N 76.72E. The
town has an area of 15.38 sqkm& road
length 47km. Ashta is divided into
18wards. Ashta is a Nagar Palika
Parishad in a district of Sehore, M.P

5. Berasia
It is located at 23.43’ North latitude
& 77.26’East longitudes. Berasia is
Municipal headquarter towns in
Bhopal district of M.P. The town has
an area of 16.58 sqkm & road length
41km. Berasia is divided into 18
wards
6. Kothri
It is located between the north
latitude 22 31’ to 23 40’ and east
longitude 76 22’ to 78 08’ in Sehore
district of M.P. Kothri is located at a
distance of 30kms from district
headquarters, Sehore & 60 kms from
Bhopal City. This town has an area of
29.43sqkm & road length 7km. Kothri
is divided into 15 wards.
7. Obaidullaganj
Obaidullaganj is located at 23.1’ N
77.35’ east. The town has an area of
29sqkm & road length 52km.
Obaidullahanj is divided into
15wards. It is a Nagar Parishad.

2.6. Population:
Bhopal city accounts for about 87% of the total project population out of
other ULBs. The socio economics factor as per census 2011 of Bhopal city &
ULBs is shown in below table
Table No. 2.2 Socio economics factors.
Area No. of Households Population Sex Literacy

Name
(sq.km) wards (2011) (2011) ratio rate (%)
Bhopal 413 85 382690 1922130 918 88.9
Sehore 15.1 35 20314 109118 918 70.06
Mandideep 12.88 26 14330 59564 842 83.76
Ashta 15.38 18 10006 51824 928 79.41
Berasia 16.58 15 6257 30951 905 76.57
Obaidullaganj 10.12 15 4391 22845 904 80.57
Ichhawar 13.49 15 2735 15221 913 76.77
Kothri 29.43 15 1952 10526 938 73.6
The Bhopal city has large no. of wards so they are distributed in Zones. There
are total 19 zones considering 85 wards. As per the data received by BMC the
total no. of households & commercial properties present in wards of Bhopal
city of year 2016 are shown in below table.
Table no. 2.3 Population of Bhopal city & ULBs of 2016
No. of
Name Zones Residential Population
wards
Bhopal 85 19 2411972
Sehore 35 - 121453
Mandideep 26 - 87676
Ashta 18 - 61286
Berasia 18 - 34370
Obaidullaganj 15 - 25286
Ichhawar 15 - 16539

No. of
Name Zones Residential Population
wards
Kothri 15 - 11988
2.7. Slum Population:

According to City Development Plan, there are about 380 slums settlements. A
large number of slums are on, or close to, nallah or riverbanks. Many slums have
steep slopes, rock outcrops and high water table. The main location of slums in
Bhopal is Rahul Nagar & Shanti Nagar. Out of other ULBs, Berasia, sehore &
Ashta has slum population.
CHAPTER NO. 3 ASSESSMENT OF EXISTING SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

SYSTEM
3.1. Introduction:
The solid waste is heterogeneous & commingled. The trends seen are the
proportion of putrescible organic matter is greater in low income countries
than those of high income. The proportion of paper and plastic waste is more
with increasing national income, which shows that waste density is a function
of national income. Moisture content is also higher in low income countries. The
factors influencing the waste quantities are income, population, social
behavior, climate, industrial production, consumer behavior and high standard
of living. Forecasting waste quantities in the future is as difficult as it is in
predicting changes of waste composition.
3.2. Sources of Solid Waste:

Sources of Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) may be broadly classified as:
 Domestic Origin: Kitchen waste (left over/rejected food materials),
human waste, paper, plastic, rags, metal, rubber, glass, cardboard,
expired medicine, containers of medicine/disinfectants, etc.

 Street/Kerb side Waste: Street/ sweepings comprising dust, grit, dry

leaves, papers, plastic, rubber, glass, cardboard, metal containers, carcass
of animals and so on.
 Market Origin: Paper, plastics, cardboard, packaging materials, etc.
 Industrial Solid waste: Scrap metals, alloys, ores, glass, paper, plastic,
chemicals and other industry specific items.
 Hospitals/Medical solid waste: Hospital wastes include used bandages,
infected linen, Plaster of Paris, injection vials, medicine bottles and
containers disinfectants, diseased organs etc. apart from common solid
waste items (Paper, plastic and food materials etc.)
 Commercial Institutional Origin: Paper, plastic, cardboard, packaging
materials, etc. from shops and offices, leftover food from hotel and
miscellaneous items.
 Agricultural and Animal Waste; these also find their way into the urban
area through the agricultural marketing complexes, dairy & poultry
farms.
 Zoological & botanical gardens, etc.
3.3. Waste quantification details:

Waste quantification has been carried out for Bhopal city & other ULBs from
the following sources:
 Residential /Individual houses

 Slums
 Market yards
 Road /Street sweepings
 Hotels & Restaurants
 Shops/Office/Institutions
 Hospitals/Nursing Homes/Pathological Laboratories
 Marriage/Function halls

 Construction waste
Residential area:
The residential and commercial areas are major sources of generation of solid
waste. In the following table, Per capita waste generation rates as per CPHEEO
manual are identified.
Table no. 3.1 Per Capita waste generation rates by Population range
Population range (in million) Average per capita

value(kg/capita/day)
01 to 0.5 0.21
0.5 to 1.0 0.25
1.0 to 2.0 0.27
2.0 to 5.0 0.35
>5.0 0.50
Also following are the municipal waste generation rates: Residential waste :
0.3 to 0.6 kg/capita/day
Following table shows the no. of residential households present in the Bhopal
city with the waste generation rate & calculation.
Table no.3.2 Waste generation from residential of Bhopal city
Wards Zones Waste generation residential (TPD)

85 19 740
TOTAL 740
Slums
There are more than 380 slums in the Bhopal city& other ULBs. The quality of
life in each of the slums is appalling with low level of municipal facilities. In the
slum areas door step waste collection is not possible, therefore, large size
wheeled community dustbin is placed on the outer boundary of each slum.

Market waste:
Next to household waste, one of the major contributors of municipal solid

waste quantity is the market waste. There are total 147 markets in city. The
waste generation factor for markets is considered to be 0.3kg/unit. Table
below shows the waste generation from these markets-
Table no. 3.3 Waste generation from markets
S. No. Zones Wards Total No. of Waste generated

markets per day(0.3 kg/unit)
1 19 85 147 44.1
Total waste generation in TPD 0.04
Street sweepings and Drain cleaning
Daily sweeping of public roads, streets, lanes and by-lanes is a routine activity
where there is habitation of commercial activity on one or both sides of the
streets isolated pockets or roads. Street sweeping waste is mainly inert waste
comprising of dust, sand and stones.
Street sweeping:
 High density roads-1 person per 300 -350m road length

 Medium density roads- 1 person per 500 m road length
 Low density roads- 1 person per 750-1000 m road length
Hotels & restaurants
There are around 6177 hotels, star hotels, Bar and restaurants in Bhopal city&
other ULBs. The waste generation factor for hotels and restaurants
is1.5/kg/day. All of them are storing their waste on site in plastic containers.
Dry and wet waste may be stored separately. In case of restaurants, waste may
be stored in smaller containers or plastic bags. The total waste generation from
hotels & restaurants is 9.2 MT/day.

Hospitals/Health centers
About 346 hospitals and nursing homes are present in different areas of
Bhopal city& other ULBs. Two types of waste are generated from these
establishments, one is municipal refuse& other is bio medical waste. About 0.1
MT of waste is generated by the Hospitals.
Construction waste
Construction and demolition waste is generated whenever any

construction/demolition activity takes place, such as, building roads,
remodeling etc. It consists mostly of inert and non-biodegradable material
such as concrete, plaster, metal, wood, plastics etc.
Marriage Halls:
These are places where large quantity of waste is generated but only
occasionally these are places where large quantity of waste. The Bhopal city &
other ULBs has more than 70 bouquet halls. A quantity of about 0.01 MT of
waste is generated.
Commercial Establishments (Shops, Offices, Institutions):
The waste from the commercial establishments like shops and offices, whole
sale and retail stores, Paint shops, Jeweler shops and general stores have been
considered in this category. The numbers of shops are 39075, offices 2201 &
schools are 832 respectively. Therefore the waste generation from this
commercial establishment is 8.42 MT/day.
Temples &gardens:
There are about 1014 religious places & 467 gardens in city. The waste
generation is considered to be about 0.14 MT.

Summary of Waste Generation
Following table gives the breakdown of waste generation & percentage of

waste generated.
Table No. 3.4 Total Waste generation in Bhopal city.
Waste % of waste
S. No. Type of waste
generated(TPD) generation
1 Domestic households 740 81.40
2 Commercial properties 98 10.78
3 Street sweeping 71 7.8
Total 909
3.4. Storage of Waste:

Storage of waste at the source is the first important step of solid waste
management. Every household, shops establishments, market yards etc.,
generate solid waste on day-to to-day basis. The waste should normally be
stored at the source of waste generation till collected for disposal. Generally it
is observed that no bins for storage of waste at source are kept. As a result
most of the waste from the domestic places, institutions and even from
hospitals comes on to the street.
The situation in Bhopal city & ULBS is no different and more over with open
drainage system it is observed that the surface drains are clogged with wastes
especially plastic bags etc. The situation in slum areas is further worse, the
drains filled with waste.
Following factors need to be considered for source segregation and various

options available to implement the system.
Individual Houses
Mixed waste is stored in various containers like plastic bins, cartons, plastic
carry bags etc. by households. Source segregation is not in practice in city &

ULBs. Domestic waste will be collected by push carts followed by streets bins.
In most of the wards door to door collection is in practice, some types of
receptacles presently used for storage by households are Buckets, Plastic bags,
plastic bins.
Slums
The solid waste generated is stored in on the street/roadside or thrown in the

surface drains or in the backyard of the house.
Street/road sweeping
Street sweepings comprise of natural wastes, road traffic wastes, behavioral

waste and silt from open drainages. The sweepers are allotted certain
stretches of the roads. Two sweepers are located one side of the road; hence
six (6) to Eight (8) sweepers are involved for each stretch of road.
Hotels & restaurants
The Hotels & Restaurants are not having the facilities to store their waste
onsite in large steel/plastic containers and dispose them accordingly. Proper
segregation of dry and wet waste is not being met by the generator.
Markets yards
The vegetable and fruit waste from Market need to store their waste in the
bins. In addition to these there are small daily, by weekly and weekly markets
in different residential areas of the town apart from the door to door fruit &
vegetable vendors. These markets produce wastes, which are ideal for
production of compost.

Figure No.3.1Site photographs of existing storage condition
3.5. Existing Collection and Transportation system by BMC:
1. Primary Collection System: Door to Door Collection
Transportation of waste from secondary collection points at regular intervals

is one of the essential jobs in MSW Management. Presently Door to-Door
garbage collection is being carried out in all 85 wards of Bhopal city & areas of
other ULBs. Bhopal city itself contributes to about 86 % of total MSW. The total
85 wards of Bhopal city are divided into total 19 zones & the other ULBs are
considered 1 zone 1 ULB particularly. Waste bins of size 1.1 cum are provided
in 85 wards & 4.5 cum are provided in 19 zones for waste collection. Detailed
ward & zone wise are shown in below table.

Table no.3.5 Existing No. of bins provided in wards & zones
Sr. No. Zones. Wards 1.1 cum bins 4.5 cum bins
1 1 1 to 5 77 11
2 2 6 to 8, 10, 21 0 0
3 3 9, 11 to 14 90 12
4 4 15 to 18, 20 65 19
5 5 19,22,23,24 75 26
6 6 25 to 28 0 0
7 7 30,31,32,46,51 60 53
8 8 33,34,35,42,47 0 0
9 9 43,45,48,49,50 0 0
10 10 36,37,38,71 36 12
11 11 39,40,41,70 38 11
12 12 44,58,59,69 59 42
13 13 52 to 55 42 12
14 14 56,57,60,61 0 18
15 15 62,63,64,66,67 62 16
16 16 65,68,72,73,74 0 0
17 17 75 to 79 220 15
18 18 29,80,82,83 33 0
19 19 81,84,85 49 0
TOTAL 85 wards 906 247

Figure No. 3.2 Solid waste bins 1.1 cum & 4.5 cum
2. Secondary waste Collection System
The collection and transportation of waste is practiced on all the days of the
year including the public holidays by BMC & other ULBs. Waste stored in open
spaces is either loaded manually or with the help of loaders in trucks. The
vehicles involved in the solid waste transportation include tractor trolley,
TATA Magic, Aappe, Dumper, refuge compactors, truck 407, & 709.
3. Transportation
There are total 220 vehicles transport the garbage from storage point to
transfer station. & from transfer station to landfill site.
The total no. of vehicles engaged is as follows:
1. TATA magic- 239 nos.

2. Refuge compactors- 28 nos.
3. Truck 709 – 06 nos
4. Truck 407 – 16 nos.
5. Tripper – 34 nos.
6. Dumper - 41 nos.
7. Tractor Trolley- 16 nos.

8. JCB 19 nos.
9. Skid Stear 7 nos
10. Excavator 3 nos
11. J S 200 2 nos
12. J S 80 1 no
13. Tata 410/31 Truck 1 no
14. Road Sweeper 2 nos
15. Loader 2 nos
16. Buldozer 1 no
17. Truck 1210 12 nos
(For details see annexure 17)
4. Man power
There are total 2940 Workers are involved for door to door collection of waste.
The zone & wards wise list of workers is shown below table. Also the detailed
data of no. of workers engaged in door to door collection with their place or
colony of work is attached as Annexure.
Table no. 3.6 No. of workers engaged in Door to door collection
Sr. No. Zones. Wards No. of workers

1 1 1 to 5 150
2 2 6 to 8, 10, 21 180
3 3 9, 11 to 14 146
4 4 15 to 18, 20 138
5 5 19,22,23,24 84
6 6 25 to 28 126
7 7 30,31,32,46,51 228
8 8 33,34,35,42,47 86
9 9 43,45,48,49,50 306
10 10 36,37,38,71 270
11 11 39,40,41,70 108
12 12 44,58,59,69 106

Sr. No. Zones. Wards No. of workers

13 13 52 to 55 262
14 14 56,57,60,61 186
15 15 62,63,64,66,67 128
16 16 65,68,72,73,74 42
17 17 75 to 79 92
18 18 29,80,82,83 256
19 19 81,84,85 46
TOTAL 85 wards 2940
3.6. Transfer stations:

The area of Bhopal city & other ULBs area large and the disposal site Bhanpura
is far from the city & ULBs. The Bhopal city has greater area than other ULBs
therefore there 12 transfer stations & the other ULBs have smaller area
compared to Bhopal therefore the waste is transported from wards to direct
dumping site.
The list of transfer station present in wards of Bhopal city is provided in below
table.
Table no. 3.7 Transfer stations
Sr. No. Ward No. Transfer Place Remark
01 01,02,03,04 and 05 Sehore Naka near Existing

Bairagarh Visarjan
Ghat
02 09,11,12,13,14,15,16,17 and 18 DIG Bunglow near Existing
New Pul
03 24,25,26,27,28,29,31 and 32 Bhadbhada Square Existing
Savage Plant
04 45,48,49 and 50 Dana Pani Existing
05 56,57,58,59,60 and 61 Near AIIMS Existing
06 65,68,72,73,74,75,76,77,78 and Bhanpur Khanti Existing
79
07 80,81,82,83 and 84 Mahabadiya Existing

Sr. No. Ward No. Transfer Place Remark
08 06,07,08 and 10 Behind Bhoot Bangla, In

Near VIP Guest House progress
09 19,20,21,22,23,33,34,35,36,37,38 Yadgare-E-Shahjahani In progress
and 42 Park
10 30,46,47 and 51 Bhava Nagar, In progress
Shahpura
11 52,53,54,55 and 85 Laharpur In progress
12 62,63,64,66 and 67 Prakash Nagar In progress
3.7. Treatment & disposal of waste:

The collected waste from Households will be deposited into the bins located in
respective wards. The sanitary workers lifts waste from the bins, at a
frequency of daily The waste from the road side bins and street sweepings is
collected regularly and transported to the transfer stations & then to the
dumping site.
The waste generated from all the wards of Bhopal city is dumped at the site
Bhanpura which is located approx. 12 km from the city having an acre of 57.8
acres. This site is operating since 35 years. The existing waste disposal site
where crude open dumping is practiced with no leachate collection and
treatment system and does not meet the current requirements of MSW 2000 –
2016 rules. Open burning of waste, indiscriminate disposal, presence of stray
animals & rag pickers at the disposal site and leachate migration into the
subsurface are common occurrences.
Every day the Bhopal Municipal Corporation (BMC) dumps over 909 MT of
solid waste at the Bhanpura village disposal site. The site has an electronic
weighing bridge cum recorded room (capacity 30 MT) & a washing area for
vehicles. Day to day record of waste entering the premises is maintained.

The existing landfill site, previously on the outskirts of the city, now lies within
the developed areas of Bhopal. The site is surrounded by Agricultural fields &
human settlements (<100m). Transportation vehicles entering the landfill site
are generally found to be under loaded. Slaughtering of dead animals is also
carried out at the site. Plastics, cloths and papers are scattered all around the
site thereby spoiling the aesthetic appearance of the Bhanpur site has a bio-
fertilizer plant of capacity 100 MT/day. This plant was set-up around 10 years
ago by M/s. MP Agro Fertilizer Corporation Ltd. However this plant is not in
operation due to some technical reasons.
A natural water stream runs adjoining to the existing dumping & was observed
to be polluted with solid waste leachate & runoff from the dumpsite.
The waste disposal in unscientific manners causes various environmental

impacts like:
 Contamination of ground water & soil

 Release of noxious gases into the atmosphere.
 Damage of agricultural fields which is downstream
 Pollutant exposure such as particulates, landfill gases, & odor & disease
vectors due to rodents/birds.
National Green Tribunal ordered Bhopal Municipal Corporation (BMC) for

scientific closure of the existing dump site at Bhanpura by compliance to MSW
Rules 2000 - 2016.

Figure no. 3.3Bhanpura dumpsite
The same condition is present in Other ULBs. Each ULB has their dumping site
therefore the waste from the ULBs are directly transferred to the dumping site
respectively.
In the below table the solid waste management system from collection to
disposal of Bhopal city & ULBs for current year is summarized.

Solid Waste Management Rules 2016

Table no. 3.8 summary of Solid waste management system of Bhopal & ULBs of year 2016
ULB Collection & Transportation Segregation Storage Processing Disposal
Bhopal Primary Collection-DTDC Segregated 1.1 cum bins- No Random dumping of waste
service is going on in 85 wards. waste 906 processing in unscientific manner at
TATA magic-38 nos. collection is 4.5 cum bins - 57.8 Acres land located at
Refuge compactors-80 nos. going on in 247 Bhanpur, 12 km from city
Truck 709 – 4 nos only 1 . boundary used as dumping
Truck 407 – 14 nos. ward(ward ground since 35 years.
Tripper – 3 nos. 57) Frequent waste burning
Dumper -43 nos. observed at site. The new
Auto Aappe- 31 nos. proposed site is Adampur
Tractor Trolley- 6 nos. Chhawani, 20 km along
Jeep- 1 nos. Raisen road.
Total sanitary workers:2940
Mandideep Primary collection-DTDC in 18 At source- 14 containers No Unscientific, uncontrolled
wards- 7 magic tempos and 4 No; (4.5 Cum) processing dumping at 10.78 acres of
mini tractors. At disposal secondary land (owner by
Collection twice a day (8 am & point-no. collection Municipality).
3 pm) through 1 cargo, 2 auto points Used as dumping site since
tippers. 20 years. Frequent waste
burning observed at site.

Secondary C&T-3 tractor

trolleys and 7 magic tempos
(4.5 Cum). Total sanitary
workers-118
Obaidullaganj Primary Collection-DTDC At source- Total 100 bins No There is no land available
service is being carried out in No; processing for dumping site.
all 15 wards using 1 tractor At disposal
trolley and 1 Tata magic. point-no.
Collection twice a day(8am & 3
pm)
trolleys.
Sanitary workers-permanent 6
Daily wages-54
Berasia Primary Collection-DTDC At source- 10 No Landfill site allotted at
service is being carried out in 6 No; containers( processing Patalpurviran khasara No.
out of 18 wards At disposal 1cum) & 30 182 having area 8.63
Vehicles involved in primary point-no. containers(1.5 hectares. It is located at 5
collection-50 push carts. cum) km from the center of ULB.
Secondary C&T-(1 tipper, 1
Tata magic & 1 tractor)
Waste collection-twice a day at
7am & 2 pm

Sehore Primary Collection-DTDC Segregation 40 containers No Open dumping in

service is being carried out in 2 of dry & processing unscientific manner on a
out of 35 wards wet waste- 24 acres land located 8 km
Vehicles involved in primary No from the town.
collection-2
Waste collection- twice a day at
8am & 2 pm
Sanitary workers-permanent
109
Daily wages-219
Ichhawar Primary Collection-DTDC At source- 2 secondary No Landfill site is allotted but
service is being carried out in 2 No; bins processing being used as a dumping
out of 15 wards using 2 Tata At disposal ground since 8 years. It is
magic & 25 pushcarts. point-no. located at 3 km from the
Collection once a day (8am). center of ULB. Area is 2.5
Secondary C&T-2 tractor acres
trolleys.
Daily wages-44
Kothri Primary Collection- no DTDC At source- 15 secondary No Landfill site is allotted at
service No; bins processing ward no. 15 and Khasra No.
Collection once a day (7am). At disposal 325.It is located at 3 km
point-no. from the center of ULB.


trolleys.
Daily wages-18
Ashta Primary Collection-DTDC At source- 3 bin (1.1 cu No 5 hectares of land is
service is being carried out in No; m) processing allotted at 8 km from the
all 18 wards Vehicles involved At disposal ULB
in primary collection-47 point-no.
(36 push carts, 6 cycle
rickshaws, 1 Tata magic & 3
tractor trolleys)
Collection frequency-no data.
Secondary C&T- no data.
Sanitary workers- no data.

3.9. Observation and Deficiencies in the present system:

 There is no segregation takes place. All types of waste is in mixed form.
 The waste is dumped on site is without processing & unscientifically.
 At present, crude dumping of waste is taking place.
 Daily cover material is not spread on dumped waste. As such waste
remains open to atmosphere.
 Internal roads do not exist at existing site for easy movement of
transportation vehicles.
 There is no control over the dumping of inert, organic waste, electronic
and ash of biomedical waste at the site.
 Apparently no studies have been carries out to determine the effect of
the landfill operations on the environment and ground water. No
environment impact assessment (EIA) study reports are available.
 Industrial waste and construction debris are being dumped
unauthorized at the disposal site.
 Open trucks are used to transport waste to the landfill site. This causes
dropping of garbage, contamination of soil, odor and nuisance problems
along the transport route.
 The safety and environmental aspects as per the MSW Rules (M&H)
2000-2016 are neglected at the site.
 Basic facilities as per the requirement of MSW (Management &
Handling) Rules, 2000 - 2016 are not available at existing dumping site.
The below table shows the deficiency analysis/compliance of MSW rules 2000-
2016 in the MSW management system existing currently.

Table no. 3.9 Compliance of MSW Rules 2000 - 2016in the existing SWM system of Bhopal & ULBs
Component MSW Rules 2000 – 2016 Compliance Photos
Generation Prohibit littering on the The municipal corporation has

streets, promote segregation of already initiated educating the
recyclable waste at source and citizen to store the waste at
ensure source by offering the service of
storage waste at source in two door to door collection of waste.
bins; one for biodegradable Presently D2D garbage Collection
waste and another for recyclable is being carried out in all 85
material wards of Bhopal city & but in
ULBs is only active in some of the
wards of ULBs. Total waste is
collected in the bins. But still
waste is found on road side.
Segregation at Set up treatment facilities for Corporation is encouraging the
source biodegradable waste using source segregation at door to
composting or waste to energy door /primary collection. But still
technologies meeting the Segregation of waste at the
standards laid down in Schedule source of generation absent.
IV.

Primary Organize primary collection of Waste Bins of 1.1 cum sizes are
collection biodegradable and non- provided in each ward & 4.5 cum
biodegradable waste from the sized bins are provided in each
doorsteps including slums areas zone & in some wards. Each push
at pre informed timings on a day cart is handled by 1-2 workers in
to day basis using containerized particular area or colony. The
vehicles. path/colony has decided of each
workers. Unhealthy and
unhygienic waste disposal
practices followed by disposal in
to drains and open places.
Secondary Abolish open waste storage Poor maintenance of collection
collection depots and make provision of points. Separate collection points
covered containers or closed for various streams of waste
body waste storage depots. absent. Mixing of drain silt at this
level Manual lifting and open
transfer of the waste from the
collection points leading to
spilling of waste. Personal
protection equipment’s used by
the workers clearing the waste
absent.

Street Organize Street sweeping Street sweeping is done daily.

sweeping covering all the residential and
commercial areas on all the days
of the year irrespective of
Sundays and public holidays.
Transportation Organize transportation of waste Corporation is putting efforts to

in covered vehicles on a day to dispose the waste by using 220
day basis avoiding multiple and transport vehicles the garbage
manual handling of waste. from storage point to transfer
station and to dumping site.
There are 12 transfer station.
Vehicles transfer the waste from
transfer station to Bhanpura site.
But the vehicles are not covered
which are highly unhygienic
Community Community participation is
participation absent except very small
initiative at one or two places

Public No significant educational

awareness programs, campaigns, NGO
activities for public awareness on
solid waste management,
significance of recycling, reuse
and segregation of MSW.
Disposal Minimize the waste going to the Scientific waste processing
landfill and dispose of only practices as per MSW 2000 -
rejects from the treatment plants 2016 rules absent. No scientific
and inert material at the disposal. Unmanaged landfill site.
engineered landfills. The waste is disposed on
Bhanpura site of Bhopal. & Other
ULBs has disposal site separately
which dumps the waste.

CHAPTER NO.4 WASTE QUANTIFICATION AND CHRACTERIZATION
4.1. Introduction:
Quantification of municipal waste generated was carried out separately for
different sources of generation such as residential, commercial, institutional,
street sweeping and drain cleaning, markets, slaughter houses, function halls,
cinema halls, etc. Waste composition, characteristics and quantities of solid
waste is essential for:
 It provides the basic data on which the management system is planned,

designed and operated.
 The changes/trend in composition and quantity of waste over a period
of time are known which help in future planning.
 It provides the information for the selection of equipment and
appropriate technology.
 It indicates the amount and type of material suitable for processing,
recovery and recycling.
 The forecast trends assist designers and manufacturers in the
production of vehicles and equipment suitable for the future needs.
 The waste generation rates have been worked out on the basis of field
surveys, waste sampling and discussion with the different waste
generators.
4.2 Waste characterization & quantification
4.2.1 Sources of waste generation:
A waste characterization study for BMC & other ULBs was carried out on 11 to
12 March, 2017. To analyze the physical characteristics of waste samples. The
sources of waste generation from BMC& ULBs are as follows-
 Residential/Individual houses
 Slums

 Market yards
 Road/street sweeping
 Hotels& restaurants
 Shops/offices/institutions
 Hospitals/nursing homes/pathological laboratories
 Marriage halls
 Construction waste
4.2.2 Methodology of waste quantification &characterization:
Information on the nature of wastes, its composition, physical and chemical

characteristics and the quantities generated are basic requirements for
devising solid waste management plans. For the purpose of solid waste
management, it is important to look into the properties of the waste material
apart from their origin. Accordingly, they may be classified as:
 Biodegradable: Organic materials, which can be degraded by biological

agents, e.g., microbes are known as biodegradable. Examples are food
material, fruit and vegetable waste, garden waste (plant waste) etc.
 Recyclables: Plastic, Paper, metal
 Combustibles: Relatively dry material having a high calorific value, such
as paper, plastic, rags, cardboard, etc. are known as combustibles.
 Hazardous; certain items which are hazardous for human or animal
health and detrimental for the environmental either due to their
chemical or pathogenic nature are classified as hazardous waste e.g.,
hospital waste, certain industrial etc.
 Inert; Dust, cinder, grit and other debris are known as inerts.
During the collection of municipal solid waste samples the major collection
sites are identified which are covering a larger size of population. Based on the
type of area such as residential, commercial, industrial, market, slum etc.

sampling points are distributed uniformly all over the study area. There are 7
sampling points are considered which are listed as follows:
1. AIIMS Zone
2. Kolar road
3. DIG Bungalow
4. Bhanpura Kunti
5. Sehore road-Beraghat
6. Badbada
7. Danapani
4.3 Study results

Study was conducted by MITCON team& BMC’s staff in the Bhopal city during
the March, 2017 with the objective of estimation of per capita waste
generation rate in the city. Reason for choosing only Bhopal as the study area
for quantification is the fact that Bhopal alone contributes to about 86% of the
total MSW from all the other ULBs collectively.
The quantity of waste generation is estimated and considered by using the

following in the city.
 Secondary sources
 Primary survey results
Secondary data collection:
As per municipal records quantity of waste generation in Bhopal & other ULBs
about 1000 MT/day. The sources of waste contributing to the total tonnage are
given in the following:
Primary survey Procedure:
The methodology used for calculating the per capita waste quantification for
Residential, Commercial and street sweeping at below.

Following method has been adapted-
1. Take nearly 100 kg sample for analysis.

2. Spread on a clean plastic sheet.
3. Mix it thoroughly
4. Divide the sample in 4 parts.
5. Select two parts opposite to each other and discard it. And balance two
sample (quarters) are considered for further quartering process.
6. Once again (2nd time) divide sample in 4 equal parts and again discard
two sample opposite to each other and balance sample opposite to each
other (nearly 25 Kg ) will be representative of initial 100 Kg sample.
7. Now balance 25 Kg sample will be segregated in following item wise and
weighted separately
There are total 7 sampling stations were considered.
Sample Point 1: AIMS zone:
The site photograph of primary survey carried out in AIMS Zone are as follows-
Figure No. 4.1 site photographs of sampling at AIMS zone


Waste composition details of sampling point 1 AIIMS zone:
Table no.4.1Physical composition in AIIMS zone
Sr. No. Particulars Average (%)

1 Plastic 12.65
2 Paper 11.97
3 Wood 0.83
4 Cotton 0.23
5 Rubber 0.08
6 Leather 1.88
7 Organic 57.83
8 Metal 0.68
9 Glass 1.66
10 E-waste 0.98
11 Inert 11.22
TOTAL 100 %
By the survey the detailed waste composition carried at 7 locations is given

in following table.

Table no. 4.2Summary of Physical composition of waste
Date of Sampling 11-03-17 11-03-17

12-03-17 12-03-17 12-03-17 12-03-17 12-03-17
DIG-
Name of Sample AIMS Zone Kolar Road Bhanpura Sehore Road- Badbada Danapani Average
Bungalow
Collection Points (%) (%) Kunti (%) Beraghat (%) (%) (%) (%)
(%)
Plastic 12.65 11.35 14.88 14.31 9.39 12.09 15.14 12.83
Paper 11.97 6.46 7.31 5.62 5.44 7.28 4.49 6.94
Wood 0.83 2.45 2.30 0.93 1.11 1.79 2.55 1.71
Cotton 0.23 1.36 6.04 17.49 7.23 7.84 3.08 6.18 84.94
Rubber 0.08 0.07 1.70 0.67 1.49 0.00 7.04 1.58
Leather 1.88 0.00 1.79 1.09 1.93 1.12 1.67 1.35
Organic 57.83 67.10 51.79 47.91 55.59 53.42 46.83 54.35
Metal 0.68 0.00 1.87 0.74 0.77 1.23 2.38 1.10
Glass 1.66 1.70 0.77 1.35 4.34 1.68 3.35 2.12
15.06
E-waste 0.98 0.95 0.85 0.61 0.43 1.01 1.06 0.84
Inert 11.22 8.57 10.71 9.27 12.28 12.54 12.41 11.00
100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00

4.4 Collection efficiency

The necessary details were collected and the waste quantity reaching the
dumpsite is found to be about 900 TPD which translate to about 0.41 to 0.6
kg/capita/day.
4.5 Future Generation Trends

The Waste generation is directly proportional to the population. Therefore,
population of all 8 ULBs have been projected up to the year 2035. The
projected population & the projected waste generation up to the year 2035
have been given in table below.

Table no. 4.3 Waste generation forecast from the project area by decadal method.
Population Waste Population Waste Population Waste Population Waste

Name of ULB Generation Generation Generation Generation
2016 (TPD) 2021 (TPD) 2025 (TPD) 2035 (TPD)
2411972 909
Bhopal 2908063 926.17 3294263 1044.99 3579821 1133.74
87676 17
Sehore 146344 51.22 164864 57.70 180055 63.02
25286 8
Mandideep 87738 30.71 99918 34.97 108173 37.86
34370 10
Ashta 81081 28.38 96581 33.80 110688 38.74
121453 32
Berasia 40675 14.24 45005 15.75 48043 16.82
16539 4
Obaidullaganj 30097 10.53 33653 11.78 36530 12.79
11988 4
Ichhawar 18992 6.65 20697 7.24 21916 7.67
61286 16
Kothri 14570 5.23 17185 6.01 19094 6.68
Total 2770570 1000 3066076 1073.13 3463599 1212.26 3763750 1317.31

CHAPTER NO.5COLLECTION AND TRANSPORTATION PLAN
5.1 Basis of Design of Proposed SWM Plan
Municipal Corporations are urban government bodies which are also referred
as Third level of government that works for the development of a city providing
necessary community services like health care, educational institutions,
housing, transport etc. The Municipalities provide these services by collecting
several taxes and utility charges from its citizens and the grants from the
government.
The proposed project area compromises Bhopal city & other 7 ULBs around the
city. The Bhopal cluster comprises of 8 ULBs from 3 districts namely Bhopal
District (Bhopal and Berasia), Raisen District (Mandideep, Obaidullaganj) and
Sehore District (Sehore, Ashta, Ichhawar, Kothri). Bhopal is the major town
among the Cluster of ULBS comprising of Sehore, Ashta, Kothri, lchhawar,
Berasia, Mandideep and Obedullaganj. Bhopal Municipal Corporation is having
a population of approx. 1938251 as per 2011 census. The estimated number of
house-holds and comm. establishment within the Municipal area is 542348
approx.
The aim of the survey is quantification of household and commercial

establishments ward wise for Bhopal city under Bhopal Municipal Corporation
(BMC).
5.1.1 Survey Objectives
The objective of the household survey were
a. Identify the wards and households

b. Identify commercial establishments

c. Identify adequate tagging location and land marks for placing waste
collection carts
d. Establish a collection and transportation map for the wards
5.1.2 Survey Methodology
A comprehensive primary data collection supported by secondary data

collection was undertaken by the study team
The team carried out ward wise household survey on foot and on motorbike for
collecting the following data Grid wise. The Satellite image of Bhopal is divided
into 450 grid of 1Km By 1 Km. There are multiple “tagging points” under each
beat. Tagging points are area points/ land marks where waste carts shall be
stationed for collection of waste for certain number of households and
commercial establishments.
Data was collected for 85 wards under Bhopal Municipal Corporation. The
information collected by surveyors is as follows:
1. Grid No.
2. Start destination to end destination
3. Number of household
4. Tagging Location Name/ Land mark
5. Number of Apartments
6. Number of Flats in Apartments
7. Number of Shops
8. Number of malls
9. Number of Hotels/Banquet/Halls/Restaurants
10. Number of religious establishments
11. Number of nursing homes/ hospitals
12. Schools and Banks

Tagging was undertaken for enabling geo-tagging of the landmarks for a robust
and diligent monitoring of work during collection and transportation of waste
from respective areas.
The survey was carried out by a team of 40 surveyors and 3 supervisors for a
period of 15 days in Feb 2017
5.1.3. Survey Outcomes
The survey results were compiled ward wise in a tabulated form for bringing
out the number of households and commercial establishments. The numbers of
malls and hotels along with banquet halls have been clubbed together as they
witness dynamic footfall and occupancy.
As per conducted survey, there are 493194 household spread under Bhopal
Municipal Corporation with total comm. establishment of 49154 including
institutional and religious places.
5.2 Proposed MSW Management Plan
5.2.1 Primary Waste Collection System and operational plan
Collection of waste: Door to door collection of waste from all the 85 wards
under BMC areas'
The door to door collection to include all government office complexes, non-
government office complex, authorized colonies, unauthorized regularized
colonies, all market commercial/ institutional places, slums and even from
undesignated points by means of deployment of suitable vehicles. This shall
also include by-lanes, lanes and streets. The bidder shall be responsible for
collection of waste from road side litterbins, horticulture waste etc.
The wastes generated from household and commercial establishment shall be

brought under systematic intervention for high efficiency at ground level. The
Solid Waste Management function involves monitoring and management of the

activities of Door-to-Door Collection of Municipal Solid Waste, Dead Animal,

Street sweeping, Cleaning of open drains, Transporting of Waste, Scientific
Treatment & Disposal of MSW, Maintenance of Waste Collection vehicles and
other utilities such as Public toilets/complexes, etc., The process also involves
keeping track of the amount of waste treated /disposed at the
Processing/Disposal site as the case may be. However, Street
sweeping/cleaning of open drains and maintenance of public
toilets/complexes are not a part of scope for this contract.
The collection shall commence early morning as per the designed plan at street
level for different wards. The entire operation shall be monitored at ground
level through adequate technological resources.
Methodology for Primary Collection

The collection methodology has been divided into primary and secondary
operations. Primary operations shall be covered utilizing vehicles for door to
door collection. The methodology for primary operations shall be as under. All
the collection and transportation of waste shall be monitored with the help of
tracking devices which would have networking with a control room specially
built for the purpose. The control room shall be equipped with state of the art
IT infrastructure for time and resource management.
Time of primary operations shall be from 6 AM in the morning till 2 PM in the

afternoon. Some special and commercial collection shall be completed from 9
PM to 6 AM as and when desired.
Tata Mega/Supro vehicles have been desired to cover 1300 households and
Rickshaw has been desired to cover 300 households in Bhopal.
Tata Mega/Supro vehicles have been desired to cover 1200 households and
Rickshaw has been desired to cover 300 households in Other ULB’s.

Door to Door collection shall be completed using Tata Ace fitted with 2.5 cu.m
(1.0 ton) fabricated tipper and Rickshaw fitted with 8 bucket of 40 lt. each (0.3
ton)
Commercial wastes shall be catered by Tata Ace/Supro vehicles. A separated

fleet of Tata Ace/supro vehicles shall be procured for covering commercial
wastes and for roadside littering.
90% of Household wastes shall be covered by Tata mega/Supro vehicles

and 10% shall be covered by Rickshaw, which shall be deployed in inner
lanes and roads in Bhopal. However we shall allocate different % for
Rickshaw ward wise based on actual demand.80% of households wastes
shall be covered by Tata ace/Supro and 20% of households will be
covered by Rickshaw in other ULB’s.
Smaller lanes, by lanes where movement of vehicles are not possible due to
insufficient width, shall be served by manual collection through rickshaws.
There will be Time Place Management (TPM) points between 15-20 houses in
each route. All the TPM points would be mapped/geo fenced in order to do the
real time tracking. Each vehicle would have one driver and one helper and
rickshaw have one helper
Vehicles shall be parked at the concerned Mini transfer station (MTS) and fitted
with GPS and Hotter on every vehicle. A Time Place Management (TPM) shall
be designed and maintained for timely collection. There would be systems in
place for ensuring that the vehicles shall adhere to the time factor.
All the vehicles will have a fixed route on which they have to adhere for
collection of wastes. Route of each vehicle will be mapped. Any deviation of
vehicle would be tracked by control room and alert will be beeped in control
room.

The waste so collected by primary vehicles shall dispose the wastes at their
respective ward concerned transfer station in Bhopal and Sehore however in
other ULB’s waste collected through primary vehicle will dispose in refuse
compactor. For ensuring that maximum collection efficiency is achieved, each
primary vehicle would make 2-3 trips daily.
The waste collected in rickshaw will be transferred to 1.1 steel bin/3.5 cum
steel bin or in running tipper.
5.2.2. Secondary Waste Storage System (Mini Transfer Station) and

operational plan
Methodology of Secondary Collection

The collected primary garbage through primary vehicles would be transferred
at the concerned Mini Transfer stations. There would be Mini transfer stations
with parking station as shown in table no. 10.3.
Average 3 compactors (capacity 16 cu.m) would be placed in each Mini transfer

station. Total number of compactors placed in all Mini transfer station would
be 69. Hook loader would be mounted on Tata 2516/Ashok Leyland
2518vehicle.
Approximately 341 unit of 1.1 m3, 57 unit of 3.5 m3 and will be placed at different
places and waste collected through these bins will be transported to dumping
site with help of 19 units of refused compactor of 14 m3 capacity and 4 units of
tipper and 2 JCB have been taken into provision for road side secondary points.
The Road Side littering bins of capacity of 50 Lt each will be places at road side,
commercial places and it will be vacated on daily basis through Tata Ace
mega/Supro Mahindra with 2.5 Tipper.
For Dead Animal provision of 13 Animal carcass have been taken for entire
project area.

The secondary operation would start from 2 PM to 10 AM. Each Prime mover
(Hook Loader) will make 3 trips in a day. The prime movers shall have one
driver and one helper. All the Prime movers would be equipped with GPRS
machine. Route of all the prime movers would be fixed and they have to adhere
the same. In case of any deviation alert will beeped in the control room.
Prime mover will lift the compactors and transfer it to the dumping site after
getting it weighed.
The Mini transfer station shall be provided with adequate drainage system.
There would be drainage system (if main drainage available) at every Mini
transfer station. These shall also have proper lighting facilities as well as water
connection for cleaning the area. The Mini transfer stations shall also be
provided with round the clock security. The Mini transfer station shall be
provided with leachate tanks for collection of leachate. Leachate tank would
emptied, as when getting filled, thru tankers. It would go to processing plant for
further treatment.
The Mini transfer stations shall be developed and constructed in accordance

with the construction requirements at the sites for mini transfer stations and
are the points where MSW shall be received by the concessionaire for further
transportation to the Processing Facility
Table No:5.1 List of Transfer Station along with Area required and wards to be served.
Ward No. Area

Zone No Location
served Required
1 Sant Hridadasnagar 1 to 5 1 Acre
2 Land has to be identified 6,7,8,10,21 1 Acre
3 9,11,12,13,14
Near DIG Bangla 2 Acre
4 15,16,17,18,20

Ward No. Area

Zone No Location
served Required
5 This will be club with Zone 8 19,22,23,24 Nil
6 Near IIFM,Nehrunagar 25,26,27,28 1 Acre
In Smart City Area, green belt 1 Acre

7 30,31,32,46,51
region in plot no 24
8 Near Yadgar e Shahjahani Park 33,34,35,42,47 2 Acre
9 Near Danapani 43,45,48,49,50 1 Acre
10 Land has to be identified 36,37,38,71 1 Acre
11 39,40,41,70 1 Acre
Near Shelter Home in zone no 9
12 44,58,59,69 1 Acre
13 Near Laharpur Dam 52,53,54,55 1 Acre
Land to be identified, Abadpur site 1 Acre

14 56,57,60,61
to be checked
Prakash Nagar(Near Ratnagiri 1 Acre

15 62,63,64,66,67
Tiraha)
16 BhanpurKhanti 65,68,72,73,74 1 Acre
17 Bhanpur khanti 75,76,77,78,79 1 Acre
18 Kolar 29,80,82,83 1 Acre
out of three ward 1.5 ward area Nil

will be covered by zone no 18 and
19 81,84,85
another 1.5 wards will be covered
by zone no 13.
1 to 35 of
ULB Sehore 4 Acre
Sehore
(Please find some pictures in annexure 14)

Figure No. 5.1 Location of 19 mini Transfer Station
Figure No. 5.2 Photograph of actual site Vs Proposed View

5.2.3. Proposed Transportation system from Mini Transfer Station to

ISWM Site
The waste so collected shall be transported with the assistance of a dedicated

fleet of vehicles which shall be deployed by the company so that maximum
efficiency is achieved in the least possible time. This is necessary for a forward
linkage to the Dumping site so that the waste collected shall be first transferred
to the designated transfer point provided for wards and then for an onward
journey to the Dumping site.
Transportation of Waste:
 Collected waste shall be transferred to the closed body stationery

compactor at the Mini Transfer stations by tip kart mechanism.
 MSW shall be either managed in existing Bhanpura dumpsite or a piece
of land in the proposed Aadampur landfill site can be used to store the
waste temporally.
 All the vehicles engaged in this project are provided with OSRT (off site
Real Monitoring System) and GPS facilities.
5.3. Summary of Collection and Transportation Infrastructure

The collection and transportation infrastructure include all necessary
equipment and vehicles for collection of municipal solid waste from
respective wards and scientifically processing them at the transfers stations
before being transported to the Dumping site.
Table No: 5.2: Infrastructure Details
Sr. No Heads Qty
1 Tata Ace/Supro (Tipper 2.5 m3) 498

Sr. No Heads Qty
3 chassis (2518) for hook loader 16m3 24
4 fabrication of hook loader 24
5 Chassis(1616) 19
5 14 cum Refuse Compactor 19
6 Rickshaw 248
7 VTS/GPS 547
8 RFID 42
8 Metal Bins (1.1m3) compactor 341
9 120 Litre Wheeled bins for sweeping and others 7000
10 No. of portable compactors 16m3 69
12 generator ( for each parking) 20
13 Tipper 1618 4
14 Bolero 1
15 no. of containers(10ltr.) 2each house 1217668
17 3.5 m3 DP bin 57
Total no. of litter bins required(including 15%yearly

19 replacement) 6000
20 weigh bridge 2
21 workshop establishment 2
22 workshop equipment & tools 2
23 Complaint centre telephones 4
24 CCTV set up for project( cut + dry) for ops location 20
25 Computers 20

Sr. No Heads Qty
29 call centre set up 1
30 development of monitoring software 1
31 Control room setup 1
32 Animal Caracas 13
33 Electricity connection for transfer station 20
34 Excavator 2
35 Infrastructure for Billing System(Hand held Devise) 200
36 Uniform and Safety equipment’s 1545
37 Digester 1
The C & T Operation Flow Chart is provided below
Figure 5.3: C & T Process Flow Chart

Figure No. 5.4 Distance & route plan of ULBS

Mandideep Obaidullaganj Berasia
31 km
11 km
57 km
AdampurChhawani
Bhopal
WTE &Landfill site
15 km
54 km
Satellite
station, Sehore
18 km 39 km
Ichhawar
Kothri Ashta
48 km
5.4 Operation & Maintenance (O&M) costs for Collection & Transportation
System
The operations and maintenance costs for collection and transportation system
shall include but not limited to various costs incurred for upkeep of vehicles
and other electronic systems. There shall also be adequate protection against
fire for all operational systems including building. The O & M costs also shall
include wages and salaries for employees and other contractual staff, if any
required for completing the scope of work of the project proponent for carrying
out C & T activities. The cost of IEC has also been considered under O & M costs
along with utility and sundry costs. The same has been estimated to be 4078.8
Lakhs per annum as provided in table 5.3 below:
Table No: 5.3 O&M Cost for C&T System Annually

Opex
Designation Quantity Annual expenses (lacs)
Driver (Tata ace & Zip) 498 657.36
Driver compactor and tipper 37 71.04
Helper Compactor, tipper, rickshaw 840 957.6
Operator Transfer station 40 52.8
Material and supervisory staff 170 40
workshop staff 30 60
Tax and insurance 60
GPS rent 30
O&M of vehicle 130
Admin expenses 900
Fuel 1000
Misc. 120
Total 4078.8
5.5. Scope of Work for Supplies and Services
Scope of Supplies and Services is as per details below:
5.5.1 Supply
Table no. 5.4 Scope of supplies
AA: Vehicles & Body:
S. No Description
1 Manufacture of Vehicles(Incl. Extra Tyre, Tool Kit, Jack and other
accessories)
2 Body Design, Specification
3 Body Fabrication
4 Delivery of Vehicles in Bhopal (with fabricated body)
5 After Sales and Service
6 Number of Vehicles- (Quantity may vary plus / minus 10 Nos)

S. No Description
6.2 Commercial Vehicle: GVW 1500-2500 Kg
6.3 Commercial Vehicle: GVW 25000 Kg
6.3 Commercial Vehicle: GVW 16000 Kg
BB: Price Submission (as per Price Break Up hereunder):
S. No Description
1 Basic Price
2 Excise Duty
3 Sales Tax against form “C”
4 Ex-Showroom Price
5 Insurance
6 Temporary Registration and Permanent Registration
7 On-Road Price
8 Body design, Fabrication& Specification
9 Excise Duty @ 12.5%(if any)
10 VAT(as applicable) on Body Fabrication
11 Transportation (To & Fro) if any
12 Delivery Terms
13 Delivery Schedule- Vehicle
14 Delivery Schedule- Vehicle with Body Fabricated
15 Payment Terms Confirmation
16 CPBG Confirmation
CC: Warranty
S. No Description
1 Warranty KM
2 Warranty Period
3 Maintenance Services

5.5.2 After Sales Services
Table no. 5.5 Sales services
AA: General
S. No Description
1 Appointment of Authorized Dealer in Bhopal
2 Ensuring availability of spares for 10 years-Vehicle
3 List of Spares (Including Price)-Vehicle
4 Ensuring availability of spares for 10 years-Body
5 List of Spares (Including Price)-Body
6 Driver’s Training ( with repeat periodicity)
7 Daily up keep Check List
8 List of Facilities for Daily Up keep by our contractor
9 Random Check-list and Check by Manufacturer / Dealer
10 Ensuring compliance of all conditions by Dealer
BB: Maintenance
S. No Description
1 Schedule Maintenance (Including Supplies & Spares)
2 Wear & Tear Maintenance (Including Supplies & Spares)
3 Repair Maintenance (Including Supplies & Spares)
4 Supply of Spares and Services at pre-decided rates
CC: Miscellaneous
Tires and Batteries, except for original supplies as a part of vehicles, are
excluded from the scope of work.
DD: Insurance
S. No Description Responsibility
Loss or Damages to our Vehicles against manmade BMSWPL
1
calamities
Personal accident cover( Vehicle travelling, BMSWPL
2
mounting, or dismounting from Vehicle)
3 Third Party legal Liability BMSWPL

4 Normal Wear & Tear & general ageing of vehicle BMSWPL
5 Depreciation or any consequential loss BMSWPL
6 Mechanical / Electrical breakdown BMSWPL
7 Wear & Tear of consumables like Tyre Tubes BMSWPL
Damage to / by a person driving any vehicle or car BMSWPL
8
w/o any valid license
Damage to / by a person driving any vehicle under BMSWPL
9
the influence of Liquor / drugs
10 Not having a valid driving license BMSWPL
11 Loss / damage to mutiny , war, nuclear risk BMSWPL
12 Accident taking place beyond geographical limits BMSWPL
13 While vehicle is used for unlawful purposes BMSWPL
Claim settlement in 10 working days of the BMSWPL
14
submission of documents
15 Spot Survey Waiver BMSWPL
16 No bills up-to claims of Rs. 50,000/- BMSWPL
17 Training , Claim Documentation BMSWPL
18 Claim Realization BMSWPL
EE: Claim Procedure
Immediately intimate to Broker, Police, BMSWPL
1
Insurance Company whenever required.
2 Vehicle to the nearest garage BMSWPL
3 Follow up with Surveyor & Garage BMSWPL
Spot Survey – If the vehicle is in BMSWPL
4
immovable conditions
Vehicle unlocked after accident, if there BMSWPL
5 after any theft of parts is not covered in
policy
If there is leakage of oil or coolant, please BMSWPL
6
do not drive the vehicle.
Follow up with insured for producing BMSWPL
7
documents.
8 Completion of repair BMSWPL

Follow with insurer for settlement where BMSWPL
9
cashless facility not available
Confirmation from insured for receipt of BMSWPL
10
claim
In case there is third party involvement BMSWPL
11
FIR is must
Theft claim, If the vehicle is stolen you BMSWPL
12
must inform to Police & Broker
13 Maximum Term of Policy for 1 year BMSWPL
At the time of Claim-
Policy copy BMSWPL
Spot survey
14
Claim form
Re-inspection Survey Report( RC copy,
Fitness Certificate, DL, Road Permit)
15 FIR Third Party Injured BMSWPL
16 Financer NOC BMSWPL
17 If Vehicle loaded then load challan BMSWPL
18 Tax Receipt BMSWPL
5.6 Responsibilities
The responsibility matrix regarding vehicle purchase, fabrication and

maintenance are provided below
Table no. 5.6 Responsibility matrix
AA: Vehicles & Body:
1 Manufacture of Vehicles BMSWPL
2 Body Design BMSWPL
3 Body Design Approval BMSWPL
4 Body Fabrication BMSWPL
5 Inspection and Approval BMSWPL / BMC

Delivery of Vehicles in Bhopal (with fabricated BMSWPL

6
body)
BB: Warranty & Maintenance Services:
1 Warranty Execution BMSWPL
2 Maintenance Services BMSWPL
CC: After Sales Services
1 Appointing and Authorizing Dealer in Bhopal BMSWPL
2 List of Spares (Including Price)-Vehicle BMSWPL
3 List of Spares (Including Price)-Body BMSWPL
4 Driver’s Training ( with repeat periodicity) BMSWPL
5 Daily up keep Check List BMSWPL
6 List of Facilities for Daily Up keep BMSWPL
7 Replacement and maintenance of Tyres BMSWPL
8 Replacement and maintenance of Batteries BMSWPL
DD: Maintenance:
1 Daily Upkeep (As prescribed by OEM) BMSWPL
2 Supervision of Daily Upkeep BMSWPL
3 Random Check of Daily Upkeep BMSWPL
2 Schedule Maintenance BMSWPL
3 Wear & Tear Maintenance BMSWPL
4 Repair Maintenance BMSWPL
EE: After Sales Cost Heads (including Insurance)
1 Insurance Cover BMSWPL
Loss or Damages to our Vehicles against BMSWPL
2
manmade calamities
3 Personal accident cover BMSWPL

( Vehicle travelling, mounting, or dismounting
from Vehicle)
4 Third Party legal Liability BMSWPL
Normal Wear & Tear & general ageing of BMSWPL
5
vehicle
5 Depreciation or any consequential loss BMSWPL
6 Mechanical / Electrical breakdown BMSWPL
Wear & Tear of consumables like Tyre Tubes& BMSWPL
7
Batteries
Damage and associated consequential losses BMSWPL
8
due to person driving vehicle w/o valid license
Damage and associated consequential losses BMSWPL
9 due to person driving vehicle under the
influence of Liquor / drugs
11 Loss / damage to mutiny , war, nuclear risk BMSWPL
Accident taking place beyond geographical BMSWPL
12
limits
13 While vehicle is used for unlawful purposes BMSWPL
Claim settlement in 10 working days of the BMSWPL
14
submission of documents
15 Spot Survey Waiver BMSWPL
16 No bills up-to claims of Rs. 50,000/- BMSWPL
Training to Employer’s Operational Team on BMSWPL
17
Claim Procedure and Claim Documentation
18 Claim Realization BMSWPL
GG: Claim Responsibilities:
Immediately intimate to Broker, Police, BMSWPL
1
Insurance Company whenever required.
2 Vehicle to the nearest garage BMSWPL
3 Follow up with Surveyor & Garage BMSWPL
Spot Survey – If the vehicle is in BMSWPL
4
immovable conditions

Vehicle unlocked after accident, if there BMSWPL
5 after any theft of parts is not covered in
policy
If there is leakage of oil or coolant, please BMSWPL
6
do not drive the vehicle.
Follow up with insured for producing BMSWPL
7
documents.
8 Completion of repair BMSWPL
Follow with insurer for settlement where BMSWPL
9
cashless facility not available
Confirmation from insured for receipt of BMSWPL
10
claim
In case there is third party involvement BMSWPL
11
FIR is must
Theft claim, If the vehicle is stolen you BMSWPL
12
must inform to Police & Broker
13 Maximum Term of Policy for 1 year BMSWPL
At the time of Claim- BMSWPL
Policy copy
Spot survey
14
Claim form
Re-inspection Survey Report( RC copy,
Fitness Certificate, DL, Road Permit)
15 FIR Third Party Injured BMSWPL
16 Financer NOC BMSWPL
17 If Vehicle loaded then load challan BMSWPL
18 Tax Receipt BMSWPL
5.7 Conditions for supply and maintenance of vehicles
These apply for “Supply and Maintenance Service of vehicles up to

1,20,000 Km”
Table no. 5.7 Conditions for supply & maintenance of vehicles

AA: Supply of Vehicles-Cost:
Bidder (supplier and maintenance contractor) shall submit their offer as per
heads below:
S. No Description
1 Basic Price
2 Excise Duty
3 Sales Tax against form “C”
4 Ex-Showroom Price
5 Insurance
6 Temporary Registration and Permanent Registration
7 On-Road Price
8 Body design, Drawing, Fabrication& Specification
9 Excise Duty @ 12.5%(if any)
10 VAT(as applicable) on Body Fabrication
11 Transportation(To & Fro) if any
12 Spare Part Price List-Schedule Maintenance-Vehicle
13 Spare Part Price List-Wear & Tear Maintenance-Vehicle
14 Spare Part Price List-Repair & Breakdown-Vehicle
15 Spare Part Price List-Schedule Maintenance, Wear &
Tear and Repair & Breakdown -Body
16 Escalation: @ 5% (on previous year prices), applicable
from start of 3rd year onward (i.e. vehicle purchase date
1st April 2016, escalation effective from 1st April 2019)
shall be applicable on Supply of Spares.
BB: Supply of Vehicles-Commercial Terms & Conditions
Bidder (supplier and maintenance contractor) shall submit their offer as per
Commercial Terms hereunder:
S. No Description
1 Delivery Terms FOR Bhopal
2 Delivery Schedule- Readiness of Vehicle (For Body 6 Weeks
Fabrication)
3 Delivery Schedule- Vehicle with Body Fabricated Plus 2 Weeks

S. No Description
4 Payment Terms-Vehicles -100% Payment shall be
paid upon completion of following:,
4.1 Inspection & acceptance of Vehicles
4.2 Delivery of Vehicle (at their dealer’s Works at Bhopal)
4.3 Complete set of documents (As per Annexure-V)
4.4 Submission of CPBG, for 10% of the Ex-Showroom
value of order (by OEM / Nominated Dealer) in
format provided (Refer Annexure-VI)
5 Payment Terms-Vehicles with Body Fitted-100%
Payment shall be paid upon completion of following:,
5.1 Inspection & acceptance of Vehicles duly with
fabricated body
5.2 Delivery of Vehicle (at companies Parking site at
Bhopal)
6 Payment relating to Services shall be released within
15 days of submission and certification of Bills, subject
to other provisions and schedules of Contract.
7 Liquidity Damages for delay- (applicable separately 0.5% per Week
for vehicle and body). Max. 10%
8 Undertaking by Manufacturer (Refer Annexure- IX)
9 Offer Validity 90 Days
10 Insurance (Vehicle + Body Fabrication) In Employer’s
Scope
11 Availability of Spares & Services-Period 10 Years
CC: Supply of Vehicles-After Sales, Service Terms & Conditions
Bidder (supplier and maintenance contractor) shall consider the following

parameters, for submission of their offers
S. No Description Remarks
1 Daily Running KM (Basis month average) 35 KM
2 Yearly Running (365X35) 12775 KM
1 Maintenance KM 120000 KM
2 Warranty Period 2 Years
4 Maintenance-Period (Total 2+8) 10 years 8 Years

Repair and Replacement of any part except scheduled maintenance, during

warranty period, shall be to Bidder’s (supplier and maintenance contractor)
account ((i.e. 2 years from date of handing over the vehicles, with duly
fabricated body at Bhopal site).
DD: Maintenance Services
BMSWPL shall be responsible for the following:
S. No Description
1 Schedule Maintenance
2 Wear & Tear Maintenance
3 Repair Maintenance
4 Driver’s Training ( with repeat periodicity)
5 Providing Daily up keep Check List
6 Providing List of Facilities for Daily Up keep
7 Random Check by Manufacturer / Dealer
 Services charges shall be claimed by OEM / Dealer as per the prices in

there DMS/ CRM Software and discount structure, as per various
schedule and provision of the RFP / Contract.
 Bidder shall offer discount applicable all their prevailing prices.
EE: Other Terms & Conditions
Contract Performance Bank Guarantee

1. The successful bidder, irrespective of its registration status etc., will have
to furnish Performance Bank Guarantee of 10% of Basic Contract value
of supply portion in the form of Bank Guarantee from any scheduled
commercial bank duly hypothecated in favor of M/s Essel Infra projects
Limited within 20 days of release of LOI. The Performance Bank
Guarantee should be valid for 120 months from the date of acceptance of

the contract. Incase bidder is not able to provide Bank Guarantee for 120
months they may provide PBG for a shorter period which shall be
extended, before expiry, failing which, it shall be enchased before expiry.
2. Contract Performance Bank Guarantee should remain valid for a period
of sixty days beyond the date of completion of all contractual obligations
of the supplier or 120 months from the date of acceptance of contract,
whichever is earlier.
3. Contract Performance Bank Guarantee will be refunded without any
interest, whatsoever, after the contract is completed in all respects.
4. Contract Performance Bank Guarantee will be forfeited if the successful
bidder fails to perform any of the terms and conditions of the contract,
besides it may also be black listed.
Additional Conditions
1. Maintenance work shall be carried out in the service station of the

manufacturer / authorized dealer.
2. The workshop should be authorized by the respective manufacturers for
repairs and maintenance of its vehicles. Authorized certificate for
undertaking repairs/maintenance of a particular make of cars should be
furnished with the technical bids. The ordered work shall not be
outsourced/assigned to any other parts by the contractor under any
circumstance.
3. The workshop should have sufficient parking space/work area within
their premises without any infringement of public space so that the
Driver of the vehicle is not booked for unauthorized parking when the
vehicle is taken to the workshop for repairs etc.
4. Details of trained manpower/automobile engineers/technicians
employed by the bidder should accompany the technical bids.

5. In case the vehicle is not repaired within the time frame, as specified as
major repairs, a penalty @ Rs 1000/- per day (approximately rental
charges for hiring a vehicle for one day) will be imposed and the same
will be recovered from the outstanding payment/ Performance Bank
Guarantee of the contractor. Bidders shall submit schedule for major
repairs, which shall be approved by Employer.
6. The spare parts to be provided should be of original make/genuine
quality. The workshop shall stand guarantee for the parts replaced for a
minimum period of six months or its effective operational life whichever
is later. The Replaced old parts duly tagged as per employer requirement
must be returned to the Employer.
7. The Period of contract shall be for 10(ten) year from the date of award of
the contract or up to 120000 Km running of individual vehicles.
8. In case of the breakdown of vehicles, the bidder (Supplier and
maintenance contractor) will be required to tow the vehicle(s) to
workshop free of charge.

CHAPTER NO.6 MONITORING AND PUBLIC INTERFACE
6.1 Establishing GIS-GPS based MIS
Solid Waste Management is one of the complex operation wherein the

intervention of information technology until few years ago was minimal and
was undertaken a very small part of the total process. GIS could help in dealing
with several factors simultaneously which needs to be considered while
planning waste management. “GIS is a system of computer hardware and
software, designed to allow users to collect, manage, analyze and retrieve large
volume of spatially referenced data and associated attribute data collected from
a variety of sources.”
As per JNNRUM report, there are several challenges in existing systems without
the assistance of GIS and/or GPS based MIS.
 Tracking, monitoring, planning and management of vehicles/ resources

are tedious.
 Best Practices in e-Governance Ministry of Urban Development Trip
planning can be performed based on the shortest route as visualized
routes are not available.
 Difficulty in tracking the non-compliance to the schedules
 Difficulty in locating the bins in a manual process
 Difficulty to monitor actual pick up of the waste from the assigned
bins/locality and dumping in the dumping yards
 Difficulty in preparing status reports as it is a manual process and takes
a lot of time
 Difficulty in addressing to citizens’ complaints related to SWM within
stipulated time

 All the above-mentioned limitations for Solid Waste Management will be

taken care with implementing the essentials for e-Governance.
The advent of few technological solutions has changed the scenario as these
offer multiple benefits which have a direct impact on the cost of logistics. Some
of the major advantages of utilizing a robust information technology system are
a) Improved monitoring of the logistics

b) Time Management in an efficient manner
c) Route management
d) Tracking as well as in time compliance
e) Efficient maintenance when demand
There are several other benefits of utilizing a GIS-GPS based monitoring as well
as management information systems (MIS). These have also come useful in
equipping the system with better management of crucial mandatory functions
under the urban domain, as per 12th Schedule of 74th CAA. Better management
of SWM includes GPS based vehicle tracking system, tracking clearance of
secondary collection points, GIS based shortest route identification to landfill /
dumping site etc.
For this project, there shall be a systematic and redundant system designed,
developed and implemented for management of municipal solid waste for
collection and transportation purpose. The multi-layer GIS system which shall
be implemented at ward and further down to street level shall be monitored for
efficient management of operations. According to a leading solutions provider
“GPS Tracking for commercial vehicles helps businesses save on fuel costs,
reduce labor rates and improve fleet productivity”.
The GIS based system shall utilize geo referencing for collection points and geo
tagging shall be done for each points at ward level. These geo tagging points
shall be monitored and displayed at the central level in a control room. With a

GPS tracking system, managers of a waste management organization can be

sure to keep their vehicles and assets safe from theft. In addition, this allows for
managers to increase efficiency and productivity, while eliminating
unauthorized use, wasted time and the loss of money.
The role of Geographic Information Systems (GIS) in solid waste management

is very large as many aspects of its planning and operations are highly
dependent on spatial data. GIS is a tool that not only reduces time and cost of
the site selection but also provides a digital data bank for future monitoring
program of the site
GPS data can be utilized for tracking trucks and personnel on day to day basis.
The tracking points shall be recorded, analyzed as well as monitored from the
central control room. The GPS is also helpful in measuring the distance and time
of a specific route covered and an average time a vehicle requires from the start
to finish of the operation. Any deviation from the set route provides a real time
indication to the control room
GPS system can also be helpful in tracking route delays from the collection and
transfer point to the final destination. GPS system can identify delays such as
driver breaks, congestion in traffic, weather delays, and emergencies as well as
due to loading and unloading.
The Mini Transfer stations shall be fitted with “Bio-Metric” devices for all operational and fleet
personnel daily attendance. The data shall be linked to the central control room. The fleet
attendants (driver and helper) shall commence operation of the respective collection vehicles
and follow a fixed route provided to them based on a shortest feasible route possible. Any
deviation from the route shall be signaled to the control room. Stoppages and other delays shall
also be monitored and communicated to the driver.

Figure No.6.1: GPS enabled Waste Management System

(Source: Directions Magazine)
6.2 Complaint Handling System
There shall be a robust consumer complaint management system consisting of

mobile application and online management system
Complaint management report –
1) Report of No. of complaint lodged on daily basis.

2) Report of no. of complaints resolved and pending.
3) Ward wise/supervisor/contractor wise complaint pending report.
4) TAT deviation report and ages report.

5) Feedback report which is to be given to complainant.
Mobile App reports-
1) Customer can lodge the complaint.

2) Customer can track their complaint.
3) Customer can track their concerned rickshaw/vehicle.
4) Customer can pay the user charges thru mobile app.
5) Administrator/BMC can see the some part of operational report thru
mobile app.
6) Photo of the complaint (non-lifted garbage) can be uploaded thru mobile
app and after redressing the complaint it can loaded on the web.
6.3 Capital Cost of establishing GIS-GPS based MIS System
The capital cost of establishing a GIS-GPS based MIS system has been
elaborated below:
Table 6.1: Cost of GIS-GPS based System
Sr. No. Name and Description Qty. (Nos) Total Rs. Lakh
1 GPS tracking system on trucks 547 547
2 Complaint Center Telephones 4 2
3 Computers 20 5
4 CCTV 20 40
5 Monitoring Software 1 170
6 RFID 42 11.80
Total Cost in Rupees Lakhs 774
6.4 Development of software and operational reports
A decision based support system (DBSS) shall be implemented along with a

suitable user oriented interface as an output to the various data collected and

analyzed online through GPS. DSS as a computer integrated tools systems is

capable to assist the planner or decision makers in various steps of design
procedures.
RFID TECHNOLOGY
An RFID system comprises of three elements: (a) one or several RFID tags (also
called “transponders” or “RFID labels”); (b) one or several RFID readers (also
referred to as “interrogators”); and (c) a computer system (hardware and
software).
RFID labels or tags

An RFID tag consists of a microchip (which can be reduced to the size of a point
and whose memory stores data) and an antenna (which is printed, etched or
stamped onto a substrate). The tag can be stuck on, printed on or incorporated
into a product, an animal or a person, providing a unique identifier for each.
Development of Software for on line tracking and generating various on line

report –
In this regard scope of IT and various reports to be generated as under-
Scope of work-
1) Development of software for tracking day to day operation.
2) Installation of GPS and RFID as per the suitability.
3) Development of mobile app.
4) Mapping of routes, stoppages, bins and mini transfer station.
5) Server to be established.
6) Installation of Bio metric machine on each transfer station for capturing
the attendance of concerned ward.

Reports To be Generated-
Operational report-
1) Ward wise manpower status/shortages report. It should be shown on the
dash board.
2) Ward wise vehicle status/shortage report.
3) Trip report of Tata ace, heavy vehicle and E-rickshaw.
4) Distance travelling report.
5) Tracking report of stoppages covered by Tata Zip and Tata ace.
6) Uncovered stoppages should be flashed.
7) Compactor lifting report.
8) Route deviation report of Tata Zip, Tata ace and HMV. Alert to be sent to
administrator.
9) Diesel/average report of Tata ace and HMV.
10) Bin lifting report. Ward wise pending bins report.
11) Online tracking of manpower up to Asst. Manager level, in case anybody
cross his ward / Zone alert should be beeped in control room.
6.5 Control room
The control room shall be constructed as per best practices of an electronic

equipment control room which shall have fully air conditioned and firefighting
provisions along with provisions for adequate data backup for meeting any
eventualities. An important condition for the efficient functioning of ICT
systems is that ICT rooms are of satisfactory quality. Inadequate quality can
lead to reduced productivity on the part of the institution’s personnel. In
principle, network electronics relating to the backbone network and the
horizontal cabling, as well as auxiliary systems such as access control systems,
building management systems and so on, should not be installed in server
rooms. Server rooms may also be referred to as “computer rooms”. Humidity
and temperature would be maintained at a level that is compliant with the

equipment installed on the control room center floor. Monitoring would be at a

central location such as a Network Operations Center. Monitoring system
would support a master reporting console that can also be accessed remotely
(including history logs) and must notify support staff of alarms at central and
remote sites
Other features of the control room are:

1) There would be a technologically advanced control room.
2) It will function round the clock.
3) Control room would do the on line tracking of the vehicle and generate
various reports.

CHAPTER NO.7 IDENTIFICATION OF SOLID WASTE PROCESSING

TECHNOLOGIES& ISWM FACILITY, SANITARY LANDFILL
7.1 Introduction
The most important objective of municipal waste management is a safe
disposal of the waste, generated daily. This would involve the following
activities:
 Separation of recyclable fractions and recycling the same

 Beneficial utilization of organic fraction of the waste
 Disposal of inerts into a scientifically designed landfill
The disposal of waste involves processing to separate or utilize the waste

fractions organic and inorganic, of which the recyclables are sent for recycling
whereas the organics which dominate the proportion go to aerobic
composting, vermi-composting or waste to energy conversion.
7.2 MSW Processing Techniques:
There are several MSW processing technologies which are being followed in
various parts of the world. In India various technologies are used/considered
are: 1. Composting 2. Anaerobic digestion to recover biogas and electricity
3.Refused derived fuel 4.Pyrolysis.
Waste to energy (W2E) is a broad term, within which there are multiple
techniques such as Mass Burn, Gasification, RDF Incineration, Anaerobic
Digestion, etc. Table below compares the advantages and disadvantages of the
widely used W2E techniques:
Table no. 7.1 Comparison of common W2E Energy Techniques
Sr Mass Burn RDF Anaerobic

Parameter Gasification
No Incineration Incineration Digestion
1 Process Controlled Gasification Controlled Anaerobic
combustion combustion of digestion


with Energy selected high using
recovery calorie fermentation
components of -
the waste with Thermophile
energy recovery / Mesophilic
followed by
composting
2 Segregation Not required Medium Medium High
requirement
3 Power 23 8.4 12 8.4
generation
4 Captive 12% 13% 15% 17%
power
requirement
5 Land 10-12 acres 5 acres 15 acres 8-10 acres
requirement
excluding
SLF for a
1000 TPD
plant
6 Water Medium Low Medium High 7
requirement
7 End process  Steam  Syngas 
RDF fluff  Biogas
 Bottom Ash  Blochar 
Steam  Comp
 Fly ash  Ash 
Bottom ash ost

Fly ash

Biodegradabl
e & inert
rejects
8 Useful end  Electrical  Electri  Electrical  Electri
products power cal power cal
power  Organic power
/fuel waste from  Bio
composting fertiliz
er


9 Requiremen Yes LSDO Alumina Yes during start No
t of during start up balls as Heat up and requirement
Auxiliary carrier supporting
fuel/ media combustion
supporting
10 Lead time 24 months 16-18 18 months 24 months
months
11 Process 15 5 20 % 25 % 25%
Rejects
12 Plant 7000 hours 7000 hours 7000 hours 6500 hours
availability
in a year
13 Environmen Medium Low Medium Low
t impact
14 Flexibility High Medium Medium Low
for
accommoda
ting the
charge in
waste
stream
15 Demonstrati Yes-Okhla, new No Yes- Kanpur, UP Yes –
on of Delhi (RDF Fluff) Solapur,
technology Maharashtra
in India-
Location
16 Capital cost 273 244 385 291
(INR-
Crores) for a
1200 TPD
plant
17 O&M cost 16.4 15 27.1 23.6
(INR-
Crores) for a
1200 TPD
plant


18 Expected 832 929 1890 1062
tripping fee
for the
project
(Rs/Ton)
Mass Burn with energy recovery results in the least tripping fee for the project
considering the capital cost, capacity of the plant, PLF and operation cost, over
the project period. Hence after considering pros and cons of various W2E
technologies, mass burn with energy recovery has been selected as the MSW
treatment technology for the current project.
For the Waste processing the Adampur Chhawani site has been selected which
is located at a distance of 16 km from Bhopal’s center towards east direction
on23.2552892°N 77.5400876°E. Waste generation through entire city will be
processed centrally located at Adampur Chhawani site.
Proposed site is owned by State Government and leased to BMC for 99 years. It
is a barren rocky land, about 350 m north of agricultural farms.
7.3 Wastes to Energy Technology:
Introduction: Incineration (Thermal power Plant)
It is the process of direct burning of wastes in the presence of excess air

(oxygen) at temperatures of about 800° C and above, liberating heat energy,
inert gases and ash. Net waste to energy yield depends upon the following
factors
 Density and composition of the waste (Calorific value)
 Relative percentage of moisture content and inert material
 Ignition temperature

 Size and shape of constituent
 Design of combustion system
In practice, near about 65 to 80 % of the energy content of the organic matter

can be recovered as heat energy, which can be utilized either for direct thermal
applications, or for producing power via steam turbine generators (with typical
conversion efficiency of about 30%).
Figure 7.1: General Incineration process
In the thermal power plant, solid wastes burned solely. It may not need any
auxiliary fuel except for start-up. When the objective is steam production,
supplementary fuel may have to be used with the pulverized refuse, because of
the variable energy content (or low calorific value) of the waste or in the event
that the quantity of waste available is insufficient.
While Incineration based thermal power plant is extensively used as an

important method of MSW processing as disposal, it is associated with some
polluting discharges which are responsible for of environmental pollution
especially air pollution. So that it can be effectively controlled by installing

suitable pollution control devices and by suitable furnace construction and

control of the combustion process.
WtE suppliers and Contractor Selection:
The following table showing various major technology suppliers and reference
plant
Table 7.2: Various major technology suppliers

Technology Number of
Grate Combustion System for MSW?
Supplier reference Plants
Forward acting reciprocating (formerly
Hitachi Zosen Von Roll Inova, HZ was Japanese Approx. 833
licensee)
Martin Reverse reciprocating grate 389
Keppel Seghers Multi-acting reciprocating grate Around 35
(Dynagrate) and forward acting grate
Forward acting reciprocating
Fisia Babcock 59
(Steinmuller) and roller
Babcock & Wilcox
DynaGrate, Vølund grate 50
Vølund
Kawasaki Heavy Horizontal water cooled grate ('advanced 200 – 300 small
Industries stoker system') plants in Japan
Mitsubishi Heavy Reverse acting reciprocating (Martin
Around 250
Industries grate licensee)
Horizontal stoker grate ('Hyper Grate
JFE 120
Stoker')
By considering all above, EIL has selected M/s Hitachi Zosen Indai Ltd.as
technology provider for Bhopal MSW Cluster (LoCal Plus, Thermal Treatment).
As per tender condition EIL has floated an SPV to execute Bhopal MSW Project.
“WTE plant designed to intake waste up to 600 x 2 TPD having a calorific value
range from 1100 to 2200 kcal/kg. 1000 TPD of waste is the agreed quantity by
municipality for Bhopal city as per concession agreement. If required legacy

waste can be used after presorting for power generation. Along with legacy
waste biomass can also be used as and when required. The electrical power
output is up to 11.5 x 2 MW per line operating within the Load Range Diagram,
with less than 25% process remnants (Ash)”.
Figure 7.2: Proposed 3D WtE Model

Figure 7.3: Typical Section of Processing Plant Layout

Process Description
The working of thermal power plant is broadly divided into following parts
A. Waste receiving and storage Section

B. Combustion and boiler (Heat Utilization and Power Generation)
C. Flue gas treatment and
D. Residue handling and treatment
Ballistic Separator
We will dump waste collected via door to door during plant construction period
at the Bhanpur khanti. The waste will be presorted by the Ballistic Separator
before going for incineration to grate.
The Ballistic Separator is an equipment designed to separate solid waste at the

inlet, depending on characteristics of size, density and shape. The ballistic
separator performs an effective separation of waste according to different
physical characteristics. The ballistic separator classifies the flow of material
into three fractions. The types of waste that can be screened with the ballistic
separator are numerous: light weight packaging, paper/cardboard, foil and
plastic containers, commercial and industrial waste (C&I), municipal solid
waste (MSW), waste from construction and demolition (C&D).
1) Waste Receiving and Storage Section
This is the initial section of the thermal power plant. It contains following main
components.
1. Tipping Hall
It work as waste receiving area, vehicle gathered here to unload the waste into
waste pit (bunkers) through unloading bays. The tipping bays will be designed
according to the waste transport system (e.g. size of trucks & time period of
delivery of waste into the pit).
2. Waste Pit
It is designed to handle MSW in close controlled area to minimize pollution.

Here waste is homogenized with the help of waste loader. If waste contains
higher moisture content, a drain system is provided with a pump to extract the
water from the waste pit and passed to further treatment. Negative pressure in
waste pit is handled through aspirated air. Waste pit will have storage for 6-7
days of waste.
3. Waste Crane
The purpose of waste crane is clearing the waste from the tipping bays, mixing
and transferring it to the feed hopper and stocking of waste. The waste crane is
designed as a bridge crane with a grab trolley, hoisting gear and electro-
hydraulic motor grab. It includes the motor control cubical (MCC), switchgear
and control consoles required for smooth & safe operation.
The crane is designed for clearing the unloading area, mixing, stocking and
continuous feed of waste (24h/day, 7 days/week).
4. Combustion and Boiler (Heat Utilization and Power Generation)
This is core part of the thermal power plant. In this section various types of
equipment are designed as per characteristics of raw material supplied and
expected output from plant.
1. Feed hopper
The purpose of the feed hopper is to feed

the waste into furnace and sealing of
furnace from open environment. The feed
hopper is designed to have a waste column
in the waste chute which allows a
Figure No. 7.4 Feed Hopper with feed
Chute

continuous feed to the grate in the combustion chamber.
The feed hopper system (hopper and feed chute) is made of steel. The slope of
the hopper walls is designed to prevent arch build-up and to ensure continuous
feed to the grate. The height of the feed chute allows a sufficiently high waste
column that seals the combustion chamber from the waste pit. The feed chute
is designed to resist thermal stress that may occur during operation.
2. Ram feeder
The purpose of Ram feeder to feed the

waste into the incineration grate. The
lower part of the waste column in the
feed chute is pushed to the grate by
hydraulically operated ram feeders.
The speed of the forward movement of
the ram feeders defines the waste flow
to the grate. The speed is regulated by
the Combustion Control System (CCS).
To ensure a near continuous waste Figure No. 7.5 Ramp Feeder
flow the return movement is at
maximum speed. The ram feeders are hydraulically operated from a local
control cabinet. The ram feeder can also be operated manually. This System
contains total 3 no. of hydraulic driven ramp feeder.
3. Hitachi Zosan Innova Grate (Air Cooled Grate R Type)
The ram feeder uniformly distribute the solid waste across the three lanes of
grate. Each lane consists of six elements with a chute after two elements. The
process steps in the grate are drying, ignition, combustion and burnout. Swift
adjustment of airflows and grate motion in every zone at all times responds to
process fluctuations. Two hydraulic cylinders per element move the grate

forwards and backwards for transport and riddling of waste and transport of
bottom ash to the extractor. The inclination of the grate, the drop-off after the
main combustion zone, and the horizontal burnout zone ensure excellent
burnout of all waste fractions. To generate desired power output waste should
burn at a minimum 8500C.
The air cooled grate is designed for transport and continuous combustion of
waste, good burnout and transport of the bottom ash to the bottom ash
extractor.
Figure No. 7.6 Overview of the Grate
4. Combustion Air system
It feeds and regulate the air for combustion of grate. Combustion air is aspirated
from the waste pit, measured and distributed to the different consumers
(Primary Air, Secondary Air & Wall Air).
Primary Air is preheated using steam and a flue gas/air heat exchanger. A flue
gas/air heat exchanger is necessary to reach sufficiently high primary air
temperatures for burning low calorific waste with high water content.
Primary Air Fan - The fan and its drive are mounted on a common steel frame
structure (base plate). The fan has a radial single-inlet and a statically and

dynamically balanced impeller. It is equipped with openings for inspection and

cleaning purposes. Refer point no. 13 in typical section of processing plant
layout.
Combustion Air Preheater - A five-stage air preheater is installed on the

pressure side of the combustion fan. This is used to improve waste combustion.
Secondary Air Intake
It feeds and regulate secondary combustion air to burn out and mix the flue
gases.
As waste received is not a homogeneous fuel, flue gases of the first combustion
stage above the grate are not completely burnt. The second combustion stage
uses tangentially injected secondary air for good gas mixing and adds oxygen
for complete gas burnout. Secondary air is extracted from the primary air
system at the exit of the high pressure steam preheater. Flow is measured using
a venturi tube system and regulated by an automatically operated flap.
The geometry of the combustion chamber and the arrangement of secondary

air nozzles (to create swirl flow) are optimized for:
 Mixing of combustion gases

 Flow pattern of flue gas
The results of optimized mixing and flow pattern are:
 Complete burn-out of flue gas

 Uniform temperature profile across the post combustion chamber
 Minimize CO-concentrations
 Minimize risk of corrosion of unprotected heating surfaces
 Improved burn-out of fly ash
Wall air system

It cools of the combustion chamber side walls. Side walls of the combustion
chamber above the grate are made of refractory. The installation of boiler walls
is not advisable in this area because of heat loss. The refractory walls have to
be cooled to prevent caking of fly ash. The side wall cooling air is extracted from
the combustion air system after the fan. It is used as grate drop cooling air
before distributed to both sides of the furnace into the wall air system.
5. Burner (Strut-up)
During start-up, a burner is

needed to heat up the furnace
walls and to inflame the waste for
combustion. During operation the
burner is not in action. Only in
case of low temperatures in the
combustion chamber the burner
will be activated. Figure No. 7.7 Startup Burner
The Start-up burner which is specially designed for waste incinerators is

located above the bottom ash chute. A local control cabinet for the burner
regulates the combustion air fan and the fuel flow and ensures the correct
stoichiometric ratio. The burner can also be operated locally. A cooling air fan
is necessary to prevent damage caused from heat, corrosion and caking of fly
ash. Refer point no. 18 in typical section of processing plant layout.
6. Pusher type bottom ash/slag extractor

7. The burnt-out waste slag falls through the slag chute into the slag extractor.
There the slag plunges into a water bath, is quenched and then discharged
hydraulically by means of a pushing shield.
The slag extractor essentially consists of the following components:
• A trough construction and discharging hood (lined with wearing plates),

• A hydraulic drive (cylinder, shaft and lever),
• A pushing shield
• Maintenance openings
The drive cylinder is placed in the middle of the extractor. By using of shaft and
lever, the force of the cylinder will transmit to the pushing shield.
In order to empty the slag extractor rapidly during a standstill of the operation,
a side door can be opened in the discharge chute area.
The belonging water cabinet (with integrate level measurement) is placed on

the side of the extractor. This cabinet is separated, so that no slag gets in this
area.
All bearing zones / lubricating points will be lubricated by an automatic

lubricating unit.
The construction of the slag extractor including the inlet and exhaust areas is
designed to secure the discharge of coarse bottom ash and metal parts free from
any disturbance.

Figure No. 7.8 Pusher type bottom ash/slag extractor
8. Combustion Control System (CCS)
The Combustion Control System (CCS) ensures operation at a requested load

by controlling the combustion process of the fluctuating waste quality. The CCS
allows plant operation in compliance with legal conditions (e.g. minimal oxygen
content in the flue gas) and guaranteed values.
Control Goals
Constant steam production: steam flow according to the set point value
Constant flue gas flow at constant steam set point. This keeps the combustion
temperature within permissible limits.
Oxygen concentration in the flue gas within permissible limits.
Control System Structure
The multivariable controller structure consists of both parallel and serial

connections of different controllers. It is realized in the Distributed Control
System (DCS). The actuation for the ram feeder and the single grate elements is
processed by the grate & ram feeder control system. The set points for the
speed are given by the CCS.
Figure no. 7.9 Control system structure

9. Heat Recovery Steam boiler
It recovers heat from flue gas and production of superheated steam.
The steam boiler consists of the following sections:
 1st pass Vertical radiation pass made of membrane

Evaporator walls with refractory lining.
 2nd pass Vertical radiation pass made of membrane
evaporator walls.
 3rd pass Vertical convection pass: 1st evaporator bundle
(EVAP1),
Three super heater bundles (SH) and 2nd evaporator
bundle (EVAP2); membrane evaporator walls.

 4th pass Vertical convection pass: two flue gas/air preheater

Bundle’s (AH) and four economizer bundles (ECO)
Spring-loaded safety valves are provided to protect the heating surfaces from
excessive pressure.
Figure no. 7.10 Boiler structure
Boiler Maintenance and Repair
For maintenance and further repair AMLe space is provided between each tube
bundle for adequate inspection and cleaning activities.
10. Heat utilization and Power generation
Heat Utilization

The steam generated in the boiler is supplied to a steam driven turbo-generator

set. The turbo-generator set is to generate electrical energy to supply to
external electrical grid and also to meet the energy requirement of complete
plant auxiliaries. Following equipment’s are containing in the heat utilization
process for power generation.
Turbine- Steam turbine is the main part of power plant, it is the device which
transform thermal energy into mechanical energy.
Figure No. 7.11 Turbine
The control and lubrication oil system supplies the necessary oil for the
bearings and the control oil for control system of the turbine.
Generator is provided for transform mechanical energy into electrical energy.

For this energy conversion various equipment’s are used as their purposes such
as Stator, Rotor, shaft, space heaters and RTDs. Exciters provides for the
purpose to excite and build-up the voltage generators. The cooling of hot
generator by adopting generator cooling system.
Air cooled condenser are provided for to condensate the exhaust steam of the
turbine and generators. It is common for two line.

Apart from this various kind of arrangements of equipment’s provided for

generation of electrical energy to supply power grid.
The details of the all the components used in the heat utilization process are
given in following table with their purpose and description as:

Figure No. 7.12 Schematic process WtE plant with Heat utilization

Table No. 7.3 Technical description of components in Heat utilization
Sr. No. Components Purpose/Description
1 Turbo generator The turbo generator set is to generate electrical
energy to supply to external electrical grid and
also to meet the energy requirement of
complete plant auxiliaries.
1.1 Turbine Steam turbines are main part of power plant,

they are the devices which transform thermal
energy into mechanical energy.
1.2 Control and To supply the necessary oil for the bearings and
Lubrication Oil the control oil for control system of the turbine.
Supply
1.3 Generator System
1.3.1 Generator Transformation of the mechanical energy into

electrical energy. It consist of components with
design according to their purposes such as
Stator, Rotor, Shaft, Space heaters and RTDs
1.3.2 Excitation For excite and build-up of voltage of generator
1.3.3 Generator Cooling To cooling of hot air of generator
1.3.4 Control cabinet of To control, monitor, measure and protection of

Generator & generator. The control cubicle consists of
system wiring of control, monitor, measuring and protection
control cabinet equipment of generator. It consist of
construction features are system wiring,
painting, Cubicle Illumination, earthing, Space
heaters, Mimic, NGR & LAVT cubicles(Resistors,
Enclosure, terminals, space heaters, cooling,
painting etc.
1.4 Cooling System Cooling of turbine and generator bearing oil.

The auxiliary cooling-water system has been
designed as an Open cooling-water loop with
Auxiliary Cooling tower. Connected to the


auxiliary cooling-water system are the steam
turbine oil cooler and the generator air cooler.
2 Condenser
2.1 Air-cooled To condensate the exhaust steam coming from

condenser the turbine. For regular plant operation, the
exhaust steam from the turbine will condense in
the air cooled condenser, which is situated
beside the turbine’s house.
Air and incondensable gases entering the steam

turbine and the circuit are extracted from the
steam space of the condenser by a steam
ejector.
It consist of following components: Data

Bundles, structural steel, Ducting, Expansion
bellows, Piping, Condensate tank, mechanical
equipment, Air removal equipment, safety relief
equipment, condensate extraction, pump, Drain
boot pump, Semi-automatic cleaning system
3 Water-steam-
cycle
3.1 Feed Water The feed water system consists of the

System deaerator/feed water storage tank, the two feed
water pumps, the associated pipes and valves.
Its purpose is to feed the boiler with deaerated
water and to provide spray water as cooling
water for the desuper heaters of the boiler, the
steam pressure reduction station of the turbine
bypass and the High Pressure (HP) – Mid
Pressure (MP) steam pressure reduction
station.
3.1.1 Feed Water Tank The horizontal cylindrical tank is supplied with
a vertical de-aerator on top. In the deaerator the


returned condensate is heated using 5 bar
steam and deaerated. The waste steam of the
deaerator is discharged on top of the building.
3.1.2 Feed Water Pump The feed water pump system consists of two
System electrical feed water pumps (2 x 100%), the
associated pipes and valves. Its purpose is to
feed the boiler with deaerated water, to provide
spray water as cooling water for the
desuperheaters of the boiler, the steam pressure
reduction station of the turbine bypass and the
High Pressure (HP) – medium Pressure (MP)
steam pressure reduction station.
3.2 HP Steam System The boiler produces high pressure steam, which
is during the normal operation taken over for
utilization by others at the battery limit e.g.
steam turbine etc.
3.3 MP Steam System The 5 bar a steam system supplies steam to the
deaerator/feed water tank, air preheater and
sealing air heater.
3.4 Condensate The condensate system consists of a main

System condensate tank, the two condensate transfer
pumps (2x100%), the steam jet air ejectors
including the inter condenser and after
condensers of the ejector system, the piping for
condensate coming from the air cooled
condenser via the two condensate pumps, the
ejector condenser to the de-aerator
4 Water Treatment
system
4.1 Water Preparation The demineralization plant is designed for a

system supply of demineralized water continuously at a


net min capacity of 5 % of the nominal live
steam flow.
4.2 Chemical metering The water/steam circuit chemistry is controlled

system in accordance with the requirements in the
inquiry by chemical injection, usually Ammonia
and Tri-sodium Phosphate, into the feed water.
Flue gas Treatment
This is the middle section of section of the thermal power plant, after
incineration of solid particles, it contains following main components
1. SNCR Process
In the SNCR process (Selective Non-Catalytic Reduction), NOx reacts with

ammonia (NH3) and is chemically converted into nitrogen (a natural
constituent of air) and water vapour. Ammonia is injected directly into the
combustion chamber along with steam at a temperature between 8500C to
9500C.
Main reaction (NOx – reduction at > 8500C)
4 NO + 4NH3+ O2 4 N2+ 6 H2O
2 NO2 + 4NH3+ O2 3 N2+ 6 H2O
Main reaction (NOx – reduction at > 9500C)
4 NH3+ 5 O2 4 NO + 6 H2O
4 NH3 + 3 O2 2 N2 + 6 H2O
The purpose of SNCR process to achieve high removal efficiency of NOx near
about 90%. Another advantages of this process is dioxin formation in the flue
gas reduced significantly.

This process contain the equipment (ammonia water tank, pump rack,
ammonia water and steam distribution pipes) takes very little space and can be
added very easily to existing plants. Refer point no. 20 in typical section of
processing plant layout.
2. Semi-Dry Reactor
The purpose of the semiconductor is the purification of flue gases. Downstream
of the combustion section and steam generator, flue gases are channeled
directly into the turboadsorber without pretreatment. Reagents for separation
(hydrated lime or calcined lime and activated carbon) are metered into the
Figure No. 7.13 Semi - Dry Reactor
stream here, and water is injected at the same time. The temperature drops
below 160°C as a result, improving separation while activating the lime.
Pollutants react with the additives in the turbo adsorber, forming products that
can be trapped by the downstream fabric filter. Refer point no. 21 in typical
section of processing plant layout.
3. Fabric Filter
The purpose of fabric filter is separation of solids from the flue gas and
formation of an adsorbent layer on the filter surface for further reaction of
pollutants.

The separation is a physical process where the solids are filtrated on the surface
of a gas-permeable fabric.
A fabric filter consists of a large number of filter bags which capture particulate
matter. Flue gas enters the base of the filter and flows through the individual
bags. Particles are deposited on the outside of the bag and the cleaned gas flows
through and exits the top of the unit.
Figure No. 7.14 Fabric Filter
As compare to other Air Pollution Control (APC) equipment, the removal

efficiency of fabric filter is high. The filter bags are automatically cleaned. The
cleaning of the filter bags is controlled in relation to the pressure drop. For
more details refer point no. 21 in typical section of processing plant layout.
4. Induced draft fan, Silencer and condensate preheater
The Purpose induced draft fan is to move the flue gases from the combustion
through the flue gas cleaning system to the stack. The speed of the ID fan is
regulated using a frequency converter (Variable Frequency Drive) to maintain
a slight negative pressure in the combustion chamber. The negative pressure in

the system prevents any leakage of combustion gases into the surrounding
area.
Silencer is fitted to reduce noise generated due to speed of flue gas. Then
condensate preheater. For more details refer point no. 23, 24 & 25 in typical
section of processing plant layout.
5. Stack
The purpose of stack is to expel the cleaned gases from the flue gas treatment
system to the atmosphere. The height of is 45 m. For more details refer point
no. 26 in typical section of processing plant layout.
The summary of flue gas treatment is given in following
Table No. 7.4 Provision of flue gas treatment by Hitachi

1 SNCR System Reduction of NOx using selective non-
catalytic reactions. Ammonic solution is
injected into the combustion chamber
where the flue gas temperature is between
850 to 950°C.
1.1 NaOH Injection Injection of ammonia solution into the

(optional) combustion chamber at several levels. The
25% aqueous ammonia solution is injected
into the flue gas in the radiation zone of the
boiler. Steam is used as a carrier medium.
2 Flue gas handling
2.1 Flue gas ducts, dry Connection ductwork for flue gas routing
between the individual process steps at
temperatures above dew point.
The individual flue gas cleaning

components are connected to each other by
means of ductwork. These ducts provide a


path for the flue gas to travel between
components (e.g. from the boiler to the
evaporation cooler and from the bag filter
to the ID fan). Dry flue gas ducts are made
of sheet steel with reinforcements,
supports, holders, suspension devices
(hangers), flanges, gaskets and expansion
joints, etc. All instrument ports needed for
flue gas measurements in the entire flue gas
duct system are included.
2.2 Emission Detection and monitoring of flue gas

measurement contaminants in the stack
The emission measurement system

monitors the flue gas properties and
composition in the stack.
The main system components include:
Instruments for temperature, pressure and

flow rate measurement
Measurement instrument for particulate

matter (dust)
Gas concentration measurement system for

determination of gaseous flue gas
components
(H2O, O2, CO2, CO, HCl, SO2, NOx (option))
The instruments are installed directly on

the flue gas duct. The emission
measurement system is designed to meet
the particular requirements of the
Operating permit for the plant.
3 Evaporation Cooler In the evaporation cooler (and following

Fabric Filter), chemical reactions with the


injected hydrated lime and adsorption on
the activated carbon assure the separation
of pollutants from the flue gas. Activated
carbon is used as adsorbent for VOC,
mercury and dioxins. Other heavy metals
are condensed and separated as well as the
entrained fly ash by gas/solids separation.
4 Particle Separation
4.1 Fabric filter Purpose - Separation of solids from the flue

gas and formation of an adsorbent layer on
the filter surface for further reaction of
pollutants.
General - The fabric filter is used for

separation of solids from the flue gas. The
separation is a physical process where the
solids are filtrated on the surface of a gas-
permeable fabric.
4.2 Induced draught fan To move the flue gases from the
with frequency combustion through the flue gas cleaning
converter system to the stack.
The speed of the ID fan is regulated using a

frequency converter (Variable Frequency
Drive) to maintain a slight negative
pressure in the combustion chamber.
4.3 Stack The purpose of the stack is to expel the

cleaned gases from the flue gas treatment
system to the atmosphere. Technical
specification will be provided to Owner
during detail engineering stage to confirm
to meet the statutory requirements.
5 Additives handling Hydrated lime and activated carbon dosing.


Dosing of hydrated lime and activated
carbon into the evaporation cooler
Residue Handling and Treatment
In this section discharge and conveying boiler ash to the bottom ash extractor
and residues from flue gas treatment to the residue silo under following
systems
1. Ash conveying system
The ash conveying system is provided along the bottom of semi dry reactor. For
the scientific disposal of residue (or ash) conveying system provided. It bring
the ash outside the power plant for further treatment. For more details refer
point no. 27 in typical section of processing plant layout.
2. Residue conveying system- Common for two line
Discharge and conveying boiler ash to the bottom ash expeller and residues
from flue gas treatment to the residue silo. For more details refer point no. 28
in typical section of processing plant layout.
Table No.7.5 Provision of residue handling and treatment by Hitachi

Sr. No. Components Purpose
1 Residue handling Discharge and conveying boiler ash to the
System bottom ash expeller and residues from flue
gas treatment to the residue silo.
The ash from the 2nd / 3rd (super-heater

area) and from the 4th boiler pass
(economiser) will transport through
mechanical / pneumatic conveying system.
1.1 Residues Silo Storage of the residues. The residues are

stored in a welded carbon steel silo. The

silo cone is equipped with a mechanical

system for easy discharge.
Auxiliary requirement
Table No. 7.6 Auxiliary requirement
1 Water Supply
1.1 Raw Water Supply Raw cum fire water storage tank to store
the raw water within the plant premises for
plant purpose.
The raw water for the plant operation

requirement will be stored in a storage
tank. The raw water storage tank shall be
earthen-bund type. To run 600 TPD Hitachi
Power plant nearly 750 M3/day water is
required. For safe side two days
requirement of whole plant i.e. 1500 M3
provision shall make firefighting system
. The raw water will be filtered in the multi

grade filter for further use of plant.
1.2 Service water and Service water required for plant purpose
potable water system and drinking water for plant personnel
The service water requirements of the

entire plant will be met from a HDPE tank
of capacity 2 m3 placed at one corner of the
control room slab to meet the demand of
service water to the general toilets and
toilets of STG building which also includes
the potable water demand for working staff
at plant side.
2 Compressed Air To supply air to operate the control valves,

system for Process and dampers and supply to process
Instrument air requirement.


The compressed air system for instrument
air is designed at 7 Kg/cm2 for pneumatic
operated dampers and process
instrumentation. Based on the
instrumentation for the plant, the
compressed air requirement for process
instruments is envisaged as 250 CFM of dry
air without any traces of oil.
2.1 Fire Fighting, smoke For fighting fire of plant equipment

detection and alarm
A comprehensive firefighting system,
system
including the fire water sump of suitable
capacity by client, is designed for the
complete plant. It includes firefighting,
smoke detection and alarming facilities in
the MCC rooms and control rooms of the
power plant which covers all the following
potential hazard areas.
3 Fuel Oil supply
3.1 Fuel oil supply For unloading fuel oil from the tanks and to
directly fill the storage tanks and also to
pump the fuel oil to the day storage tanks at
the furnace end.
The system consists of two pumps (2 nos.

of 100%, 1W+1S) with all the necessary
accessories, supports etc.
3.2 Fuel oil Pumps For unloading fuel oil from the tanks and to
directly fill the storage tanks and also to
pump the fuel oil to the day storage tanks at
the furnace end.
The system consists of two pumps (2 nos.

of 100%, 1W+1S) with all the necessary
accessories, supports etc.


4 Electrically operated For maintenance of Turbine generator set
overhead travelling
EOT Crane and its components will be of
crane
heavy duty construction suitable for
operation on continuous basis during
maintenance of Turbine generator set. The
crane will be of Class-2 classification. The
design, manufacture, erection and testing of
crane and hoists will be carried out as per
the latest IS Standards and Indian statutory
requirements.
5 Steel structures for LoCal plus consist of combustion and flue

Process Equipment gas treatment including with steel
structure. Steel structural roof is covered at
the top of boiler drum. Structural system
provided for boiler, economizer and flue
gas treatment supporting and suitable
platforms are provided for the easy access.
Theoretical Power Generation Potential
Quantity of MSW : 1200 TPD
Assumed Net Calorific Value : 1662.31 Kcal/kg
Assumed Conversion Efficiency : 24%
Energy Recovery Potential from 1200 TPD is estimated as per the following
universally accepted general formula.
Total MSW quantity : W tones = 1200 TPD
Net Calorific Value : NCV Kcal/kg. = 1662.51 Kcal/kg
Energy recovery potential (kWh) = NCV x W x 1200/860
= 1.163 x NCV x W
= 1.163 x 1662.31 x 1200

= 2319919.8 Kwh
Power generation potential (kW) = 1.163 x NCV x W/ 24
= 1.163 x 1662.31 x 1200/24
= 96663.3 kW
Conversion Efficiency = 24%
Gross Generation potential (Minimum) = 23199.19 kW
= 23.20 MW
Auxiliary Consumption (16%) = 3.71 MW
Net Sellable Power = 19.49 MW
For theoretical power calculation, Assuming MSW net calorific value for power
calculation is 1662.51 Kcal/kg. Calorific value will be adjusted by auxiliary fuel
like LDF and MSW RDF which are easily available in local market.
Technical specification: Waste to Energy (WtE) power plant consisting of

two numbers of 600TPD boilers is designed to intake waste up to 1200
tons per day having a calorific value range from 1100 to 2200 kcal/kg. The
Gross electrical power output is up to 23 MW for two lines operating
within the Load Range Diagram.

Figure No. 7.15 Load Range Diagram
Detail Specification of Process Components
Technical specification / details of waste crane, incinerator, Boiler, corrosion

diagram and flue gas treatment are as bellow
Technical Data Sheet of Waste Crane
Table no. 7.7 Technical Data Sheet of Waste Crane
1 Number of Cranes (2 No’s) – One in Operation & One in

Stand-by
2 Type Semi-automatic overhead bridge

crane with lotus grab
3.0 Basic Data (each)
3.1 Lifting capacity 10 tons include dead weight of the

grab
3.2 Grab dead weight 4.4 tons
3.3 Bridge Crane Span: 25.107
3.4 Crane run way length 25 m
3.5 Maximum Lift of Height: 29.0 m

3.6 Grab Capacity: 6.3 m3
4.0 Maximum Speed
4.1 Hoist (Vertical) Travel 0-50 m/min
4.2 Trolley (Cross) Travel 0-70m/min
4.3 Crane (Long) Travel 0-60 m/min
5.0 Power requirements (per

crane)
5.1 Hoist (Vertical) Travel 90 KW
5.2 Crane (Long) Travel 18.5 x 2 KW
5.3 Trolley (Cross) Travel 7.5 KW
5.4 Grab Motor (KW) 25.5 KW
6 Control method Remote control from crane control

room
7 Operation method Console and control panel
Table no. 7.8 Technical Data – Incinerator
Operation time boiler and grate 7500 h/year
Nominal waste throughput LP1 25.000 t/h

LP1 600 t/d
Nominal calorific value LP1 6908 kJ/kg
LP1 1650 kcal/kg
Thermal capacity at nominal load LP1 47.97 MW
Minimum heating value LP2 4605 kJ/kg
LP2 1100 kcal/kg
Minimum waste input LP2 24.305 t/h
12 AA A1 Feed hopper with
feed chute
Feed hopper
- feed hopper capacity 55 m3

- dimensions of feed hopper

opening (length x width) 10.1 x 5.6 M
- material thickness 12 Mm
- material IS2062/SA 516 Gr 70
Feed chute
- cross section at top (length x
width) 7.2 x 1.159 m
- cross section at bottom (length x
width) 7.8 x 1.25 m
- material thickness 12 mm
- material IS2062/SA 516 Gr 70
12 AA B1 Feed hopper cooling
Coolant Water
Method of cooling Natural circulation
12 AA C1 Ram feeder
Number of ram feeders (linked up
by control system) 3
Type of drive Hydraulic
Stroke length 900 mm
Material of ram feeder heat resistant steel
12 AA D1 Grate
Type of grate R-12578
Grate data
- grate inclination 18 °
- grate length 12 m
- number of parallel grate tracks 3
- number of grate rows 6
- drop in grate after row no. 2
- total number of grate elements 18
- grate track width 2.6 M
- total width 7.8 M
- usable grate area (including
grate drop) 97.5 M2
- static grate surface load at
nominal load LP1 256 kg/(h*m2)

- thermal grate surface load at

nominal load LP1 492 kW/m2
Type of drive for grate elements Hydraulic
Number of hydraulic cylinders
per grate element 2
Stroke length of moving grate
block row 150 Mm
Material of grate blocks Cr-steel
12 AA F2 Primary air system
Combustion air fan (for primary,
secondary and wall air)
- number of fans 1
- nominal air flow LP1 91100 m3/h STP
- design air flow 105000 m3/h STP
- design air flow (of nominal air
flow) 115%
- pressure increase at design air
flow 71.6 Mbar
- speed 1500 1/min
Variable frequency
- type of air flow control drive
- electric motor rating 315 kW
- power consumption at nominal
air flow LP1 226 kW
- type of fan Radial/Axial
- mounting single sided
Combustion air preheater
Condensate sub
- 1st stage cooler
Condensate sub
- 2nd stage cooler (HP- 1)
mid pressure steam
- 3rd stage (5 bara)
Condensate sub
- 4th stage cooler (HP- 2)

high pr. Steam (sat.

steam from boiler
- 5th stage drum)
flue gas/air heat
exchanger in 4th
- 6th stage boiler pass
- air flow at inlet (after extraction
of wall air) 86100 m3/h STP
- design air temperature at inlet 30 °C
- design air temperature at outlet
of flue gas/air heat exchanger app. 290 °C
steam pressure
control / bypass
- temperature control method flaps
- type of heat exchangers plain tubes
- arrangement Aligned
St 35.8 / Equivalent
- material of heat exchanger IS material
Air ducts
- air velocity at nominal air flow LP1 15 m/s
- number of control flaps (1 per
grate zone) 6
- material thickness of ducts 4 Mm
St 37-2 / IS 2062 Gr B
- material of ducts material
12 AA G2 Secondary air system
Secondary air fan no fan
- extraction from combustion air
preheater after MP stage
- nominal air temperature app. 125 °C
- type of regulation Flap
12 AA H1 Wall air system
Side wall air fan no fan
- extraction from combustion Before air preheater

12 AA L1 Oil-fired auxiliary
burner
Number of burners 1
Fuel Light Fuel Oil
Thermal power of burner 10.0 MW
Control range 1:5 continuous
12 AA P1 Hydraulic station
Supplied systems Grate, Ram Feeder
Hydraulic station
- number of stations 1
Hydraulic pump
- number of pumps 2
- constant operation pressure 140 bar
- electric motor rating 36.64 kW
Hydraulic oil cooler ambient air
- system air cooled
12 AA Q1 Bottom ash extractor
Bottom ash extractor system Plate Conveyor
Number of extractors 1
Design capacity of bottom ash
extractor 9100 kg/h
Type of drive E-motor
Wear plate material Steel
Separate waste water collection
- type Basin
- supply pump 1
12 AA R1 Grate riddling
removal
Number of conveyors 1
Submerged Drag
System Chain Conveyor
12 BA A1 Steam boiler
Operating period between two
stops for boiler cleaning 4000 H
Furnace dimensions
Furnace length (measured
horizontally) 12.8 M

Furnace width 7.94 M

Boiler design
Height 1st pass over feeder table 20.3 M
Depth of 1st pass (center of
membrane wall 4.0 M
tubes)
Width convection passes (center
of membrane 8.1 M
wall tubes)
Flue gas at boiler exit
Nominal flue gas flow LP1 111268 m3/h STP
Nominal flue gas temperature
(slightly fouled ) boiler after 800
h LP1 175 °C
Nominal flue gas composition: LP1
- CO2 LP1 7.8 Vol.-%
- H2O LP1 19.9 Vol.-%
- O2 LP1 7.9 Vol.-%
- N2 LP1 64.3 Vol.-%
Boiler cleaning
System soot blowers
Cleaning medium Superheated steam
Number of soot blowers 13
Table no. 7.9 Technical Data: Boiler Specification

1. Boiler Passes:
Heating Surfaces (summary of following
pages)
Membrane Convective
Total
wall surfaces
m2 projected m2
m2
(ca.) circumferential
pass 1 furnace roof, pass 1 556 0 556
pass 2 vertical radiation pass 399 0 399
vertical convective
pass 3 435 1,780 2,215
pass

economizer and air

pass 4 0 4,071 4,071
heater
Total 1,390 5,851 7,241
2. Boiler Operation Data:

Nominal steam temperature at super heater outlet: 410 °C
Nominal steam pressure at boiler outlet: 46 Bara
Superheated steam generation at LP 1 (800 h/

57.1 / 56.4 t/h
4000 h):
0 t/h
Steam extraction from boiler drum at LP 1:
Max. allowed continuous superheated steam

60 t/h
generation:
60 t/h
Max. allowed continuous total steam generation *):
Max. allowed superheated steam temperature TS: 415 °C
Max. allowed pressure in boiler drum PS: 58 bara
(*): superheated steam at outlet super heater + saturated steam extraction

from drum
3.Desuperheaters:
flow range water injection
number of Minimum Maximum
Location
desuper per per Maximum
downstream
heaters desuperh. desuperh. total t/h
t/h t/h
superheater1 1 0 4.0 4.0
super heater 2 1 0 4.0 4.0
Total 2 - - 8.0
4. Boiler Drum:
cylindrical section
Length diameter outside volume empty
9'960 1700 mm 19.5 m3
Remark: normal water level 50 mm above axis of drum

5. Start-up valve:
Max. capacity 10 t/h
at 360 °C
40 Bara
6. Boiler cleaning devices:
pass 1 No cleaning device
No cleaning device, 2 openings for later installation of shower
pass 2
cleaning system.
pass 3 6 soot blowers, fully retractable
7 soot blowers, partly retractable (up- and downstream of each
pass 4
bundle)
7. Operating data 1:
load point
waste throughput kg/h 25,000
LHV kJ/kg 6,908
kcal/kg 1,650
thermal input MW 47.97
% 100
Operating time after manual H 800 4000
boiler cleaning
Flue gas
throughput: Nm3/h 110,850
adiabatic °C 1100 1100
temperature: upstream SNCR
at limit refractory °C 853 896
inlet pass 2 (in °C 788.7 844.2
vertical plane
above collector)
inlet evaporator 1 °C 633.6 710.4
inlet SH 3 °C 573.7 650.2
inlet SH 2 °C 525.5 593.4
inlet SH 1 °C 457.2 510.9
inlet evaporator 2 °C 388.1 432
inlet air heater °C 360 399.2
pass 2

inlet air heater °C 343.9 383.5

pass 1
inlet eco 4 °C 316.7 356
inlet eco 3 °C 262.2 301.9
inlet eco 2 °C 231.5 256.8
inlet eco 1 °C 202.4 219
outlet eco 1 °C 175 187.3
velocity 1):
pass 1, at 1000 °C m/s 3.9 3.9
pass 2 m/s 4.4 4.6
evaporator 1 m/s 4.2 4.5
SH 3 m/s 3.8 4.1
SH 2 m/s 4.1 4.4
SH 1 m/s 3.7 4.0
evaporator 2 m/s 3.6 3.8
air heater pass 2 m/s 4.2 4.5
air heater pass 1 m/s 4.1 4.4
eco 4 m/s 4.3 4.6
eco 3 m/s 3.9 4.2
eco 2 m/s 3.7 3.9
eco 1 m/s 3.5 3.6
Water/steam
temperature: inlet eco 1 °C 130 130
outlet eco 1 °C 157 153
inlet eco 4 (after °C 187 211
mixing with
bypass)
boiler drum / °C
evaporators /
inlet SH 1 263 263
outlet SH 1 °C 322 338
inlet SH 2 (after °C
injection 1) 309 292
outlet SH 2 °C 380 380

inlet SH 3 (after °C
injection 2) 359 347
outlet SH 3 (outlet °C
boiler) 410 410
velocity 2): eco 1 – 3 m/s 0.18 0.24
eco 4 m/s 0.28 0.27
SH 1 m/s 12.8 12.3
SH 2 m/s 15.4 14.7
SH 3 m/s 21.7 21.2
throughput: feedwater total t/h 57.4 56.7
Extraction for t/h
desuperheating 2.0 4.8
Feedwater to eco t/h 55.4 51.9
eco 1 – 3 t/h 37.6 51.9
bypass eco 1 – 3 t/h 17.7 0.0
eco 4 t/h 55.4 51.9
superheated t/h
steam 57.1 56.4
continuous blow t/h
down 0.3 0.3
injection for t/h
desuperheating 2.0 4.8
extraction t/h
saturated steam
from drum 0.0 0.0
pressure: boiler drum Bara 51 51
outlet Bara
superheater 4 46 46
Air heater
throughput Nm3/h
air: 31,100 26,300
inlet air heater °C 122 122
pass 1
outlet air heater 294 325

temperature: pass 2 °C

air heater pass 1 m/s 10 8

velocity: air heater pass 2 m/s 12 10
Remark: blow down closed, soot blowers not in operation
Figure No. 7.16 Corrosion Diagram
Table no. 7.10 Technical Specification: Flue Gas Treatment

14 LA SNCR system(options)
14 LA A1 NH4OH injection (option)

Nominal ammonia consumption (25%) LP 1 54 kg/h
MP steam (blowing and cooling): flow LP 1 282 kg/h
MP steam (blowing and cooling): pressure LP 1 5 bar
MP steam (blowing and cooling): LP 1 1600C
temperature
14 AA Flue gas handling
14 AA A1 Flue gas ducts, dry

Nominal flue gas flow (boiler exit to LP 1 112178 m3/h STP
evaporation cooler)
Nominal flue gas flow (fabric filter to LP 1 118244 m3/h STP
stack)
Flow velocity LP 1 m/s
Material of flue gas ducts, dry 1.0037 ( IS 2062 Gr B)

14 CA A1 Evaporation cooler
Nominal flue gas flow at entry LP 1 112178 m3/h STP
Nominal entry temperature of flue gas 1750C
Maximal entry temperature of flue gas 2000C
Dimensions:
Diameter Approx. 5 m
Active Height (water injection to end of Approx. 16 m
cylindrical section )
Water injection
Nominal water flow LP 1 Kg/h
Maximal water flow Kg/h
Nominal compressed air supply LP 1 497 m3/h STP
Water content of flue gas at outlet LP 1 21 Vol- %
Number of nozzles 6
14 BA B1 Fabric filter
Maximal flue gas flow range at 100% load LP 1 116035 m3/h STP
(continuous load)
Maximal flue flow range at 110% load LP 1 128000 m3/h STP
(peak load)
Maximal flue gas flow range at 60 % load LP 4 76523 m3/h STP
Entry temperature of flue gas at 100 % 1480C
load
Flue gas pressure at inlet -7.9…-21.4 mbar
Gas side pressure loss at 100 % load <20 mbar
between inlet and outlet
Number of filter chambers 4
Number of filter bags in total 1280
Total filter area 3619 m2
Filter unit load at 100 % load 0.835 m3(min*m2)
Online cleaning method Low pressure direct
impact
Number of hoppers per fabric filter 1

chamber
Number of hopper heaters per fabric filter 2

Electric power at 100% load per hopper Approx. 11 KW

heater
14 AA C1 Induced draft fan wit variable

frequency drive
Nominal flue gas flow at 100 % load LP 1 118244 m3/h STP
(continuous load)
Maximal flue gas flow at 115 % load (peak LP 1 135981 m3/h STP
load)
Minimal flue gas flow at 60% load LP 4 79078 m3/h STP
Head total (continuous and peak load) 54/63 mbar
Entry temperature of flue gas 1480C
Electric rating main motor 500 KW
Sound pressure level at 1 m distance (ISO 85 dB(A)
3746)
14 AA H1 Stack
Height 45 m
14 JA A1 Hydrated lime supply

Discharge from the hydrated lime silo
- Discharge method Mechanical
- Quantity of silo discharge method 1
Supply system to process

- Method of transport Pneumatic
- Number of fans installed 1
14 JA A1 Activated Carbon supply

Discharge from the hydrated lime silo
- Discharge method Mechanical
- Quantity of silo discharge method 1
Supply system to process

- Method of transport Pneumatic
- Number of fans installed 1

15 CA Residue handling
15 CA A1 Discharge of boiler fly ash and
residues
2nd / 3rd boiler pass (super heater area)
- Transport system to bottom ash Drag Chain Conveyor
expeller
- Number of conveyors 1
- Sealing to the environment Double Flap valve
- Number of double flap valves 1
4th boiler pass (Economiser)

- Transport system to bottom ash Drag Chain Conveyor
expeller
- Sealing to the environment Double Flap valve
(RAL)
- Number of double flap valves 1
Un burnt in boiler ash (measure as TOC) 1.5
Residue from flue gas treatment

- Transport system to bottom ash Drag chain conveyor
expeller
- Sealing to the environment Rotary Valve
- Number of rotary valves 2
15 CA G1 Residue Silo
Capacity 100 m3
- Exhaust filter 1
Discharge from the residue silo
- Residue discharge method Volumetric
- Quantity of mixing and moistening 1
screw conveyors
- Screw conveyor, electric motor Approx. 11 KW
rating

16 EA E1 Storage of solid
additives(hydrated lime)
Quantity of filling stations 1
- Filling method Conveying system
Silo for hydrated lime
- Gross capacity 100 m3
- Exhaust filter 1
16 EA E1 Storage of solid waste additives(
activated carbon)
Quantity of filling stations 1
- Filling method silo Small bags
- Gross capacity 1 m3
Power Evacuation and Electric System
1. Power Evacuation
The system is designed for 132KV evacuation. The power generated at the
generator terminals is at voltage level of 11 KV and will be stepped up to 132 KV,
the voltage at which the plant evacuates power to the national grid. Hence, a 132 KV
switch yard is proposed at the plant side and to evacuate power.
The plant will be provided with black start cum emergency source supply at 1200
KVA, 415V, 50 Hz, 3 Ph from Diesel Generator. We will consider an Emergency
Board with Incomers & outgoing feeders for catering to AC Emergency drives &
emergency lighting requirement.
Power evacuation point is nearly 6 km from point of power generation.
2. Electric System
Electric system is one of the major component of WTE power plant. The system is
designed for 132 KV evacuation. 11 KV power is generated at power generator
terminals and will be stepped up to 132 KV as national grid voltage. The brief
description of electric components in power evacuation is as follow;

Table No. 7.11 Descriptions of components of Electric system

Sr.
Components Purpose Description
No.
The 132kV switchyard is a
single bay of outdoor type air
insulated. The switchyard
132kV To evacuate power
1 consists of SF6 circuit breaker
Switchyard to the grid
of outdoor type, isolators, LA’s,
CT’s, PT’s, control and relay
panel.
To supply power to The Generator and Auxiliary

plant auxiliary transformers are located
Generator and
loads and To outside the turbine hall in
2 Auxiliary
supply power to individual compounds designed
transformers
plant auxiliary to minimize the risk of fire
loads spreading from one to another.
Designed the HT switchgear

with min. two no. of 11 KV
breakers in 11 KV switch board
to facilitate synchronization of
To facilitate
HT Switch the turbo-alternator & evacuate
3 synchronization
Gear power by stepping up the
with grid
generation voltage at 11KV to
132 KV along with the switch
gear & protections as per
Electricity Board regulations.
Designed the main LT Power

To distribute, control center with required
LT Switch control and supply no. of outgoing feeders to
4
Gear of power to plant supply auxiliary power
auxiliary loads requirement to power plant
auxiliaries.

Sr.
No.
The power/control cables are
of Aluminum/copper
conductor, of XPLE /PVC
To supply and insulated armoured/un
Power and armoured type.
5 control of power to
Control Cables
plant loads Power Cables up to 4 sq.mm
shall be of copper conductor
and aluminum for above with
cable derating factor of 0.7
Cable trays will be

ladder/perforated type
construction. There will be a
maximum spacing of 2500 mm
For between cable tray supports,
instrumentation except fittings (elbows, tees,
6 Cable Trays cables perforated etc.) which will be supported at
cable trays will be each splice.
used. Cable tray fittings will have a
radius equal to and greater
than the minimum bending
radius of the largest cables they
contain.
The station grounding system

will be an interconnected
To protection of the network of GI flat and GI
equipment and Earth electrode. The system
7 Grounding plant personnel will be provided to protect
from electrical plant personnel and equipment
fault. from the hazards, which may
occur during power system
faults and lightning strikes.
8 Lighting To provide general Suitable illumination necessary

and emergency to facilitate normal operation

Sr.
No.
lighting for and maintenance activities and
complete plant to ensure safety of working
excluding personnel will be provided.
compound This would be achieved by
artificial lighting.
wall lighting.
To supply black The plant will be provided with

start cum Black start cum emergency DG
emergency supply set source supply at 800 KVA,
to auxiliaries of 415V, 50 Hz, 3 Ph from Diesel
Diesel Turbo-generator Generator. We will consider an
9 and Emergency Board with
Generator
Incomers & outgoing feeders
emergency lighting
for catering to AC Emergency
for start-up and
drives & emergency lighting
safe shutdown
requirement.
purposes
Water Requirement
To run 1000 TPD Hitachi Power plant nearly 1500 M3/ day water is required.
For safer side two days requirement of whole plant i.e. 3000 m3. The raw water
will be filtered in the multi grade filter for further use of plant.
Expected Data used for balance Calculation
Table No. 7.12 Expected Data used for balance calculation

Boiler blow down of live steam 0.5 %
W/S cycle losses @ LP 1 (4000 h) 1.0 %
Steam soot blowers @ LP 1 (4000 h) 2.5 %
Water treatment blow down of make up 30.0 %
Water in bottom drain (% water in waste) 0.0 %
Partly cleaned waste pit drain to process 100.0 %

Humidification of residues (% of residues) 10.0 %
Cooling ( generator/turbine tube oil); % of 6.0 %

generator power
Blow down of generator/turbine cooling 30.0 %
Man Power Requirement
For execution of 1000 TPD capacity Hitachi Zosen power plant nearly 103
man power required including management, engineering, account and work
force as follow;
Table No. 7.13 Details of man power requirement
Sr. No. Details No.’s

1 Plant Head 1
2 Civil Engineer 1
3 Civil Supervisor 1
4 Mechanical Engineer 1
5 Mechanical Shift Engineer 4
6 Electrical Engineer 1
7 Electrical Shift Engineer 4
8 Instrumentation Engineer 1
9 Instrumentation Shift Engineer 4
10 Admin Officer 1
11 Account Officer 1
12 Store + Material Coordinator 2
13 Health and Safety Engineer Officer 1
14 Work Man 70

Sr. No. Details No.’s

Total 103
Time frame
Table No. 7.14 Proposed Time frame

Project Key Dates – 24 Month Schedule
Milestones Month from NTP
NTP/ Date of Financial Closure 0
Start of Civil Works 1.7
Start of Heavy Erection 8.5
End of Heavy Erection 13.1
Boiler Pressure Test 14.9
Cold Commissioning 16.8
Hot Commissioning 18.6
First Fire 19.7
First Synchronization 20.8
Start of Trial Run 22
End of Trial Run 24
Note:
1. Zero date will be considered from the date of NTP for Statutory
applications, its approvals, designs and drawing for project activities.
2. Zero date will be considered from the date of financial closure for
Physical construction of plant activities, ordering and procurement.
7.4 ISWM facility & Sanitary landfill:
ISWM means Integrated Solid Waste Management Facility is a Centralized

Facility or a Decentralized Facility servicing other ULBs nearby which are

planned in the cluster, as a cluster approach. It consists of processing plant and

plant for disposal i.e. engineered secured landfill. Some of the major features of
Integrated Solid Waste Management can be listed as follows:
 Holistic approach to the waste streams thus maximizing synergetic
benefits in collection, recycling, treatment & disposal.
 Maximize the opportunities for resource recovery at all stages from
generation to final disposal
 Accommodate aspirations of all stakeholders from waste generators to
waste management and service providers
 Facilitate life cycle view of products and materials; thus, promoting
greater resource use efficiency
 Integrate different response functions such as technical, managerial,
financial, policy etc.
 Greater local ownership & responsibilities/participation through a
consultative approach.
Following is the criteria for setting ISWM & disposal facilities:
 A detailed survey of State / UT with positioning of city / town / village
and distance between them.
 Based on local condition, fixing of criteria by the local body to transport
the waste for common disposal point without causing public nuisance
and traffic hurdles.
 An adequate size of land will have to be acquired which should be free
from public objection. Common facility should not have settlement at
least 3-5 km from its periphery.
 Common facility should be ‘integrated’ with facilities for sorting,
compost, RDF and energy plant and followed by inert recycling / reuse.
Only a fraction of inert waste should go for land filling. FLY ash generated
form Plant will be used as brick manufacturing.

About Adampur Chhawani
For the ISWM & sanitary land filling of solid waste from Bhopal & other ULBs,
Adampur Chhawani site has been selected. This site has area of 63 acres and it
is located 16 km from Bhopal. The proposed site has little or no vegetation with
a small number medium sized tree sparsely located. Thus the site does not
involve removal of vegetation or tree cover. A few human settlements
(about10-15 kuchha houses) have encroached over the site over the last few
years and these would need to be suitable. . A suitable buffer distance should
be maintained between the proposed site and the farmlands to ensure minimal
adverse impacts.
A leachate treatment facility will have to be provided for the landfill section of
the site where residual waste will be scientifically land filled. The operation of
the ISWM site functions will require consumption. Technology selection,
operation should consider energy efficiency as one of the primary performance
area to reduce the footprint of the facility.
Sanitary Landfill (SLF) is the ultimate destination of rejects after processing. An

Integrated Solid waste management facility consists of MSW Processing facility,
SLF, Leachate Treatment facility, weighbridges, workshop, green belt and other
ancillary infrastructure
The table below presents salient features of the site with respect to its
suitability for development of an ISWM facility as per the recommendations of
CPHEEO guidelines:

Figure No. 7.17 Site photographs of Adampur Chhawani
Table no. 7.15 Silent features of ISWM site
Location Criteria
Exclusion limit/Desired
Aspects Proposed site
criteria
A Proximity to residential, recreational, agricultural, natural protected areas or
wildlife habitat & areas prone to scavenging wild life as well as other potentially
incompatible land use.
1 Residential 250 m from the Yes. Induced due to Brick klln

Development proposed landfill cell adjacent to the project site
development
2 Airport 20 km from the Raja Bhoj International Airport is

proposed landfill site located almost 20 km aerial
distance from the landfill site.
Private /public 500 m from site No water bodies utilized for

drinking, irrigation parameter Private /public drinking,
or livestock water irrigation or livestock water
supply wells supply are located within 500 m
located down from site.
gradient of landfill

Location Criteria
criteria
1 10 year ground Outside the landfill site No ground water recharge area
water recharge for any water supply
area for existing or development
pending water (existing/proposed) is located
supply within the site.
development
2 Perennial stream 300 m down gradient of No perennial stream is located

the proposed landfill cell. within 300 m (down gradient) of
the site.
1 Topography Located in gently sloped The site is a flat land has a small
topography, amenable to gradient slope towards south
development using the
cell(bund) method, with
slopes which minimize
need for earthmoving to
obtain correct leachate
drainage slope of about 2
%
2 Groundwater’s At least 2.0 m below the Not detected up to 10 m depth

seasonally high proposed base of any from the surface.
table level(i.e. excavation or site
10 year high) preparation.
3 Suitable soil Available in-site to meet Cover material will be available

cover material the needs for at site resulting from cut-fill
intermediate and final operations for developing the
cover, as well as bund facility or C& D waste can also be
construction utilized after crushing.
1 Flood plain Outside of floodplains Site is not located in flood plain

subject to 10 yr. floods

Location Criteria
criteria
and if within areas
subject to a 100 yr. flood,
amenable to economic
design to eliminate
potential for washout
2 Seismic risk No significant seismic The region falls in the seismic

risk within the region of zone II and is under least active
the landfill which could category.
cause destruction of
berms, drains or other
civil works
3 Fissured or No underlying limestone, The presence of sandstone

other porous carbonate, fissured or beneath the top soil but no
rock other porous rock limestone, carbonate were
formations formations which would detected.
be incompetent as
barriers to leachate and
gas migration
MSW Rules,2000 - 2016
1 The landfill site Not specified No such features were observed

shall be away within 500 m of landfill site.(
from habitation except for temporary habitation
clusters, forest i.e. brick kiln workers)
areas, water
bodies
monuments,
national parks,
wetlands and
places of
important
cultural,
historical or

Location Criteria
criteria
religious
interest
2 A buffer zone of Not specified Will be complied

no-
development
shall be
maintained
around landfill
site and shall
be
incorporated in
the Town
Planning
Departments
land-use plans
Design of SLF Landfill:
For the design of Sanitary Landfill following assumptions have been made:
 The landfill shall be constructed and ready to accept waste by 2 years

from the date of contract award i.e. 2018. Till that period, MSW shall be
either managed in existing Bhanpura dumpsite or a piece of land in the
proposed Aadampur landfill site can be used to store the waste
temporally.
 MSW collection efficiency or the amount of MSW actually reaching the
ISWM facility shall be 80 % till year 2021 i.e. first 5 years from the project
start date, the 85 % for the next 2 years i.e. 2022 & 2023 and 90 % from
year 2024 onwards;

 Life of the landfill shall be 20 years, i.e. from 2018 to 2027 and 2028 to
2037.
 W2E plant shall generate 25 % dry Ash rejects(wrt input raw waste by
weight)which shall be land filled completely although it is desirable to
use the ash full/partly to produce pavement blocks/other useful material
to minimize the quantity of rejects ultimately going to the landfill.

Figure showing how SLF design will be like

Design of Bottom liner, Top cover & related Infrastructure:
Base liner and top cover system has been designed based on CPHEEO manual
for designing top cover system with active LFG collection system. The proposed
top cover system consists of:
1. Base Liner: A typical single liner system has been proposed for the SLF.
Each layer of the proposed bottom liner(from bottom to top) has been
discussed below-
a. A 900 mm and 450 mm thick compacted clay or amended soil of
permeability not greater than 1 x 10-7 cm/sec on the bottom and
side slope respectively.
b. A HDPE geo-membrane liner of thickness 1.5 mm on the bottom
and sides.
c. Protection layer of geo-textile at least 500 mm or 200 mm thick
gravel free soil layer.
d. A drainage layer of 300 mm thick granular material of permeability
not greater than 10-2 cm/sec on the bottom.
2. Top cover: The proposed liner consists of 3 layers, where each layer has
different function. The bottom most layer is 45 cm thick granular soil,
which will act as porous media to retain landfill gas to facilitate further
transfer to gas collection pipes for venting. The intermediate layer is 60
cm compacted clay or amended soil with coefficient of permeability less
than 10-7 cm/sec and a 1.5 mm HDPE liner. Purpose of intermediate liner
is to act as impervious barrier to confine the underlying waste. The
barrier layer prevents rain water from entering into the waste thus
preventing leachate formation. The HDPE line is further protected by 20
cm protection layer, followed by drainage layer of 30 cm thickness. The
rainwater from top and slopes is drained through proposed storm water

drains. The top most layer is 30-45 cm thick vegetation layer consisting
of fertile soil for greenery.
3. The proposed SLF shall consist of 2 cells of capacity 41.36 % and 58.64
% and life 2018-27 & 2028-2037 respectively.
Table no. 7.16 Area Statement of Adampur Chhawani
Total area 63 acres

Plant area 16 acres
SLF area for 20 years + green belt 47 acres

Figure No. 7.18 The detailed layout of site

CHAPTER NO.8 INFORMATION, EDUCATION & COMUNICATION (IEC)
8.1 Introduction
In the process of waste management handling and processing, it is important

that all relevant stakeholders are well informed so that the end to end
management is well planned. The introduction of information, education and
communication (IEC) and capacity building greatly assist in creating windows
for knowledge dissemination as well as create a human resource who are apt
in sustainable waste management. IEC is not a one-time activity. IEC strategy
and plan have to be implemented. The improved standards of living and the
extent of commercialization in the cities have significantly changed the
consumption patterns and thereby the waste composition. The inability to fully
grasp the problems of waste generation and characterization have resulted in
transforming Solid Waste Management as one of the most compelling problem
of urban environmental degradation.
The IEC process creates systems which are beneficial for the entire supply
chain. Each stakeholder has a specific role to play for which IEC is imparted in
a phased manner.
Figure No 8.1 capacity building in MSW

The IEC process enable conducive environment for the company who has been
entrusted for C & T as well as P & D of the wastes.
Information, Education and Communication (IEC) has to inform, educate

and persuade people to realize their roles and responsibilities, and benefits
accruing from investing in right practices The focus of any communication
activity should be on awareness, sensitization and motivation of people to
follow right waste management practices.
In terms of the waste segregation at source, IEC can play a very important role.
Proper sensitization of the community and Resident Welfare Associations
(RWAs) can greatly enhance the efficiency of waste processing even for waste
to energy wastes and improve the productivity of the ground workforce.
IEC can also provide necessary platform for ensuring safety as well as well-
being of the workers and management involved in day to day operations as well
as plant operations.
The IEC (Information, Education and Communication) is an important element

to improve city Solid Waste Management. Popular methods of IEC are:
 Door to Door Awareness campaigns (handouts/ paper bags with
messages/ stationary with messages);
 Public events (Environment day, Health day, Clean‐up drives, Ward
Sabhas etc.);
 Competitions, awards for localities, public places, malls, innovative
initiatives;
 Capacity building of staff and other informal stakeholders through onsite
and offsite training and visit to best practices, and
 Mass Communication tools like Rallies, Street Plays, Skits, Hoardings,
Banners, Theatres, Radio Jingles, Local Cable Network, Telephone

Ringtones/Jingles tie‐up with Telecom Companies, Lectures at schools

and colleges.
8.2 Objectives of IEC

The strategy addresses all sections of rural population to bring about the
relevant behavioral changes for improved waste management practices and
meet the collection and transportation requirements in an affordable and
accessible manner by offering a wide range of technological choices.
Figure No 8.2 Essential Steps for Public Participation, Source: JNURM Toolkit
8.3 Delivery of IEC

IEC is generally delivered through various innovative solutions. These are often
supported by audio visual aids as well as expert interventions. IEC delivery can
be done in several ways such as
a) Public announcements
b) Print (Newspaper) coverage
c) Visual Media coverage
d) Social Media engagement
e) Awareness and Sensitization Workshops
f) Seminars
g) Informal group discussions
h) Meetings with stakeholders

i) Creative contents such as street plays, small documentaries, posters j.

Star attraction
These are described below:
8.3.1 Public announcement
These are carried out in a small vehicle fitted with necessary equipments for
lane to lane delivery of relevant content to the public including households and
commercial establishments. These generally carry the message for systematic
collection of wastes, general information about waste management. However,
these have to short about 2 minutes.
8.3.2 Print (Newspaper) coverage
This is an effective medium for dissemination information about the project,

features it offers to the public, and links for obtaining more information and key
contacts
8.3.3 Visual Media coverage
This can be one of the platforms for airing relevant content such as
documentaries, commentaries as well as interviews of key personnel who
would communicate technical contents in a simplified manner to the public and
other stakeholders. Visual media can also help in spreading communication
among the public about the entire process of C & T.
8.3.4 Social Media coverage
This is very emerging field for obtaining feedback from public as well as
connects with younger generations who could assist in improving the
effectiveness of the waste management system. Any new feature of any
technology can be shared in short time. Any changes in any aspect of the
collection and transportation can be easily communicated to the public.

8.3.5 Awareness and Sensitization workshops
These can be of great assistance especially for apartments and RWAs for
connecting with the C & T agency and ensuring greater transparency in
operations and financial collections. These also help in creating awareness
among the public regarding the cycle of waste management, laws and
regulations associated with municipal solid wastes. Sensitization workshops
with the operational workforce can be done for several issues such as health
and safety, environmental conservation, productivity, optimum collection
procedures, etc. There is also a dire necessity to integrate the informal sector
(comprising of rag pickers, illegal or unauthorized recyclers) into the
mainstream waste management process as they handle a substantial amount of
waste generated, without the requisite environmental safeguards (UNEP).
8.3.6 Seminars
These can be organized with a larger group involving Government agencies,

Semi-Government agencies, NGOs, Workers Unions, etc. for getting them on the
same page. These can also be organized for school children and college goers
for getting them understanding the macro as well as micro aspects of the waste
management collection and transportation as well as providing them with key
features so that the message is carried to their respective households. Seminars
can also be organised for showcasing the challenges as well as success stories
from wards.
8.3.7 Informal Group Discussions
These can be carried out by supervisory staff with the residents, market shop
owners, associations and statutory authorities for general feedback and
mindsets prevailing at a fixed point of time on the collection and transportation
operations among the stakeholders. These can act as inputs for improving finer

aspects of the operations and ensure that there is adherence to the techno-
commercial targets as practically as possible.
8.3.8 Meetings with stakeholders
These are formal organized meetings with stakeholders for informing about
plans and programs as well as obtain necessary feedback and suggestions on
any aspect of the collection and transportation.
8.3.9 Creative contents such as street plays, small documentaries,

posters
These are powerful medium for reaching to public who are at a lower level of
education but play an important role in the waste management process. These
also help public in understanding the importance of a proper waste
management process in cities such as Ranchi.
8.3.10 Star Attraction
Stars such as well-known public figures & celebrities can be utilized for
spreading the message of an effective waste management in the city and keep
it sustainable. It can connect with larger mass about the role it has to be play so
that the MSW C & T is highly effective and efficient.
8.4 Similar initiatives
There are very good examples of IEC guidelines. One such is published by the
Urban Development Department, Directorate of Urban Development, Shimla of
the Government of Himachal Pradesh
Excerpts are provided below:
Solid Waste Management is an activity in which volunteerism and public
participation are the keys to success. It is not only the technology but public
attitude and behavior that are going to make the difference. An IEC Plan
focusing on solid waste management will therefore basically aim at the

following: Creating behavioral change (BCC) for scientific waste disposal. This
will include
1) adoption of the 4R concept-reduce, reuse, recycle and recover the waste
2) storage and segregation at source
3) imbibing the civic responsibility of keeping the premises clean
4) willingness to accept the civic responsibilities of citizens, and
5) Willingness to part with the ad hoc approach of unscientific solid waste
disposal.
6) Awareness creation on the ill effects of unscientific SWM. E.g., (i) health
hazards (ii) aesthetic damage (iii) environmental issues etc.
7) Awareness creation on the various technical options of solid waste
management and exploring the possibility of converting wastes as a
resources.
Figure No 8.3 IEC methods, Source: JNURM Toolkit

8.5 Example of IEC material

Figure No 8.4 IEC material for Segregation of Solid Waste
8.6 Guidelines for Swachh Bharat Mission (SBM)
SBM guidelines are covered in section 7, SBM (Urban) Component IV: Solid
Waste Management
Municipal Solid Waste Management (MSWM) refers to a systematic process
that comprises of waste segregation and storage at source, primary collection,
secondary storage, transportation, secondary segregation, resource recovery,
processing, treatment, and final disposal of solid waste. The Manual on
Municipal Solid Waste Management, 2000-2016 published by M/o UD and
revised from time-to-time, may be referenced for DPR formulation and
implementation.
ULB’s are to prepare DPR for Solid waste management of their city in
consultation with state governments. Smaller cities can form clusters to
become viable entities to attract private investment. 100% Cost
reimbursement for preparing the DPR shall be done by GoI as per unit cost and
norms set up by NARC.

State governments may handhold ULB’s in quickly preparing DPR’s for SWM by
empaneling /shortlisting /identifying private or government agencies for the
same.
The DPR’s should be bankable, having a viable financial model. These will be
prepared emanating from the needs identified in the City Sanitation Plan. DPRs
should be aligned with Govt. of India’s goals outlined in the NUSP 2008, SWM
rules, advisories, CPHEEO manuals (including cost-recovery mechanisms),
O&M practices and Service-level Benchmark advisories released by M/o UD
from time to time.
Street Sweeping and litter control interventions will be part of DPR which is
essential for a clean city.
In order to promote projects of waste to energy, it is clarified that the central

government Grant / VGF may also be used for such projects, either upfront or
as generation based incentive for power generated for a given period of time.
The State High Powered Committee (HPC) will authorize institutes of national
repute for appraisal of DPRs for the technical and economic appraisal of DPRs
for projects recommended by ULBs. No appraisal will be done by MoUD. The
cost of DPR appraisal by these institutes shall be an admissible component
under administrative costs, subject to norms as approved by MoUD.
The performance and quality of appraisal by these identified and authorized

institutes will be evaluated and monitored by HPEC as well as NARC and
corrective actions taken wherever necessary.
The State Level high power committee will approve the DPR as well as the
financial model of solid waste management.
The implementation of SWM projects will be as per directions of State Level

High Power Committee.

Central government incentive for the SWM projects will be in the form of a
maximum of 20% Grant / VGF for each project. The remaining funds have to be
generated as indicated in para 2.6 above.
While considering projects under MSWM it will be ensured that there is no

duplication in terms of funding under any other scheme or programme.
Detailed technical and financial appraisal of the DPRs will be carried out in the
manner prescribed in paragraph 10.5.4. O&M arrangements for the project
shall necessarily be an integral part of the project in the DPR.
SWM projects will be sanctioned by the State level HPC which shall include a
representative of the MoUD. In the entire project approval and procurement
process, all provisions and procedures as prescribed by respective State
Governments must be followed in their entirety. The entire approval procedure
for MSW projects except for release of Central funds will end at the State Level.
The States shall be free to choose the technology for SWM projects, toilets and
street sweeping. The Ministry of Urban Development shall, from time to time,
bring to the notice of the States, through advisories and manuals, and other
consultative mechanisms, various options available in these fields.
States will contribute a minimum of 25% funds for SWM projects to match 75%
Central Share. (10% in the case of North East States and special category states)

CHAPTER NO.9 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
9.1 Construction Phase:

Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) is aimed at mitigating
the possible adverse impact of a project during construction Phase and for
ensuring to maintain the existing environmental quality. The CEMP converses
all aspects of planning and construction of the project, which are relevant to
environment. It is essential to implement the CEMP right from the planning
stage and then continuing it throughout the construction stage.
Therefore the main objective of the CEMP is to identify the project specific
activities that would have to be considered for investigation of the significant
adverse impacts and the mitigation measures required.
The specific measures that shall be put to practice to minimize the impact on
the environment are discussed below:
9.1.1 Air Environment
 Provision shall be made for sprinkling of water on loose soil to avoid dust
generation.
 The debris and unutilized construction material and earth from the
construction site shall be removed immediately to recycle within the
project so that no nuisance dust is generated due to wind.
 The vehicles shall be checked for vehicular emissions.
 The mitigation measures shall include regular maintenance of machinery
and provision of personnel protective equipments to workers where
needed.
 A Leachate Treatment Plant with tertiary level of treatment shall be
provided to avoid any odor pollution from the Leachate generated from
the Plant.
 Extensive plantation to mitigate the impact of noise and to improve the
ambient air quality shall be provided.

9.1.2 Water Environment
 Construction work requires large quantities of water to be used in

various processing plants for material preparation; curing purposes,
cooling water in equipments, domestic usages in colonies, etc.
wastewater will be generated in various forms in the processing plants
and workshops. Additionally, during the construction work, muck
transportation and transportation of materials.
 The run-off during development shall be controlled by removing
construction related solid waste as construction debris, loose soil, etc.
 A septic tank shall be provided with toilet facilities to meet the daily
needs of labor during working hours. Workers shall be discouraged from
toilet in open.
 Both roof top rainwater harvesting and storm water run-off shall be
tapped for recharging the aquifers and storage.
9.1.3 Land Environment
 To avoid erosion of the top soil the development shall be planned to be

done in the shortest possible time and land clearing activity shall be kept
to the absolute minimum by working at the specific sites one by one to
take place so as to increase detention and infiltration.
 The activities that result in soil being laid bare shall be scheduled in such
a way that some type of vegetative cover appropriate to the site shall be
established prior to onset of monsoons. Natural waterways/drainage
pattern shall be maintained by providing culverts where needed. The
solid waste generated from the construction activities shall be effectively
recycled within the project.

9.1.4 Mitigation
The best way of impact mitigation is to prevent the event occurring. All efforts
should be made to locate the developmental activities in an area free of
agricultural lands, ecologically sensitive, erosion, forests, flooding, human
settlements, landslides, natural scenic beauty, water logging. However,
practically, this is not possible as project design criteria govern the location of
various activities. Therefore mitigation measures need to be developed.
Following are some mitigation measures:
Air Pollution mitigation:
 Locate stockpiles of sand in sheltered locations or provide wind breaks.
 Keep the stockpiles to the minimum practicable heights and use gentle
slopes.
 Keep site vehicles and plant well maintained and regularly serviced. All
vehicles must comply with the traffic Licensing Directorate emission
standards at all time.
 Do not burn waste materials on site.
 Use covered containers for organic waste and empty frequently before
decomposition.
Water Pollution mitigation:

 Segregation of different types of wastes at source and avoid their mixing
up in the river Surface runoff from oil handling areas/devices
(workshops and DG operation areas) should be treated for oil separation
before discharge into the environment.
 The growth of aquatic weeds is to be monitored in the reservoir and
excess weeds shall be removed.
Land Pollution Mitigation:
 Proper and secure bunding.

 Minimize the amount of land disturbance, develop and implement

stringent erosion and dust control practices.
Noise Pollution Mitigation:
 Location of the construction equipment to be decided keeping in view
the safe distance from habitation.
 Contractors will be required to maintain properly functioning
equipment and comply with occupational safety and health standards.
 All the construction equipment will be required to use available noise
suppression devices and properly maintained mufflers.
 Staging of construction equipment and unnecessary idling of equipment
within noise sensitive areas to be avoided, whenever possible.
 Minimize the use of noise producing equipment during night hours to
avoid the disturbance to locals and wild animals of surrounding area.
 Monitoring of noise levels will be conducted during construction phase.
 Educate the personnel at site on the above issues through tool box
meetings.
9.1.5. Awareness:
To lay down the procedure for identification of training needs and providing
appropriate training to all Employees and contract employees to ensure
effective implementation of EHS & Social management systems at all levels and
functions. The organization shall do the necessary training need identification
at level and functions.
 General awareness and employees roles and responsibilities in achieving
conformance with policy, objective and targets.
 Relevant EHS & Labour laws rules and regulations.
 EHS & Social induction training o Policy goals and objectives.
 Applicable legislative requirements.

 Requirements that are conditions of employment. Benefits of improved

personal performance.
 The potential consequence of deviation from specified operating
procedures.
 Emergency Preparedness and Response.
 Job Specific Training
 Communication and consultation, both internal & external.
 Awareness regarding Corrective & preventive actions of any accidents
happen on site.
 Heavy Goods Vehicles holding areas to be provided for vehicles waiting
to deliver loads at work sites so as to avoid queuing on other connecting
roads.
 Installations of fire safety equipment’s.
9.2. Operation Phase:

The Bhopal city & other ULBs witnessed a rapid growth in the population. With
rapid urbanization and growth of industry & business has led to increased
waste generation but the infrastructure development for MSW management
has never kept pace. Alternatives like Land Filling for waste disposal in open
space leads to the paucity of urban land. Poor MSW management is associated
with increased health problems in all sections of population. General
environmental impacts are loss of vegetation due to site clearance, odor
nuisance, stray animals and rodent problems, etc. So burning wastes to reduce
their volume and weight makes sense. Combustion reduces the volume of
material by about 90 % and its weight by 75 %. The heat generated by burning
of wastes has other uses as well, as it can be used directly for heating, to
produce steam or to generate electricity. The Project proponent wants to set up
plant to convert Waste to Energy.

Therefore for the Bhopal city & ULBs has proposed 23 MW of waste to energy
plant for the solid waste processing and sanitary landfill at site Adampur
Chhawani. Odor management and monitoring will be done as per the CPCB
“Odor Management & Monitoring Guidelines 2017”.
In the MSW Landfill, appropriate arrangement may be made for spraying

inhibitory agents or masking agent or neutralizers in scenario of intermittent
odorous emissions.

CHAPTER NO.10 FINANCIAL ASPECTS
10.1 Introduction
The financial aspects for estimation of project cost and other relevant financial
parameters were arrived on the basis of
A. Plant and Machinery
B. Construction of Transfer Station
C. Civil cost ISWM Facility, Site Development and SLF
D. Engineering expenses
E. Preliminary and Preoperative expenses
F. Financing cost
G. Estimates of contingency.
H. IDC(interest during construction)
I. Margin Money for working capital
In addition to the above detailed estimates of all vehicles, equipment such as

GPS tracking devices, CCTVs, DGs, computers, utilities and ancillaries along
with software design, development and implementation were worked out
before arriving at the estimates.
The project cost has been estimated as 52561.3 Lakhs, with break up as follows:
Table 10.1: Cost of Project (Capex) for C & T
Annx To be
Description Total
Nos. Incurred
(Rs.
(Rs. Lakh)
Lakh)
1. Plant and Machinery 1 9816 9816
2. Construction of Transfer station 2 2655 2655
3. Civil Cost ISWM Facility, Site 3
4700 4700
Development and SLF
4. Engineering Expenses 4 25 25

Annx To be
Description Total
Nos. Incurred
(Rs.
(Rs. Lakh)
Lakh)
5. Preliminary and pre-operative 5
2354.3 2354.3
expenses
6. Contingencies 6 343.4 343.4
7. Financing cost 7 257.6 257.6
8. IDC(interest during construction) 2857.2 2857.2
9. Margin Money for working Capital 248 248
TOTAL COST OF THE PROJECT 23256.5 23256.5
10.1.1PLANT AND MACHINERY
This head consist of cost related to the primary and secondary vehicle,
equipment for Transfer station excluding civil. Plant and Machinery cost have
been estimated at 9816 lacs.
10.1.2. Construction of Transfer station
This head consist of costs related to building construction of relevant design as

per transfer station requirements with ventilation and adequate lighting and
other arrangements. The cost of workshop is also included under this head.
Civil work costs have been estimated at 2655 Lakhs.
10.1.3Civil work of ISWM Facility, site development and Sanitary Land

fill
This head consist of costs related to site development at Adampur Chawani

which includes construction of access road (external and internal), boundary
wall, sanitary landfill, development of green belt. The costs for same have been
estimated at 4700 Lakhs

10.1.4 Engineering Expenses
This section consists of costs of technical consultant. Costs for collection and
transportation has been estimated at 25 lakhs
10.1.5 Preliminary and Pre-operative expenses
Preliminary expenses are expenses incurred before the incorporation of

business, but preoperative expenses are those expenses incurred after the
incorporation of the business but before the start of business operations or
production. It has been estimated that a sum of 2354.3 Lakhs be kept for
preliminary and pre-operative expenses
10.1.6 Estimation of contingency and escalation provisions
This section contains costs for contingencies and provision for any emergences.
This head has been estimated to be 343.4lakhs
10.1.7 Financing Cost
This section consists the expense of financing firm. The estimated financing cost
is 257.6 Lakhs.
10.1.8 Interest during Construction
The estimated cost of Interest during Construction would be around 2857.2

lakhs
10.1.9 Margin Money for working capital
The estimated cost of Margin Money would be around 248 lakhs

ANNEXURE-1
Table No. 10.2 Plant Machinery cost
Plant & Machinery (A)

Sr. No Heads Qty. Amount
1 Tata Ace/Supro(Tipper 2.5 m3) 498 3,234.58
3 chassis (2518) for hook loader 16m3 24 471.63
4 fabrication of hook loader 24 424.46
Refuse Compactor (14 cum mounted on
5 19 742.76
Chassis of 1616)
6 Rickshaw 248 86.67
7 VTS/GPS 547 54.68
8 RFID 42 11.80
8 Metal Bins (1.1m3) compactor 341 102.43
120 ltr Wheeled bins for sweeping and
9 7000 196.00
others
10 No.of portable compactors 16m3 69 1,397.77
12 generator ( for each parking) 20 70.00
13 Tipper 1618 4 72.00
14 Bolero 1 9.00
15 no. of containers(10ltr.) 2each house 1217668 1,400.32
17 3.5 m3 DP bin 57 34.20
Total no. of litter bins required(including
19 6000 381.00
15%yearly replacement)
20 weigh bridge 2 20.00
21 workshop establishment 2 30.00
22 workshop equipment & tools 2 16.00
23 Complaint center telephones 4 0.16
CCTV set up for project( cctv+dvr) for ops
24 20 40.00
location
25 computers 20 5.00
29 call center set up 1 0.50
30 development of monitoring software 1 170.00
31 Control room setup 1 10.00
32 Animal Caracas 13 195.00
Digester 1 100
32

Plant & Machinery (A)

Sr. No Heads Qty. Amount
33 Electricity connection for transfer station 20 60.00
34 Excavator 2 50.00
35 Infrastructure for Billing System 200 30.00
36 Uniform and Safety equipment’s 150
37 Misc. 250
Total 9816.00

ANNEXURE 2
Table no. 10.3 Construction of Transfer Station

Particulars Number Unit Cost Total (in Lakhs)
No of Transfer station(for
14 150 2100
single zone)
No of Transfer Station(For two
2 175.5 351
zone
Construction of satellite facility
1 204 204
at Sehore
Total 2655

ANNEXURE 3
Table No. 10.4 Civil works

Description Number Rate To be Total(In
Lakhs)
Incurred
A. Site Development & SLF
Construction of access roads, 1 1400 1400 1400
internal roads, boundary wall,
development of green belt
Sub-Total (A)
Construction of Sanitary land fill 1 3300 3300 3300
Sub-Total (C) 3300 3300
TOTAL 4700 4700

ANNEXURE 4
Table no. 10.5 Engineering expenses

Description Number Rate To be Total(Rs In
Lakhs)
Incurred
Engineering expenses 25 25
TOTAL 25 25

ANNEXURE – 5
Table no. 10.6 Preliminary and Preoperative Expenses
Description To be Total
Incurred Rs. In Lakh
Preliminary and pre-operative expenses
Total 2354.3 2354.3

ANNEXURE – 6
Table No. 10.7 Estimate of Contingency/Escalation Provision
Item of Cost Contingency To be incurred Total (Rs

in Lakhs)
Contingency 2% of hard cost 343.4 343.4

ANNEXURE 7
Table no. 10.8 Financing Cost
Item of Cost Contingency To be incurred Total (Rs. In

Lakh)
Financing cost 1.5% of the hard Cost 257.6 257.6

ANNEXXURE-8
Table no. 10.9 Opex
Opex
Quantity Annual
Designation
(in numbers) expenses(lac)
Driver (Tata ace & Zip) 498 657.36
Driver compactor and tipper 37 71.04
Helper Compactor, tipper, rickshaw 840 957.6
Operator Transfer station 40 52.8
Managerial and supervisory staff 170 40
workshop staff 30 60
Tax and insurance 60
GPS rent 30
O&M of vehicle 130
Admin expenses 900
Fuel 1000
Misc 120
Total 4078.8

Table 10.10: Cost of Project (Capex) for WTE Plant Facility
Description To be Total
Incurred (Rs.
(Rs. Lakh) Lakh)
1. Plant & Machinery & Services 19084 19084
2. Building & Civil Cost & Collection & 3350 3350
Transportation, Ash Disposal
3. Transmission Cost 1200 1200
4. Contingencies 1182.5 1182.5
5. Engineering & Consultancy Charges 1193.8 1193.8
6. Preliminary & Pre-operative expenses 1182.5 1182.5
7. Financing Cost 354.8 354.8
8. Interest During Construction 1368.6 1368.6
9. Margin Money for Working Capital 388.7 388.7
TOTAL COST OF THE PROJECT 29304.8 29304.8
O & M Cost for WtE Plant Facility

Description To be Incurred
(Rs. Lakh)
SLF O&M expenses (1st year) Rs. 43.4 lakh
Plant & Machinery O&M expenses Rs. 1260.8 lakh

(1st year)

Table 10.11 : Cost of Project (Capex) for ISWM Facility
WTE Plant To be
C&T Facility TOTAL
Project Cost Break-up Facility Incurred
(Rs. Lakh) (Rs. Lakh)
(Rs. Lakh) (Rs. Lakh)
Plant & Machinery 9,816.0 19,084.0 28,900.0 28,900.0
Building & Civil - 3,350.0 8,050.0 8,050.0
Sanitary Land Fill & site development 4700.0 - - -
Transfer Station 2,655.0 - 2,655.0 2,655.0
Transmission Cost - 1,200.0 1,200.0 1,200.0
Total Hard Costs 17,171.0 23,634 40,805.0 40,821.0
Contingency 343.4 1,182.5 1,525.9 1,525.9
Engineering & Consultancy Charges 25.0 1,193.8 1,218.8 1,218.8
Preliminary & Pre-operative expenses 2,354.3 1,182.5 3536.8 3,536.8
Financing Cost 257.6 354.8 612.3 612.3
Interest During Construction 2,858.3 1,367.6 4,225.8 4,226.0
Margin Money for Working Capital 248.0 388.7 636.7 636.7
Total Soft Costs 6,085.5 5669.9 11,756.3 11,756.3
Total Project Cost Rs. 23,256.5 Rs. 29303.9 Rs. 52,561.3 Rs. 52,561.3

ANNEXURE-9

ANNEXURE-10
Emission Standards comparison of Hitachi WTE Plant with MSW Rules 2016 .
Guaranteed Emission Values for BMPL Project

Local European
Indian Waste
Description Units Emission Directive
Rules MSW 2016
(HITZ) 2000/76/Ec
Dust mg/m3 STP 50 10 10
HCL mg/m3 STP 50 10 10
SO2 mg/m3 STP 200 80 50
NOX – with mg/m3 STP
SNCR 400 200 200
Hg mg/m3 STP 0.05 0.05 0.05

Cd + TI mg/m3 STP 0.05 0.05 0.05
Sb + As + Pb + mg/m3 STP 0.5 0.5 0.5
Cr + Co + Cu +
Mn + Ni + V
Dioxins and mg/m3 STP 0.1 0.1 0.1
furans (TEQ)

ANNEXURE-11
QA QC PLAN
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION TESTS

TURBINE
1. Visual & dimensional checks
2. No-load run test &
functional check on safety
devices
Complete assembled turbine 3. Vibration check
4. Noise level check
5. Open inspection & dynamic
rotor balancing
(after no-load run test)
2. OCC & SCC test
3. Over speed test
4. Vibration check
Complete assembled generator 6. HV test
7. Measurement of winding
resistance and insulation
resistance
8. Measurement of shaft
voltage
LAPT panel / NGR panel /AVR 2. Operational & functional
panel / Relay panel / Met. Cum tests
synch. panel / TCP / Battery charger 3. HV test
panel / Aux. MCC 4. Measurement of insulation
resistances
Turbine Gauge Panel
2. Range calibration
2. Operational & functional
Instruments
tests
HYDRAULIC POWER PACK

1.Chemical & Mechanical

Plates for oil Tank, Seam less Tubes & Seam
Properties
less pipes
2. Visual & Dimensions
1. Dimensions
2. Chemical &Mechanical
Cylinder Tubes & Piston Rod
Properties
3. Internal defects
Final inspection of Cylinders 1. Dimensions
1. Internal Leakage
2. Proof Pressure test
Functional Testing of cylinders
3. Static Friction test
4. Smooth operation
Painting Shade& DFT
Accumulator(As applicable) Visual & Dimensions
Filter Visual & Dimensions
Cooler Visual & Measurement
Electric Motor Verification
Pump Verification
Pressure Switches & Gauges Verification
Relief Valves & Control Valves Verification
Visual Dimensional Leakage
Oil storage Tank
Test
Completeness Verification Visual & Dimensions
1) Flow, Pressure, etc. & Full
Range of Operation
2) Leakage
3)Pressure test 1.25 times
Functional test working pressure
4)Functioning of all control
valve
5) no load/load test for
duration of 1 Hr.
Identification Marking & Stamping
Painting Final Finish & Paint DFT
Soundness of packing,
Packing
Loading, etc.
GRATE RIDDILING CONVEYOR
1. Chemical & Mechanical
Plates, castings, & Forgings Properties
Chemical & Mechanical
Bought outs Properties, Visual &
Dimensions

Welding Documents &Welding

WPS / PQR / WPQ
Consumables
Verification of certificates of
NDE
personal for NDT Testing
Edge form, match of edges,
Fit up Inspection Root Gap,Clineess of
edges
1. All Welds
Welding Inspection 2. Surface Defects on other
Welds
Leak Test of slag Extractor All welds
1. Dimensional inspection
main dimensions,
Final Inspection 2. Visual inspection of
In the Work Shop fabricated parts
3. Completeness of scope of
supply
Functional Test/No Load Mechanical Chain movement, smooth
Run Test (At Shop) operation, etc.
Surface preparation Grit Blasting/shot Blasting
Packing
Loading, etc.
QA Documentation Document
BOILER PRESSURE PARTS (STEAM DRUM)
Verification of design;
Design & Drawings drawings and
calculations
Salient features, inspection
Inspection & Test Plan (ITP) stages, job
including NDE plan specific requirements and
NDE Plan
Joint no./description along
with applicable
Weld Plan
WPS and special instructions,
if any
Welding Procedure Welding parameters, Chemical
Specifications (WPS), analysis,
Procedure Qualification Record Mechanical properties, NDE
(PQR) results

Skill of the welder / NDE

Welder & NDE Operators
operator,
Qualifications
Qualification requirements
Procedures; NDE, Heat
treatment, Hydrostatic, Documented procedures
Surface preparation & painting
Mandatory requirements of
material
Material Inspection at
specification + MPO’s
Mill/Manufacturer/Supplier
supplementary
requirements
1. Review of MTC/Test Report
2. Thickness and other
dimensions
3. Visual; Pitting, laminations
Material Inspection after receipt
and any transit
damages
4. Co-relation of marking/
stamping with MTC
Identification correlation &
Final stamping/clearance for
transfer of
fabrication:
markings, Dimensional &
Pressure parts and directly
visual,
welded attachments
Compliance to ITP-page 3
Identification correlation &
transfer of
For Non pressure parts
markings, Dimensional &
visual
Check testing, if required any,
Mechanical / Chemical
of
properties
- Pressure containing parts.
1. Dimensional (Min thick
after removal of
scale, diameter, profile,
roundness etc.)
Fetch up and rolling of shell
2. Visual & NDE (Refer NDE
belts, reinforced pads
Plan)
Forming of heads
3. Simulation/Mechanical
testing
4. Heat treatment for/after
forming
Long and circ seams of 1. Dimension, orientation,
shell/head straightness,

Nozzle/stub to shell / head and profile.

joints. 2. Weld edge; root gap, angle,
offset,
cleanliness etc.
Other attachments.
3. Visual of weld edges
4. PTC as applicable
PMI of pressure parts alloy Verification of correct use of
steel & SS material. material
1. Use of correct consumables,
monitor
parameters; preheat,
Interpass, post
heat etc.
Welding control
2. Visual Inspection & NDE
after root run / requirements.
chip back
3. Welding record of each
seam
Prior approval of TPI/Client
Weld repair procedure of for weld
parent metal, if required any repairs to parent metal shall
be taken
FINAL INSPECTION
INSPECTION BEFORE PWHT
Elevation/orientation of
Dimension checks nozzles, internal
& external attachments
Reinforcement, undercuts,
Visual checks of surfaces and
surface
welds
defects etc.
Completeness of all previous
stages including PTC,
Document Review
Resolution of Non-conformity,
if any
PT/MT
NDE Clearance
RT-Film
1. Location of thermocouples
2. Heat treatment parameters;
POST WELD HEAT Loading &
TREATMENT (PWHT) unloading temperature,
soaking temperature & time,
rate of heating & cooling.

3. Main dimensions after

PWHT and machining, if any.
TESTING BEFORE HYDROSTATIC TEST

Non-Destructive Testing NDE after PWHT
Leak testing of reinforced pads, if
Leak Check
applicable
1. Visual checks of surfaces &
welds,
Pressure Drop & Permanent
HYDROSTATIC TEST
distortion
2. NDE after pressure testing,
if any
1. Marking of Tube holes on
drum
DRILLING AND GROOVING OF 2. Drilling and Grooving:
TUBE HOLES-if applicable a.Size, Location, number and
surface finish of holes
b.Size of groove etc
Complete Drum
- Dimensional check of
DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION nozzles/stubs height and weld
edge preparation
- Visual check of surfaces
Assembly of internal.
DRUM INTERNAL INSPECTION
-Visual & Dimensional Check
SURFACE CLEANING & PROTECTION
Internal surfaces Draining and drying
External surfaces;
Surface cleanliness, roughness
Surface Preparation
and contamination
Painting
Visual and DFT
NAME PLATE STAMPING /FIXING Verifying stamping details
Verification of packing and
PACKING AND DESPATCH
marking
Endorsement of final
FINAL DOSSIER
documents
PROCESS STEEL STRUCTURE

1. Mechanical Properties
2. Chemical Composition
Foundation Bolts & Nuts`
3. Soundness of Bolts
4. Final Inspection
Properties
Plates & Sections
2. Soundness
3. Visual & Dimensions,
Welding Documents & Welding
WPS / PQR / WPQ
Consumables
Surface Defects of Weld Edges
Edge Preparations
for thk >25 mm
Weld Setups Weld Set-up Parameters
Butt & Fillet Welds Visual Inspection
1. Soundness of Butt Welds >
32 mm
2. Surface Defects of Butt
Welds > 25 mm & <= 32 mm
Butt & Fillet Welds for Main columns, Beams &
3. Surface Defects of Butt
Girders etc
Welds < 25 mm
4. T-Joints / Web-to- Flange
Joints
5. Back Gouged Welds
1. Soundness of Butt Welds
Welds in Tension Flanges for Main
2. Surface Defects of Fillet
columns ,Beams & Girders etc
Welds
PWHT
Temperature & Time Control
(as applicable )
Hand Rails Surface Defects of Fillet Welds
Visual & Dimensions (Trial
Final Inspection assembly, alignment, etc. as
applicable)
Packing Soundness of packing, Loading
Inspection of quality assurance
Documentation
documentation
FANS
Properties
Plates, Blades,Shaft, Casing,Bearing housing,
etc.
3. Hardness (Rotor plates/
blades)

4. Soundness of Shaft Forgings

(for dia > 40 mm)

Accessories like Bearings, Lubricating Unit, 2. Chem. /Mechanical &
Damper, Silencer, Couplings, etc Performance& Coupling
balancing Parameters
Electric Motor Performance test
Welding Documents WPS / PQR /WPQ
Machining of Shaft,Rotor, etc.
2. Surface Defects
Casing & Impeller Welds Surface Defects
Blades & Impellers Visual, Profile & Dimensions
Residual Unbalance, Clearance
Rotor Assembly check,Free
Rotation of rotor
Visual & Over all Dimensions
Completeness Verification
Fans Accessories
Noise, Vibrations, Bearing
Mechanical Run Test
temperature, etc.
Performance test Flow, Pressure, Power etc.
Packing
Loading, etc.
FEED HOPPER
Plates, Sections,Pipes,Liners,Gasket, Properties
Expansion Bellow etc. 2. Hardness of liners
Welding Documents
&Welding WPS / PQR / WPQ
Consumables
Verification of Certificates of
personnel for nondestructive NDE-II
testing
Fit up Inspection Fit up
1. Weld Surface Defects
Weld Inspection
2. Butt Joints

Chute & Fame Jacket -Hydro

Leak Test
test
FABRIC FILTER
Plates &Sections
Properties
WPS / PQR / WPQ
Consumables
Verification of Certificates of
personnel for nondestructive NDE-II
testing
Weld Inspection for casing Weld Surface Defects
Pent house structure Weld Surface Defects
Kerosene test or equivalent,
Leak Test
etc.
Packing
Loading, etc.
Inspection of quality assurance
Documentation
Documentation
SLAG EXTRACTOR/BELT CONVEYOR
Plates, castings, & Forgings Properties
Bought outs Properties, Visual
& Dimensions
WPS / PQR / WPQ
Consumables
NDE
personal for NDT Testing
Edge form, match of edges,
Fit up Inspection Root Gap,Clineess of
edges
1. All Welds
Welding Inspection 2. Surface Defects on other
Welds
Leak Test of slag Extractor All welds

1. according to list of
drawings / list of pieces.
2. parts to be delivered
Completeness verification loosely: complete and
sorted
3. all parts labelled or marked
/ numbered
main dimensions,
Final Inspection 2. Visual inspection of
In the Work Shop fabricated parts
3. Completeness of scope of
supply
Functional Test/No Load Mechanical Extractor movement smooth
Run Test operation, Stroke etc.
Surface preparation Grit Blasting/shot Blasting
Packing
Loading, etc.
GRATE ELEMENT
Castings
Properties
(For Grate bars )
Plates & Rounds (For grate structure etc.) Properties
Hydraulic cylinders visual
WPS / PQR / WPQ
Consumables
Verification of certificates of personal for NDT
NDT
Testing
1. All Welds
Weld Inspection
2. Surface Defects on Welds
Machining Visual & Dimensions
Final Inspection
2. Visual inspection
Carriage movement, casting
Functional Test movement, stroke
length, smooth operation,

according to list of drawings /

list of pieces, parts to be
Completeness
delivered loosely: complete
verification
and sorted, all parts labelled
or marked / numbered
Surface preparation Grit Blasting
Packing
Loading.
RAM FEEDER
Plates , Structural members, bars,
Properties
castings etc.
Hydraulic cylinders visual
WPS / PQR / WPQ
Consumables
NDT
personal for NDT
1. All Welds
Weld Inspection 2. Surface Defects on other
Welds
Machining Visual & Dimensions
Final Inspection 1. Dimensional inspection
In the Work Shop 2. Visual inspection
Functional Test Ram movement, stroke length,
(At Shop) smooth operation
1. according to list of drawings
/ list of pieces
Completeness verification 2. parts to be delivered
loosely: complete and
sorted
dentification Marking & Stamping
Surface preparation Grit/Shot Blasting
Painting Final Finish & Paint
Painting
DFT
Packing
Loading, etc
CIVIL

EXCAVATION AND FILLING IN FOUNDATION

WORKS
Fill/ Backfill -
Optimum moisture content
Standard proctor Test and max. dry density before
fill
Moisture content of fill before
Moisture content
compaction
Dry density by core cutter
method
---- OR----
Degree Of Compaction Of Fill / Backfill Dry density in place by sand

displacement method
Relative density (Density
Index)
Dry Density by proctor needle
penetration
CAST-IN-SITU CONCRETE
MATERIALS
Testing of cement for setting
CEMENT
time and strength
Moisture content
Specific gravity, water
absorption, Deleterious
materials (coal & lignite, clay
lumps, material finer than 75
micron sieve, soft fragment,
Coarse Aggregate
shale)
Soundness, Crushing value
abrasion value and impact
value
Sieve analysis, flakiness index,
elongation index,
Moisture content, water
absorption, Sieve analysis
Deleterious materials (coal &
Fine Aggregate
lignite, clay lumps, material
finer than 75 micron sieve,
soft fragment, shale)

Specific gravity, water

absorption, Deleterious
materials (coal & lignite, clay
lumps, material finer than 75
micron sieve, soft fragment,
shale)
Trial mix to ascertain the
workability and cube strength
Crushing strength (works
CONCRETE
Tests cubes)
Workability - slump test
Water content
Admixtures for Concrete Suitability and review of MTC
Concrete conveying, placing& compaction
Mixing of concrete shall be
done in a approved mixer
such as to produce a
homogenous mix
Calibration of Batching Plant
Mixing of concrete Temperature Control of
Concrete for top deck of TGs
Foundations.
Placement
Compacting
Curing
Dimensional check on finished

structures & Dimensional
tolerances
TEST/CHECK ON RCC STRUCTURE IN Water Tightness Test of liquid
HARDENDED CONDITIONS retaining structure/ tanks
Ultrasonic test on top deck of
TG foundation
Core Test
Rebound Hammer test
Physical and Chemical
REINFORCEMENT STEEL Properties for each lot as per
relevant IS codes
Bar bending schedule with
PLACEMENT OF REINFORCEMENT STEEL necessary lap, Spacers &
Chairs

Bending of bars, cutting

tolerance
Acceptance - Cover, spacing of
bars, spacers and chairs after
the reinforcement cage is put
inside the
Materials and accessories
Soundness of staging,
shuttering and scaffolding
STAGING AND FORMS including application of mould
oil / release agent
Acceptance of formwork
before start of concreting
Position / alignment / levels
of embedded parts / bolt hole
/ pipe sleeves / rails / PVC
EMBEDDED PART(INCLUDING LAYING OF
pipes / etc
RAILS & ANCHOR FASTENERS)
Welding / tieing of
embeddment to reinforce-
ment
BRICK MASONARY
Dimensions, shape,
compressive strength, water
Test on Bricks
absorption, warpage,
efflorescence.
Compressive strength,
Test on Mortar
consistency
Sand Grading
Workmanship, verticality and
Masonry construction
alignment
PAINTING SYSTEM - CONCRETE WORKS AND
PLASTERED MASONARY SURFACES
Materials and accessories- Oil Bound, Acrylic Shade, type from brand and
Emulsion, Chemical Resistant, Oil Resistant manufacturer as approved by
Paint etc. owner
Surface preparation As required
DOORS , WINDOWS VENTILATORS & GRILL
Source of supply
Fire proof doors Receipt inspection
Finishing and acceptance
SPECIAL ITEMS
Earthing Mat (Grounding System)
Material Earthing mat

Weld sizes & length

D P test
Earth test
Anti-weed treatment
ANTI WEED TREATMENT
materials
Execution of treatment
PILING WORK
100 mm Dia Borehole
Pile layout
Recording ground level
Cleaning/Flushing of pile bore
Size of bore and During boring
of pile record commencement
of SPT/ core recovery to
Execution
ensure socketing length
equivalent in terms of the
Diameter of the pile below the
socketing horizon.
Pouring of concrete to project
above cutoff level.
Pile termination level
Bentonite
Density check on sample of
mud collected from pile bore
bottom
Slump test of concrete
Cube sampling for works cube
test
Testing
Initial pile load test, Vertical
(Compression), Lateral
(horizontal) and pullout
(tension).
Routine pile tests,
compression and horizontal
Integrity Tests
Deployment of approved
Geotechnical Investigation
Agency - Equipments,
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION WORK Manpower etc.
Execution of Geotechnical
Investigation - locations, type
etc. as per scheme

Collection of disturbed and

undisturbed samples , their
packing and storage
Conducting filed tests as per
investigation scheme- such as,
SPT/ERT/SCPT/PLT/PMT etc.
Submission of Field Bore logs
in approved format
submission of laboratory test
schedule and selection of
samples for laboratory testing
Submission of Final
Geotechnical investigation
report along with
recommendations

ANNEXURE-12
Mass balance of thermal power plant
INPUT OUTPUT
: WASTE HANDLING
Waste(6959 kJ/kg) 50000 Waste(6959 50000 Kg/h
kJ/Kg)
: RESIDUE TREATMENT
Bottom ash wet 15000 Kg/h Bottom ash 10000 Kg/h
Dry (20%)
Fly ash boiler (5%) 2500 Kg/h
Waste
(100%)
Heat+ Gases Residue

(75%) (25%)

Tentative Heat Mass Balance of Thermal Power Plant

ANNEXURE-13
Organization Chart
Site
Head(Sr.MGR)
Dy.Mgr- Dy.Mgr-
Dy. Manager- DY.Mgr-- Asst.Manager- Accounts(1)
Maintenance(1 Dy.Mgr-HR(1)
DY. Manager- Fleet(1) CSR(1) MIS(1)
)
Operation-(3)
Fleet CSR Executive- MIS Executive- Asst. Mgr-

Asst Mgr-HR(1)
Supervisor-3 Maintenance 3 (2) Accounts(1)
Supervisor-3
Asst. Mgr(11)
Supervisor- Machanic-8
Supervisor-Bhopal-(43) MTS-Operator(40) Helper-8
Cluster-7
Electrcian-6
Control Room Supervisor-

Driver(Tipper)-528 (2)
Driver (Heavy)-48 Weighbridge Supervisor-
Helper-879 (3)

ANNEXURE-14
Pictures of land for transfer stations
Zone no-4 H.O mob. No.- 9424499804
ZONE-8 H.O Mob. No-9424499808

Zone-12 ward no- 58,59,69,44 H.o mob.no.-9424499812
Zone no-11 ward no-39,40,41,70 H.o no-9424499811

Zone-18 ward no-29,80,82,83 H.o Mob.no.- 9424499818
Zone-19 Ward no- 81,84,85 H.0 no.- 81,84,85

ANNEXURE-15
Quotations Enclosed

HYDROTECH INTERNATIONAL Cell: +918171112570
Manufacturerof : IVlunicipal& Hydraulic and SpecialApplication Vehicle +918006000750
tu ISO :,9001 ,i,2008 CerfifiedCompany +9r 8t7r1t2552
Registered In : NSICandDGS&D
34, Chajpura Industrial Area, Behind Mragh Naini Resturent.Opp-Village Kumarhera, Dehradun Road, Saharanpur-247Q01(U.P) NDIA
To, Dated16.03.2017
M/s BhopalMunicipalSolid WastePvt limited.
Subject:- Supplvof A.nim4lgatlrer mountedgn Tat,a497.
DearSir,
We areenclosingherewithour offer for Supplyof Animal Catheralongwi h theterms& conditions.
iiii
We would also like to inform you that we are the manufacturer,and supplier of these machines and have
suppliedthesemachinesto various government organrzalionsas Well as private parties ila India and abroad.
We have full fledged factory for manufacturing of Dumper Placer, Twin Dur,xtperPlacer, Sewer Jetting
cum Suction Machine, suction muchine/ Gulypit em,
Hydraulic platform/ Sky hffi, Hydraulic Close Top Ti
support at Saharanpur. The factory have number ofqr
support of our product. Hope that the above is,in line
further information I clarification pleasecontact :-
Cell No. 8171112570

/ 8006000750
Email: iffmail.com
Website: hvdrotechinternational.co.in
Thankingyou and assuringyou our best co-operationduring all the time we remain.
Yourstruly,
For HydrotechInternational
(Mohit Kumar)
Manager(Comm.)
Email:[email protected]
/ [email protected]
/ [email protected]
Website: www.hydfotechi4tgrnational.co.
in
HYDROTECHINTERNATIONAL Cell: + 918171
1t2570
Manufacturer
of : Municipal& Hydraulic.and SpgcialApplicationvehicle + 9180060007s0
An ISG: 9001: 2Q0B eerifiedCompany + 918171
l t2562
Registered
In : NSICandDGS&D
34, ChajpuraIndustrialArea,BehindMraghNaini Resturent.Opp-VillageKumarhera,DehradunRoad,Saharanpur
-247001(U.p)NDIA
UOTATION
l. No. )escription of the ltem Price Each Unit Qry. fotal Amount in
(Rs.) Rs.) F.O.R Bhopal
)1. \nimal CatherMounted onTata4}7. 15,50,000:00 )1 Nos" 15,50,000:00
ToXklAmount 15.50.000:00
NOTE:
1. RequiredRoad Permit for the transportationshall be accountof customer.
2. If the Golt. shall changeany percentageof Taxes that shall be account of cu$tomerand the Taxes shall be
apply at the time of dispatchof material. ,:
3. Octraior Entry Tax if applicableshallbe accountof customer.
PAYMENT:
50Yopaymentof with the Purchaseorder and balance 50o/opayment including taxes and duties shall be
demandedat our works at Saharanpurbefore dispatchafter your inspection.
CANCELATION:
No Cancellationof order is acceptable,oncethe order is placed.
VALIDITY:
Our offer is valid u p t o 3 i M a r c h 2 0 1 7 .
DISPATCH:
The Items shall be dispatchwithin 30 days from the date of receiving of PurchaseOrder & advancepayment.
/ [email protected]
/ [email protected]
Website:www.llydrotechinte{n?tional.co.
in
HYDROTECHINTERNATIONAL Cell:+918171112570
+9180060007s0
+9181711t2562
NDIA
34, ChajpuraIndustrialArea,BehindMraghNaini Resturent.Opp-VillageKumarhera,DehradunRoad,Saharanput'247001(U.P)
WARRANTY:
The Animal Cather(Only Hydraulic System)shall be wa:rantedagainstall manufacturingdefectsfor a
periodof ONE YEAR. The following warrantyis applicable:
"We undertaketo rectiff any defect resultingfrom faulty design,material of workmanshipappearing

duringa periodof ONE YEAR afterthe dateof deliveryof machine.Our liabilfiy tkll gnly aryplyto defects
that appearunder normal condition and do not cover defectsarising frgm fa; !. alteration
F&rts,g8"lrf,Silbtion'Ilese,mishandlingor
carriedout by third party of from normal deterioration,rubberparti
accidentalcase etc...etc..are not ceveredunderwarranty. We shall be"in no eventliabtOrtfordamageother
than is respectof norm fulfillment of abovewarranty/obligation; any clailrnis respectof operationlossesor
other indirectlossesshall be excluded.
l:l t:i::
r...,r.: ;L
For Hydrotech International

-:;t,,
r:-::: I
"illltii,tit,
(Mohit Kumar)
Manager(Comm.)
-"tt
liliiitrl ,.',.",
tti,,,u,
i,, ,
/ [email protected]
/ [email protected]
Email:[email protected],n
Website:www.hydrotechinternational.cq.
HYDROTECHINTERNATIONAL Cell:+ 918171112570
Manufacturerof : Municipal& HydraulicandSpecialApplicationVehicle +918006000750
An ISO : 9001 : 2008CertifiedCompany +9181711t2562
In : NSIC andDGS&D
Registered
-247QQl(U.P)NDIA ,
34, ChajpuraIndustrialArea,BehindMraghNaini Resturent.Opp-VillageKumarhera,DehradunRoad,Saharanpur
TECHNICALE SPECIFICATIONOF
ANIMAL CATCHER
Lifting Platform : Side 2 mm
Floor 2 mm
The body Shall be Supported with Squire pipes and
Floor will be IOOX50X5 Channels.
Hvd. Svstem
Hyd. Tank Hyd. Tank Shalt Ue 40 Ltrs. Capacity with Returnline

filter & Suction Filter, Air breather.
/ hydrotqch70@gm?il.com
/ hyd,rotech{[email protected]
Website: www.hydrqlechrlte$Ali_An4l_eoj
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF HOOK LOADER
Model Palfinger T-15

Tank 100 L
Pump 63 L
Control Pneumatic Control
Valve Elements 4
Locking External Hydraulic locking

Hook Safety Mechanical
Control Cab Control – Through Double acting Valve

element
Color Primer Coated
Standard features Loading & Tipping function

Load holding valves for all movements
Automatic tipping frame – hinge locking
Long life bushes
Spare Parts Catalogue
Roller Stabilizers
Suitable Truck 25T Customer Scope
Bin & Fabrication As required @ Customer Scope

5 3 r -IaU
E 4 +rq r
40; aq^4q;*491.a,:
s-.!Dra- :a :E T a + q?
+ i
A " 4i *
T"f;""fl i I 9r
t
'ff
d:
-l!
lU
c
-A s^ -
_np=;s€€{+i
1ii4ti ,;rr;
!=.i+_-r-p.fr
ii-=:* fl *1=,
^fq-]_-=-==.:Jz:=J?3.4-5- i= = +#ii efi
; 5:4'
= :
a
i +fl i1 I ft
*i4}fi'4
*
trl,: r{l
:l +;
-.)
-
aIl,iiird:l
!
* -al!H:d
?s(.d. ul
d+{
aa{.
{
4
.r
sgl
-=
_ E.
P? IZ
l'i + d4 $
)+
:i1,aE-+ 4'4,
ag
gg,
+*:S# $f 3 Saa a*
'::
*.- +l ;. !q *r
t+; i& f;
ir
3:
\$ ' $$
4q = .. E
; lrA *t
= - ? : ::
o 3
-E..8! E o d
q H d d
+-
r
4-
r +
1 A'
4
1 5 o B
a) asl
d
ti3&
1t{=9.-
-+ _!
+l
*:;it r
,;r;r:+ct
.P. i r{ HE
t#
I E$
35 E
b
;F
to=+ {-:-' i
=.
;:
=
:
4
!, a
3 su
;!
- iI fr ; d --z= -,
I
=q;!
+ie#
+n*c!.1
"+*:
H
t*
O
3 A:3 #_tr i=:_:
X p - '
EOI
=_. o*
I sr,- 6 - ,- . -
7flt4" g gq ";
r:
1x;s Et i ;
1!1
-a:fr @-B a0 ql j j:-:
0rl
!, -= 3eX;tE
ti"= c h til d af
":3'?:5d &)es) -
y t
?-.-..
:r- :,..-
-
g- r 6Da, ai- :rd$S+
! ad a. r:
= ;t;i * ,{
'==
r ,;il
.tl 8t
* i +*!od'= t: c.
'l ;'4 g -*5 _ =3 -
j--.-:gtu)L^l'!.1-_
{H1A s
3l'
: i . € ,_l
IP:--:::giSo*' : * -:
d
*
w .- 'i3. ? a
? r:
v
: b fl
? a ' d.
3;p*d
X,-l ilei
!i?B -,==-== ?
sl
I
o
4
+4I $ }g
{E'
I*{c
a 'i?.- 5
5*jH
i r d* I
=
':L"o
dt
.f
141 O
d-.1 -
-! .!
g ;3. ' ;!!n',lj-:=t':

?+ i ?a I; '''; : -u $
4 '-! : = nl !l
-ddiqi-r,:;: a! 4
,lillc:'l;:j _ r
1>i:r '_
:.:,
3
:i
g
&, dl
!
5
o,l
4
$
*
3r'
!
fls
l
[1
+ H*
::ft
H
g,
ilH J'
..,
1b
3[,
;ifr
4
ffi ,"!
d
Efl
el
ilo ffi
ffi
!
la
+
F x x x \rx\>
N x x \ x : : i: x xlx
1w
J/s
th,
IIE
@
.P
'ltc' lE
hJ
IE F*
w
,H '9
F
E
'16
E
I
w il
tr 'E E
b.
E
tr --=:
E4;b
-W
E'*
rE| ,t tr.b
/>wfi
YY,M
IE its o E P'E
lo l€
|'lux E;F6
l^ to lhr tw O[wE'
tI lo +. f ro
ir
E
lh l- lo
LN
m
lhx
l*fr
lE
I
I Ar)
lrD
-EIe * E
-c-* tt.,B
Hrl@ ly,E
S a b w o tr r
.iE&EG
o .lt' B tu m E' U E 16 Fr,
h,
E. la
E b rn U vwF
I 'E N & *tuf r

U
o o
o_
o (E
E
lv
,7n
E ]H
><
o O
N
c q
rn F Ei
N'"
Be
t tu
h IE m k:
!1 !l
sf,
o LN E ,to w t+
W
rf)
o E F*
E P
,
o\ It rn E rn
E
o) fv)
G
*
16 E b x N m
sf;g;Es
hJ
lb
o ,;i .E o
o xl &ol €rn E F
.tJ orl LN tt
-ull \lol
r
.lv F 46
E
\loil
LN
lp 6
JZ
=
st ID
hil
lv
U N $t Lnl
l.nl
I
itp PgaE
- q+ @
m ,F v. iio) tr v.E+,tr
b EI tb
ttt i. -) hJ
w w
lv z. w )E F.ftr tr
ld coi
I
m
ia i .i- "tr r, E?
1r ts k, It
@ oi thJ
I
FN
,ET
b lITcad2
t-.P Fe
0 I
l8 .t tr ft Ee
hx E
L,
'i\--,
FD
r ,8ro" EE
Elb i-. ,+e
EE
k qF,6
lr'E E
'ri,e dl
dtr ,hJ lr ffa; s
E s pf
W
o Fg
b td
CE +lgn'€ bE
lrx
@
ts
l^
w
=
tr
-T-
X
@
#
b
,Iw
fw
4! I8e
4rt&N
fi;EE
o ItE,t"
B E btu
F
tr #E&?e
1E
1b
It
IE')
x= / & 4S
,E
&&aW*
EE E wE,
I
tu
trJ
H
I
le EstEc
ta-EFd:
E 'Er q8 E
.ts l*
lb I
truKEr
llr
l5
,w
o
he
,-- LV t
nv
'iD *j
h, Is
f,, as
* tto HfE,3E
1
ls
E tv :,
16 ol lw )>.
tu
'E
hr
Ets
IK )FW IE lvY
hJ
,F w
#E
E ld
Era
46
5 lu)
le E
l+
v
6
D/i
o EIE lrr "tw E
L' ,b ?
lE
E
E v-
tr-_-V
T4' o
Iq(]
v ,#d
+o
Es
RT
I=t FT'
ET
tr
w L tr
,
E(t
hJ
tr
E tv ra lEts
D
w
ts lb
,tcr
EEE
frp fa#Elj
E
'Ex
F iG Flr v, E &
fr
IE
eSdl;
.PL:I-"
w w HE
3/26/2017 Informative Map Bhopal Municipal Corporation
Informative Map
Map data ©2017

Report Google
a map error
http://www.bhopalmunicipal.com/cityinformation/informativemap.html 1/1
HYDROTECH INTERNATIONAL Cell: +918 171112570
Manufacturerof : Municipal & HydraulicandSpecialApplicationVehicle +918006000750
An trSGi,900il: 2008CertifiedCompany + 918171112562
ResisteredIn : NSIC andDGS&D
-247001(U.P) NDIA
34, Chajpura Industrial Area, Behind Mragh Naini Resturent.Qpp-Village Kumarhera, Dehradun Road, Saharanpur
To, Dated16.03.2017
M/s BhopalMruricipalSolid WastePvt limited.
Subject:- Supply gf Cvcle Rickshaw with 8 Bins. 3.5 Cum bins & 1.1 Cum Steel Bin with Steel
Wheel. .*ii;:,:;,
't'ill
,..$i.
Dear Sir,
We are enclosingherewith our offer for Supply of Cycle Rickshawwith 8 Bins, 3.5 Cum bins & 1.1
Cum SteelBin with SteelWheel along with the terms & conditions.
supplier of thesemachinesand
We would also like to inform you that we are the manufacturer''ii,4nd
'as 1rr
have supplied these machines to various govemnx.CIfit well as privatepartiesin India

and abroad
We have full fledgedfactory for manufacturingof Dampe, ilor"r, Twin Dumper Placer, Sewer
Jetting cum Suction Machine, suction machine/ Gulypit emptier,Refuse Compactor/Collector,
Animal Catcher,Hydraulic ptatform/ Skylift, Hydraulic C,,!gse Top Tipper,Hoppet and all type of
refusebins and after salesupportat Saharanpur.The facto$ havenumberof qualifiedengineersand
othertechnicalprofessionals for suppdrt..ofour product. Hope that the aboveis in line of your
requirement,however,if you arerbQuireadil furtherlhformation/ clarificationpleasecontact:-
CelfNo. 8171I 12570/ 8006000750

Email:[email protected] / [email protected]
Website: hvdrotechinternatiOpal.coiin
/;.
Thanking you and assur,ing you'o'ur best co-operation durjng all the time we remain.
Yourstruly,
For HvdrotechInterr,rational
(MohitKumar)
Manager(Comm.)
/ hvdrotech{[email protected]
/ hvdro][email protected]
Website: www.hydrotgghinternatignal.co.in
HYDROTECH INTERNATIONAL C e l l :+ 9 18 1 7 1 1 1 2 5 7
Manufacturerof : Municipal& HydraulicandSpecialApplicationVehicle +9180060007s0
An ISO : 9001 : 2008CertifiedQompany +918171t12562
Registered
In : NSIC andDGS&D
34, Chajpura Industrial Area, Behind Mragh Naini Resturent.Opp-Village Kumarhera, Dehradun Road, Saharanptx -247001(U.P) NDIA
UOTATION
i. No. Descriptionof the Item lrice Each Unit Qty. fotal Amount in
(Rs.) F.O.R
Bhopal(Rs.)
I 1.5Cum Bins i0.000:00 01Nos. 60,000:00
TotalAmount 60.000=00
)2. 1.1Cum SteelBin with Steel 10,000:00 01 Nos. 30,000:00

Wheel.
Tbtal,Amount 30,000:00
)3. vcle-Rickshawwith 8 bins i 15.000:00 01Nos. 35,000:00

TbtalAmount 35.000=00
NOTE:
1. RequiredRoad Permit for the transportationshall be accountof customer.
2. If the Golt. shall changeany percentageof Taxes that shall be account of customerand the f'axes
shallbe apply at the time of dispatchof material.
3. Octrai or Entry Tax if applicableshall be accourrtof customer.
PAYMENT:
50% paymentof with the Purchaseorder and balance50Yopaymentincluding taxesand dutiesshall be
demandedat our works at Saharanpurbefore dispatchafter your inspection.
CANCELATION:
No Cancellationof order is acceptable,oncethe order is placed.
VALIDITY:
Our offer is valid for a period of 30 days.
/ hvdroteclr43466@rediffmail,co
t hJdrotechT0@em4il,co{n
Email:hydrotech43@gmail,co(n
Website: www,hydrotgqhlnter4ational.co.i
HYDROTECHINTERNATIONAL Qell:+918171112570
+9180060007s0
An ISO : + 9 1g l 7 l 1 1 2 5 6 2
Registered
In : NSIC andDGS&D
-247001(U.P)NDIA
34, ChajpuraIndustrialArea,BehindlVlraghNaini Resturent.Qpp-VillageKumarhera,DehradunRoad,Saharanpur
DISPATCH:
The Itemsshall be dispatchwithin 30 daysfrom the dateof receivingof PurchaseOrder& advance
payment.
For Hydrotech International
I,
iii,
'i,,
(Mohit Kumar) lll
Manager(Comm.) !)l
'l
ii;
iti,rr,,"
iliiii,ii#
1ii 'irr
'r:
u'l ,::
"
i
, 1., , i
rfl|.Jn-ini
' l
,t,,
Email:[email protected]{n
/ [email protected]
/ [email protected]
Website:Wwv.,h,vdrotechintgm-alional.cg.i
Manufacturer of : Municipal & Hydraulic and Special Application vehicle +918006000750
An,ISO: 9001, : 2008CeftifiedCempany + 918171112562
RegisteredIn : NSIC and DGS&D
34, Chajpura Industrial Area, Behind Mragh Naini Resturent.Opp-Village Kumarhera, Dehradun Road, Saharanpur -247001(U.p) NDIA
TECIINICAL PPECIFICATIONOF GARBAGE BIN

OF 3.5CUM CAPACITY
Capacity 3.5cum
Side Sheet 3 mm M.S. Sheet

L
Bottom Sheet 4 mm M.S,Sheet
Lifting Hooks 38mm M.S.Rod

i ,:
Angle 40X40X5mm
Channel 75x35mm
Email: hydrotech43@,gmail.com
/ [email protected]/ [email protected]
Website: www.hydrotechinternalional.co.
in
HYDROTECH INTERNATIONAL Cell: + 918171112570
Manufacturerof : Municipal& HydraulicandSpecialApplicationVehicle +918006000750
An ISO : 9001 : 2008CertifiedCompany + 918171112562
Resistered
In : NSIC andDGS&D
34, ChajpuraIndustrialArea, Behind Mragh Naini Resturent.Opp-VillageKumarhera,DehradunRoad, Saharanpur-247001(U.p)
NDfA
NS OF
M.Q STEEL B.IN gF 1.1 Cum (1100Ltrs.)CApACITy.
The ClosedBin for waste collection shall be provided with 4 Castor Wfreets.The GarbageCollection
Bins shall be of 1100 Ltrs. Capacity. Theseshall be closedtype hygienic bins with the Lid which shall
open freely while unloading the garbageinto the compactorhopper. The Bin constructionshall be of
Steel Sectionsfor ensuring adequatestructural strength required for handlin-gwith the Compactor Bin
Lifter. Also, Bin shall be designedto be lightweight and with facility to be',.easily
handledby two Bin
Handlers.
The Bins shall be designedto be lifted by compactorshaving universalbin lifters.
1. CAPACITY 1.1Cum( 1100LJr s.)

2. BASEMATERIAL M S SteelSheet'"
- Lid TheLid of theBin shallbeof
Minimum1.5mmM.S Sheet
- SheetThickness TheM,S SteelSheet
Thicknessshallbe of3 mm
- Dimensions Height - 1280mm Approx.
OverallLength- L200mm Approx.
Width r 1050mm Approx.
3 . STANDARDCONTAINER SHALL HAVE :

Fourheavyduty swivelcastors(3600tu*ingl
Handleson body
/ [email protected]
/ [email protected]
Website: ww\v.hydrotechintemational.co.in
112570
Manufacturer of : Municipal & Hydraulic and Special Application Vehicle +918006000750
An ISO: 9001I l00ArCertinea
Conmany +9181711t2562
ResisteredIn : NSIC and DGS&D
34, Chajpura Industrial Area, Behind Mragh Naini Resturent.Opp-Village Kumarhera, Dehradun Road, Saharanpur-247001 (U.P) NDIA
Cycle Rickshaw with 8 Bins:
/ [email protected]
/ [email protected]
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.hydroiichinternational. co.in
Hosur-2 Factory : ASHOK LEYLAND LIMITED
: 77, SIPCOT Electronic Complex,
: Perandapalli
: Hosur 635 109, T.N
PI: AL/AD/ESS/15
Date 12/12/2016 TIN No. : 3351108003 dt.01.01.2007
CST No. : 049930 dt.26.06.57
PROFORMA INVOICE PAN No. : AAACA4651L
ECC No. : AAACA4651LXM003
Excise Range : A(L20101) LTU Chennai
M/s Essel Infraprojects Limited Excise Division. : LTG1(L201) LTU Chennai
18, Ramnath House Excise Commissionrite
: : LTU, Chennai (L2)
5th Floor, Yusuf Sarai, Address : LTU CHENNAI, 1775 Jawaharalal
New Delhi – 49 Nehru Inner Ring Road, : Anna Nagar West Extn., : Chennai
– 600 101
TERMS : 100% Advance Against

KA : Mr. Deepshikhar Aggarwal Proforma Invoice
Delivery at : Amritsar
PARTICULARS
1618 BS4 HAULAGE /4330 mm WB / 180HP BSIV EGR ENGINE / 15IN RDC CERAMIC DISC / ZF S6-36 GB 8.97FGR /
MERITOR MR148 4.88RAR AXLE / FA91 FRONT AXLE / 10R20 TYRES / All Steel Day Cabin
TYRES : 3 nos. 10.00 x 20- 16 PR nylon + 4 nos. 10.00 x 20 - 16 PR PD nylon
:
PRICE : Basic without ED : 1393277
Special Discount 230120
PRICE: Basic after Discount 1163157
ED @ 13% 151210
Auto Cess @ 0.125% 189
Final Cum Duty Price Ex RSO Indore 1314556
VAT @ 15% 197183
Delivery extra upto Bhopal 15000
PTO 25000
Insurance (Comprehensive) 51000
Total Inclusive of Delivery Charges 1602740
TCS @ 1% on Invoicing Amount 16027
Total Inclusive of TCS 1618767
Quantity 1
Grand Total for 1 nos. 1618767
Rupees Sixteen Lacs Eighteen Thousand Seven Hundred and Sixty Seven Only
NOTE : Prices, Taxes, Duties and Other Statutory levies are subject to revision and those ruling on
the date of Invoice shall only be applicable.
Price Validity: The special price offer up to 31st Dec 2016
Delivery : Vehicle readiness - 30 days after receipt of Confirm PO with advance, post which
Physical delivery only on receipt of full payment
Payment Terms : 100% advance before delivery.
Entry Tax: Entry Tax if applicable shall be in the scope of consignee only
Form 'C" if applicable & any other applicable entry form in favour of Ashok Leyland Ltd.
shall be furnished along with Payment/delivery order
E&OE
For ASHOK LEYLAND LTD.
Hosur-2 Factory : ASHOK LEYLAND LIMITED
: 77, SIPCOT Electronic Complex,
: Perandapalli
: Hosur 635 109, T.N
PI: AL/AD/ESS/78
Date 12/12/2016 TIN No. : 3351108003 dt.01.01.2007
CST No. : 049930 dt.26.06.57
PROFORMA INVOICE PAN No. : AAACA4651L
ECC No. : AAACA4651LXM003
Excise Range : A(L20101) LTU Chennai
M/s Essel Infraprojects Limited Excise Division. : LTG1(L201) LTU Chennai
18, Ramnath House Excise Commissionrite
: : LTU, Chennai (L2)
5th Floor, Yusuf Sarai, Address : LTU CHENNAI, 1775 Jawaharalal
New Delhi – 49 Nehru Inner Ring Road, : Anna Nagar West Extn., : Chennai
– 600 101
TERMS : 100% Advance Against

KA : Mr. Deepshikhar Aggarwal Proforma Invoice
Delivery at : Amritsar
PARTICULARS
2518/ H6 180HP BS-IV EGR WITH CB18 / 6X2 / 193 INCH WB / G45 MKIII SL FES / 15 INCH RDC WITH ORGANIC
F510MCC FACING MATERIAL/ EATON ES9306A - 9.01 FGR / 5.57 RAR / RANE P.STG / ALL STEEL SL. CABIN
TYRES : 3 nos. 10.00 x 20- 16 PR nylon + 8 nos. 10.00 x 20 - 16 PR PD nylon
:
PRICE : Basic without ED : 1848398
Special Discount 385815
PRICE: Basic after Discount 1462583
ED @ 13% 190136
Auto Cess @ 0.125% 238
Final Cum Duty Price Ex RSO Indore 1652956
VAT @ 15% 247943
Delivery extra upto Bhopal 15000
PTO charges 25000
Insurance 61000
Total Inclusive of Delivery Charges 2001900
TCS @ 1% on Invoice Amount 20019
Total Inclusive of TCS 2021919
Quantity 1
Grand Total for 1 nos. 2021919
Rupees Twenty Lacs Twenty One Thousand Nine Hundred and Nineteen Only
NOTE : Prices, Taxes, Duties and Other Statutory levies are subject to revision and those ruling on
the date of Invoice shall only be applicable.
Price Validity: The special price offer up to 31st Dec 2016
Delivery : Vehicle readiness - 40 days after receipt of Confirm PO with advance, post which
Physical delivery only on receipt of full payment
Payment Terms : 100% advance before delivery.
Entry Tax: Entry Tax if applicable shall be in the scope of consignee only
Form 'C" if applicable & any other applicable entry form in favour of Ashok Leyland Ltd.
shall be furnished along with Payment/delivery order
E&OE
For ASHOK LEYLAND LTD.
Proposal for
Vehicle Tracking System
Submitted To
Bhopal Municipal Solid Waste Private Limited
Submitted By
AEON SOFTWARE PRIVATE LIMITED

A-103, Everest Grand, MIDC, Mahakali Caves Rd, Shanti Nagar, Andheri East, Mumbai, Maharashtra
400093
Overview
This is a proposal created for Implementation of GPS Tracking Devices in Waste Collection Vehicle.
About Us
AEON Software Private Limited, is a Mumbai based software company with 15 Years of business
experience in Various domains with a niche in Travel and Transport Domain. We are serving around 8
big STU across India.
Please visit our website for more details:

http://www.aeonsoftware.net/
What is AEON Vehicles Tracking System (Location Tracker)
We would like to take this opportunity to introduce our self, we are a full IT service provider, that has
been helping businesses, organizations and individuals to achieve their potential. We provide GPS based
vehicle tracking solutions with a combined platform of high-performance fleet management system and
robust GPS devices. We are dedicated to meet your objectives in critical vehicle tracking solutions. We
offer powerful solution to satisfy your industrial needs. Our flagship web tracking systems have been
developed to help you manage your vehicles, Whether you run a Courier service or a trucking company.
We at AEON provide you with: Economic Benefits o Increasing revenue through optimal productivity.
Economic Benefits
o Increasing revenue through optimal productivity.
o Reducing cost.
o Improve driver safety.
o Increase fuel economy.
o Increasing security.
Real time tracking with

Live Tracking your vehicles location and movement Updating within a time interval of every 10 Sec x
Supporting various alarms including SOS alarm, Speed alarm, low power alarm, Geo-fence alarm etc. x
Historical data storage (minimum 6 months) x Multiple browser compatibility and smart phones/ iPad
etc.
If you own or manage any of the following types of businesses or any business that requires a fleet of
vehicles then AEON can help you save time and expense with a low maintenance and hassle free
solution:
 Transportation Services
 Taxi Services

400093
 Vehicle/Equipment Rentals
 Delivery/Courier Services
 Utilities
 Maintenance and Repair Services
 Sales
 Security Services
Our Client Base

Premium Client
8000 Devices UP and Running.

400093
Solution Proposal
Option 1
Product / Service details Price in Rupees (per-unit)
Manufacturer/European
IP65 Standards
Product Name: Ganesha
Vehicle Tracking Unit (VTU) Rs. 10000/- *

Model:- TP-1 (per-vehicle/per-unit)
Software Subscription Charges (per-vehicle/per- Rs. 500/- *
unit)
1. Annual (Payable in Advance)

(Including Activated SIM, GPRS, Reports, Web
Hosting, Data Backup & Storage, Google Maps,
Fixed Alerts )
Application Feature Set:-

 Live Tracking on Map
 Geo Fence
 User Management
 Trip Management
 Personalized Landmarks
 Reports
 Vehicle Maintenance
 SMS / Email Alerts
2. Installation (Per Vehicle / One Time)

Rs. 500/- *
Out Station Installation:
Wiring,
outstation travel,
accommodation & food charges included Local
Bhopal Installation: Wiring, local Bhopal travel
charges included

400093
AMC after 1 Year
Description Amount per unit per year

AMC Charges after 1 Year Rs. 500.00 **
* ---- Value Added Tax (CST/VAT) 5% is extra as applicable on the price quoted.
** ---- Service Tax 15% is extra as applicable on the price quoted. Octroi Extra if applicable

400093
400093
NILKAMAL LIMITED
Head Office: Nilkamal House, Street No. 14, M.I.D.C., Andheri (East), Mumbai – 400 093. Tel: 022-26818888/28361366
Regional Office: “Asarpota Chamber” 2 nd Floor, N/r. Swastik Char Rasta, C.G. Raod, Navrangpura,Ahmedabad – 380 009.
Telefax: 079 – 26448324 / 26402663 Fax : 079- 26402602 .E-mail : [email protected] [email protected]
NL/QUOT/SWM/083/2016-17/R0 DATE: 16th March 2017
TO,
Bhopal Municipal Solid Waste Pvt. Limited,
Madhya Pradesh.
KIND ATTENTION: Mr. Deep Shikar Agarwal
SUBJECT: Budgetary Quotation for Waste Bin
Dear Sir,
This is with respect to your enquiry received for the requirement of Waste Bin. We are glad
to inform you that we have been awarded “ISO 9001 CERTIFICATE” by “TUV
SUDDEUTSCHLAND - GERMANY” as a mark of our very high Quality Management System
for manufacturing of plastic crates. As per your requirement for various type of waste Bins
we are hereby providing you with our best rates:-
Sr. Product Rate @ Image for reference
No. per pcs
MODEL : RC10L1
Manufacturing Process
:INJECTION
MOLD
Dimension
1 Top O.D.: Dia 270 mm Rs. 115/-
Top I.D.: Dia 240 mm
Bottom O.D.: Dia 200 mm
Height: 270 mm
Capacity: 10 Ltrs.
Material : HDPE
Colour : Red / Green
Page 1 of 3
NILKAMAL LIMITED
Model: RFLB60L1
Manufacturing Process :ROTO MOLD
Dimension:
Top O.D : 400 (L) x 400 (B) mm approx
Bottom O.D:332(L)x332(B) mm approx
Height (without lid) : 563mm approx.
2 Height (With Lid) :711 mm approx. Rs. 6,350/-
LID : 415 (L) x 415 (B) x 180 (H) mm
Capacity: 60 Ltrs.
Material: LLDPE
Colour: Red/ Blue / Olive Green / Green
Usage : With & without single /
dual mounting pole
Model : Nilkamal WB 120L

Manufacturing Process :
INJECTION MOLDED
Dimension:
Top O.D. : 560(L) x 477(B) mm approx.
Bottom O.D. :495(L) x 490(B) mm
3 approx. Rs. 2,800/-
Height (Without Lid): 882 mm approx.
Height (With Lid): 955 mm approx.
Capacity: 120 Ltrs.
Material : HDPE EN Standard
Colour : Green
Usage: Wheel Bin
OTHER TERMS & CONDITIONS:
TAXES : Inclusive
DELIVERY : Will be started within 15 day on receipt of your purchase order.
F.O.R : Destination
PAYMENT : 100% advance along with the Purchase Order
Page 2 of 3
NILKAMAL LIMITED
VALIDITY : Offer valid for 15 Days
OCTORI : If applicable will be borne by the customer
ROAD PERMIT : If required has to be provided by the customer
It would give us a great pleasure to be associated with you for the keep the surrounding &
environment green & clean by using of Solid Waste bin.
Thanking you and assuring you our best of services for all times.
For, Nilkamal Limited
Jignay H Dave
General Manager
Mob. 9727716997
Email- [email protected]
Page 3 of 3
ANTONY MOTORS PVT. LTD
A-390/3 A-390/391, MIDC, TTC Zone, Mahape, Navi Mumbai - 400 710.
Quotation
AMPL/QUO/321/16-17
16.03.2017
To,
ESSEL INFRA PROJECT PVT. LTD.
Sub: Price offer for Fabrication, mounting and supply of 14 cum Refuse Compactor on suitable chassis
with PTO PUMP supplied by you.
Dear Sir,
With reference to the subject matter and referred your enquiry wherein we hereby pleased to submit our
best and lowest offer for Fabrication, mounting and supply of 14 cum Refuse Compactor on suitable
chassis with PTO PUMP supplied by you in the following format.
Part-I Commercial Terms and Conditions.

Part-II Priced Offer.
We hope you shall find our offer in line with your requirement. In case of any further clarifications/
confirmations required from us please feel free to contact us.
Thanking you,
Yours faithfully
For Antony Motors Private Limited
Authorized Signatory
Tel: +91 22 2778 1800. 2778 1858 / 59. Fax +91 22 2778 3000 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.antonyasia.com
ANTONY MOTORS PVT. LTD
A-390/3 A-390/391, MIDC, TTC Zone, Mahape, Navi Mumbai - 400 710.
PART-I
COMMERCIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1. Validity : This price offer is valid for 30 days from the date hereof.
2. Delivery : Ex-Works Mahape, Navi Mumbai.
3. Payment : 50% advance with PO and balance before delivery
4. Taxes : VAT @ 13.5% extra on below offered price
5. Note : Any price revision due to change in the government levies will be charged extra at
the time of dispatch.
PART - II
PRICE OFFER
Sl. No. Description Quantity Unit Price Total Price

(Nos.) (Rs.) (Rs.)
Fabrication, mounting and supply of 14

1 cum Refuse Compactor on suitable 1.00 2,000,000.00 2,000,000.00
chassis with PTO PUMP supplied by you
Thanking you and assuring you of our best attention and services at all times, meanwhile looking forward
to receive your order very soon.
Thanks & Regards
For Antony Motors Pvt. Ltd
Authorized Signatory
Tel: +91 22 2778 1800. 2778 1858 / 59. Fax +91 22 2778 3000 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.antonyasia.com
Client List of Construction Companies:
1. M/s Gouri Construction Company,
Takoli, Dist. Mandi (H.P)
Mr. Kamal (Site Person) 094594-00127
Mr. Rakesh (098160-18025)
2. M/s Ahuja Builders,

Noida
Mr. Gaur (098686-13536)
3. M/s Garg & Garg Construction Co.

Near Ambuja Cement Factory
Bharatgarh Distt. Ropar
Punjab
Mr. Bajinder Singh (094180-94106)
4. M/s ART Infra Structure,

Jhansi
Mr. Sourav Gupta (099350-41405)
5. M/s Cosmic structures Ltd

Tech Zone Yamuna Express Gr.Noida
Mr.Vijay Choudhary (098103-04697)
6. M/s Assotech
Gurgaon
Mr. Mishra (088262-97766)
7. M/s ART Construction,

Kotputli.
Mr. Banwarilal (097725-59922)
8. M/s Thousand Trees,
Gurgaon.
Mr. Darminder (085279-40055)
Mr. Arun (085273-90033)
9. M/s Deepak Builders,

Mohali
Mr. Upesh (098762-66011)
10. M/s M.G Contractor,

Agra, Patna
Mr. Ganesh (099346-63071)
11. M/s C & C Construction Company

Una, H.P.
Mr. H.C.Rana (098160-03998)
12. M/s Atlanta Limited

101, Shree Amba Shanti Chambers,
Opp. Hotel Leela, Andheri - Kurla Road,
Andheri (East), Mumbai - 400 059.
Mr. A.K. Jha (081466-12275)
13. M/s Progressive construction Ltd

Gorakhpur
Mr. R Koteswara Rao (99590-22002)
14. M/s R.S Infrastructure Pvt Ltd

UPSIDC Indl. Area Sikandarabad Bulandshahr (U.P.)
15. 3 C Infra Pvt Ltd

Mr. Devender Mishra 9910230419
Sector-168, Expressway Noida
16. Three C Universal Developers Pvt Ltd
Mr.Dinesh Singhal 9910500361
Sector-107, Noida
17. Earth Infrastructures Ltd
Earth Towne Sector-1 Greater Noida west.
Mr.Tarun Maheshwari 9266637076
18. Sadbhav Engineering Ltd (DMRC Site)
Bahadurgarh Haryana
Mr. Bipin Kr.Karn 7834804619
19. Assotech Ltd,

Mr. Mishra (96431-00324)
Gurgaon
20. M/s Mohammad Stone Crusher

Mr. Ash Mohammad (98125-45786)
NAgeena
21. M/s Ramjan Stone Crusher,

Mr. Tamil Khan (98122-28786)
Mewat
22. M/s Shivalik Stone Crushing Company

Mr. Vijay Arora (94161-61190)
Mewat
23. M/s K.C Stone Crushing

Mr. Ashok (94160-67277)
Soahana
E-mail:[email protected]
Website: www.multi-weigh.com
MULTI WEIGH (INDIA) PVT. LTD.

(AN ISO 9001:2008 Certified Co.)
MANUFACTURER OF ELECTRONIC & MECHANICAL WEIGHING SCALES & WEIGHBRIDGES
NCR Delhi Office: C-145, S.F, Sector-10, Noida (UP). +91 9999999236, 9810041236,0120-4324983
Head Office: 182/72, Industrial Area Phase-I CHANDIGARH-160002 Ph. 0172-4009035, 4009043.
Works: Vill- Bhagwanpur, Barwala Road, (Near Ind- Swift Lab.) Derabassi, Distt- Mohali (PB) 140507
(Most Experienced Team of Technocrats in India)
To, Dated: 16.03.2017

Bhopal Municipal Solid Waste Pvt Ltd
Bhopal (M.P)
Kind Attn: Mr Deep Shikhar Agarwal (Manager)
Multi Weigh (India) Pvt. Ltd. is one of the leading Weigh Bridge/Weighing Machine manufacturing company
having installed over One thousand five hundred Weighbridges across India & abroad and its manufacturing unit in
Nalagarh (Near Baddi) in Himachal Pradesh, its corporate office at Chandigarh. Mr. R.K. Dixit, Managing Director of the company
has a vast experience of 42 years in the weighing industry. Our core management team is as follows:-
Name Designation Experience

1. R.K. Dixit M.D 42 years
2. P.Raghu Ram Executive Director 35 years
3 B. N. Roy Director (Projects) 43years
4. Alok Madan G.M (Designs) 40 years
5. A.K. Sharma G.M. (Technical) 38 years
Multi-Weigh is one of the very few companies which has incorporated DIGITAL LOAD CELL
Technology and because of this technology accuracy of the Weighbridge increases multifold and it also makes our product completely
maintenance free.
Multi-Weigh (India) Pvt. Ltd. has a diversified domain comprising of all kinds of weighing systems and our major achievement has been the
introduction of a Concrete Platform Weighbridge in the Indian market log on to our site www.multi-weigh.com for more
information.
OUR STRENGTHS:-
Longest Experience in the weighing Industry.
Focused only on manufacturing, sales, & maintenance of weigh Bridge.
Strong network of sales & services team pan India.
Dedicated & trained team of 42 Engineers employed across India.
Dedicated experience team of civil, mechanical, electronics & IT engineers for handling various technical aspect of
weighbridge.
Experience of installation from Kashmir to Kanyakumari across all weather.
Well versed with the compliances of legal laws of weights & measurement. Dedicated staff for assistance to customer
for W & M Certification.
Yours truly,
For Multi Weigh (India) Pvt. Ltd.
Vinod Sharma (Mgr Sales Weighbridge)

+91 9999999 236
At Multiweigh, We Neither Compromise On Quality nor On Price

MULTI -WEIGH
QUOTATION & SPECIFICATION
Steel Weigh Bridge
MODEL NO MWC – STL
CAPACITY 50 Ton
PLATFORM SIZE 9000mm x 3000mm (30’ x 10’)
DIVISION/ACCURACY 5kg
STEEL STRUCTURE 6 No. Digital Load Cells of 30 Ton Capacity each with suitable I-Beams
supported by 12 mm thick MS Plates with Anti Skid Ribs over it with suitable
no. of transoms. (Back to back welded with mig welding with stiffeners to be
placed under I-beams).
.
TYPE OF LOAD CELL Double Ended Shear Beam (Digital Load Cell)
MAJOR ADVANTAGES OF DIGITAL LOAD CELLS:
Accuracy is enhanced in multiple folds.
Each load cell is pre calibrated therefore no corner error and no need of frequent
calibration.
There is no difference in weight when there is change in temperature; calibration remains

the same in summer, Winter & Rainy.
Display can be put as far as up to 1 Km from the installed weighbridge.
Built in diagnosis can help speed up faultfinding.
Easy installation and interchanging.

Multi-Weigh
Digital Indicator Our highly precise microprocessor based Digitizer, displays

the output from the load cells via a terminal box.
Price &Taxes Rs. 9, 32,000/- (Rupees Nine Lac Thirty Two Thousand Only)
F.O.R Bhopal ,Excise duty is 12.5% inclusive , CST@ 14.3% inclusive
Payment Terms 50% Advance & 50% prior to dispatch at our works.
Delivery Period Approx. Three to Four weeks.
Civil Foundation & Erection Civil foundation including ramp to be laid down by customer as per
drawings provided by us.
Labour / Crane to be provided at the time of Unloading/Installation by
the customer.Earthing and Electrification would be done by customer at their
own cost. Erection will be carried out under the supervision of our service
Engineer.
Legal Metrology Compliance Verification & Stamping Charges Inclusive.
Refund of Advance Advance against the order is non-refundable
Warranty All other equipment is warranted against any manufacturing defect for a period
of one year from the date of installation.
Regular Maintenance/ (AMC) We are fully equipped to provide after sale services after the expiry of
the warranty period also, subject to a nominal service charge.
Validity Offer is valid for 60 days from the date of quotation.
Yours Truly.
For
Multi Weigh (India) Pvt. Ltd.
Vinod Sharma
(Mgr Sales Weighbridge)
+91 9999999 236
ANNEXURE-16
Water Test Report

ANNEXURE-17
Ward Level Survey

Waste
No.of Tata Ace for No. of from
No. of Tata No of Tata
Distance Total no. Comm @ 1300 Rickshaw Total Total Street
Name of No of Ace HH No. of Ace for Tonnage Tonnage No of No of No of Road
from Populatio of Properties for Com. Domestic Comm. sweeping, Total Total Total No of Prtable No of hook No of 1.1 No of 3.5
Transfer Zone list Ward No Ward Name No of HH No of HH Commeric @1300 HH rickshaw waste from Tata from Refuse Domestic side littering
Dumping n @ 2011 Propertie (Covering 90%% of @300HH Tonnage Tonnage Mandis, Tonnage TATA ace Rickshaw compactor loader steel bin Steel bin
Station al (Covering @300 HH form street Ace Rickshaw compactor bin Bin
site s the total (Covering (in MT) in MT Markets &
90%) sweeping
properties) 10%) other
sources
1 Mahatma Gandhi 25889 2877 3309 258 3567 2 1 0 0 0 5 0.5 0.5 6 3 1 5 0 3 7133
Sant 2 Airport 23173 3306 3802 346 4148 3 1 0 0 0 6 0.7 0.5 7 3 1 6 0 3 8296
Haridasna 1 32 3 Bhauri 21182 1912 2199 555 2754 2 1 0 0 0 3 1.1 0.4 5 2 1 4 0 2 1 3 3 5508
gar 4 Hemu Colony 24527 4526 5205 984 6189 4 2 1 0 0 8 2.0 0.8 11 5 2 8 1 3 12378
5 Sadhu Vasvani 21500 4572 5258 834 6092 4 2 1 0 0 8 1.7 0.8 10 5 2 8 1 3 12184
6 Mahaveer Giri 21267 6255 7193 415 7608 5 2 0 0 0 11 0.8 1.0 13 6 3 10 1 3 15217
Land Has 7 Koh-e-Fiza 23744 5825 6699 185 6884 5 2 0 0 0 10 0.4 0.9 11 5 2 9 1 3 13768
to be 2 30 8 Royal Market 25975 2773 3189 334 3523 2 1 0 0 0 5 0.7 0.5 6 3 1 5 0 3 1 3 3 7046
Identified 10 Edgah Hills 25194 4170 4796 1236 6032 3 2 1 0 0 7 2.5 0.8 10 5 2 8 1 3 12063
21 Jain Mandir 19288 4587 5275 1204 6479 4 2 1 0 0 8 2.4 0.9 11 5 2 9 1 3 12958
9 Bagh Munsi Husan 26000 2166 2491 320 2811 2 1 0 0 0 4 0.6 0.4 5 2 1 4 0 3 5622
11 Babu Jagjivan Ram 25852 2427 2791 319 3110 2 1 0 0 0 4 0.6 0.4 5 2 1 4 0 3 6220
Near DIG
3 24 12 Narial Kheda 22511 3179 3656 243 3899 3 1 0 0 0 5 0.5 0.5 6 3 1 5 0 2 1 3 3 7798
Bangla
13 Gitanjali 25322 3009 3460 222 3682 2 1 0 0 0 5 0.4 0.5 6 3 1 5 0 3 7365
14 Sahjahanabad 25884 1416 1628 157 1785 1 1 0 0 0 2 0.3 0.2 3 1 1 2 0 3 3571
15 J.P. Nagar 19438 2786 3204 157 3361 2 1 0 0 0 5 0.3 0.4 6 3 1 5 0 3 6722
Land Has 16 MotilalNehru 21167 3661 4210 142 4352 3 1 0 0 0 6 0.3 0.6 7 3 1 6 0 3 8704
to be 4 23 17 Ibrahim Ganj 24291 3675 4226 1226 5452 3 1 1 0 0 6 2.5 0.7 10 4 2 7 1 2 1 3 3 10905
Identified 18 Ram Mandir 25109 5623 6466 939 7405 4 2 1 0 0 10 1.9 1.0 13 6 2 10 1 3 14811
20 Mahaveer Swami 19269 5828 6702 2210 8912 5 2 2 1 1 10 4.4 1.2 16 7 3 12 1 3 17824
19 Lal Bahabur Shastri 19733 5623 6466 2210 8676 4 2 2 1 1 10 4.4 1.2 15 7 3 12 1 3 17353
Land Has
22 Moti Masjid 23646 2498 2873 211 3084 2 1 0 0 0 4 0.4 0.4 5 2 1 4 0 3 6167
to be 5 25 3 1 3
23 Islampura 21005 2035 2340 201 2541 2 1 0 0 0 4 0.4 0.3 4 2 1 3 0 3 5083
Identified
24 Rani Kamlapati 25001 3297 3792 1217 5009 3 1 1 0 0 6 2.4 0.7 9 4 2 7 1 3 10017
25 Swami Vivekanand 21361 4416 5078 201 5279 4 2 0 0 0 8 0.4 0.7 9 4 2 7 1 3 10559
Near
26 Dr. Ambedkar 20121 3513 4040 372 4412 3 1 0 0 0 6 0.7 0.6 7 3 1 6 0 3 8824
IIFM,Nehr 6 24 2 1 3
27 Goswami Tulsidas 24989 6374 7330 538 7868 5 2 0 0 0 11 1.1 1.0 13 6 3 11 1 3 15736
unagar
28 Rani Awanti Bai 24155 5201 5981 85 6066 4 2 0 0 0 9 0.2 0.8 10 5 2 8 1 3 12132
30 Kushabhai Takre 23007 6239 7175 1105 8280 5 2 1 0 1 11 2.2 1.1 14 6 3 11 1 3 16560
Land Has 31 Chatrapati Sivaji 21171 5781 6648 405 7053 5 2 0 0 0 10 0.8 0.9 12 5 2 10 1 3 14106
to be 7 16 32 Jawaharlal Nehru 19830 6802 7822 804 8626 5 3 1 0 1 12 1.6 1.1 14 6 3 12 1 5 2 3 3 17253
Identified 46 Pandit Ravi Sankar 20605 4357 5011 191 5202 3 2 0 0 0 8 0.4 0.7 9 4 2 7 1 3 10403
51 Sahpura 20880 12306 14152 667 14819 10 5 0 0 1 21 1.3 1.9 24 11 5 20 1 3 29638
33Pandit Madan Mohan Malviya24819 4443 5109 1084 6193 4 2 1 0 0 8 2.2 0.8 11 5 2 8 1 3 12387
Near 34 Ravindra Nath Chauhan 22798 3511 4038 466 4504 3 1 0 0 0 6 0.9 0.6 8 3 2 6 0 3 9007
Yadgar e 8 20 35 Jahagirabad 25485 2197 2527 544 3071 2 1 0 0 0 4 1.1 0.4 5 2 1 4 0 3 1 3 3 6141
Shahjahan 42 Maharani Laxmi Bai 23677 2803 3223 385 3608 2 1 0 0 0 5 0.8 0.5 6 3 1 5 0 3 7217
i Park 47 Dr Rajendra Prasad 24018 3253 3741 435 4176 3 1 0 0 0 6 0.9 0.6 7 3 1 6 0 3 8352
43 Maha Rana Pratap 22288 6484 7457 1898 9355 5 2 1 1 1 11 3.8 1.3 16 7 3 13 1 3 18709
45 Indira Gandhi 19282 3089 3552 3122 6674 2 1 2 1 0 5 6.2 1.0 13 5 2 9 1 3 13349
Near
9 22 48 Arera Coloney 20926 3626 4170 218 4388 3 1 0 0 0 6 0.4 0.6 7 3 1 6 0 3 1 3 3 8776
Danapani
49 Ashaniketan 19623 4526 5205 235 5440 4 2 0 0 0 8 0.5 0.7 9 4 2 7 1 3 10880
50 Gulmohar 19719 3638 4184 226 4410 3 1 0 0 0 6 0.5 0.6 7 3 1 6 0 3 8 8819 6000
36 Chandbad 22512 2613 3005 293 3298 2 1 0 0 0 5 0.6 0.4 6 2 1 4 0 3 6596
Near 37 Kapramill 23324 3627 4171 118 4289 3 1 0 0 0 6 0.2 0.6 7 3 1 6 0 3 8578
10 20 2 1 3
Dwarkana 38 Semra 21249 3360 3864 216 4080 3 1 0 0 0 6 0.4 0.5 7 3 1 6 0 3 8160
gar Nala 71 Ashoka Garden 20706 3118 3586 908 4494 2 1 1 0 0 5 1.8 0.6 8 3 1 6 0 3 8987
39 Naveen Nagar 22521 2799 3219 544 3763 2 1 0 0 0 5 1.1 0.5 6 3 1 5 0 3 7526
Land Has
40 Eshbagh 23230 2283 2625 664 3289 2 1 0 0 0 4 1.3 0.4 6 2 1 4 0 3 6579
to be 11 16 2 1 3
41 Bagh Pharat Aaphja 25430 2368 2723 908 3631 2 1 1 0 0 4 1.8 0.5 6 3 1 5 0 3 7262
Identified
70 Panjabibagh 19809 3276 3767 305 4072 3 1 0 0 0 6 0.6 0.5 7 3 1 6 0 3 8145
44 Subhaschandra Bos 19506 3089 3552 281 3833 2 1 0 0 0 5 0.6 0.5 6 3 1 5 0 3 7667
Land Has
58 Kasturba 20690 4623 5316 965 6281 4 2 1 0 0 8 1.9 0.8 11 5 2 9 1 3 12563
to be 12 18 4 1 3
59 Barkhera BHEL 20402 5351 6154 281 6435 4 2 0 0 0 9 0.6 0.8 11 5 2 9 1 3 12869
Identified
69 Gurunanak Dev 19363 5805 6676 1228 7904 5 2 1 0 0 10 2.5 1.1 14 6 3 11 1 3 15808
52 Misrod 23781 11647 13394 2019 15413 9 4 1 1 1 20 4.0 2.1 26 12 5 21 2 3 30826
Near 53 Jatkheri 21924 9528 10957 482 11439 8 4 0 0 1 16 1.0 1.5 19 9 4 15 1 3 22878
13 17 4 1 3
Laharpur 54 Barkatullah 25940 4931 5671 236 5907 4 2 0 0 0 9 0.5 0.8 10 4 2 8 1 3 11813
Dam 55 Baghmugaliya 25213 6481 7453 423 7876 5 2 0 0 0 11 0.8 1.0 13 6 3 11 1 3 15752
56 Barkhera Pathani 24770 3015 3467 574 4041 2 1 0 0 0 5 1.1 0.5 7 3 1 5 0 3 8083
57 Saket Shakti 25847 3698 4253 179 4432 3 1 0 0 0 6 0.4 0.6 7 3 1 6 0 3 8863
14 20 3 1 3
60 Govindpura 24757 8047 9254 425 9679 6 3 0 0 1 14 0.9 1.3 16 7 3 13 1 3 19358
Near Aims 61 KhajuriKala 21574 6907 7943 296 8239 5 3 0 0 0 12 0.6 1.1 14 6 3 11 1 3 16478
Prakash 62 Hathaikhera 21669 3994 4593 680 5273 3 2 0 0 0 7 1.4 0.7 9 4 2 7 1 3 10546
Nagar(Ne 63 Gautambudh 25180 4206 4837 133 4970 3 2 0 0 0 7 0.3 0.6 8 4 2 7 0 3 9940
ar 15 10 64 Sonagiri 25964 6677 7679 423 8102 5 3 0 0 0 12 0.8 1.1 13 6 3 11 1 3 1 3 3 16203
Ratnagiri 66 Narela Sakari 23322 6995 8044 289 8333 6 3 0 0 0 12 0.6 1.1 14 6 3 11 1 3 16667
Tiraha) 67 Indrapuri 25994 8014 9216 714 9930 6 3 0 0 1 14 1.4 1.3 17 7 3 13 1 3 19860
65 Giovindpur Industrial area 23322 7124 8193 1212 9405 6 3 1 0 1 12 2.4 1.3 16 7 3 13 1 3 18809
68 Ayadhyanagar 25697 8014 9216 324 9540 6 3 0 0 1 14 0.6 1.2 16 7 3 13 1 3 19080
16 23 72 Rajeev Gandhi 21958 3392 3901 595 4496 3 1 0 0 0 6 1.2 0.6 8 3 1 6 0 3 1 3 3 8992
Bhanpur 73 Bhopal Memorial Hospital 21555 4563 5247 206 5453 4 2 0 0 0 8 0.4 0.7 9 4 2 7 1 3 10907
Khanti 74 Bhanpur 24680 5818 6691 319 7010 5 2 0 0 0 10 0.6 0.9 12 5 2 9 1 3 14019
75 Barbai 25733 6520 7498 300 7798 5 2 0 0 0 11 0.6 1.0 13 6 3 11 1 3 15596
Land Has 76 Chola 25915 4059 4668 208 4876 3 2 0 0 0 7 0.4 0.6 8 4 2 7 0 3 9752
to be 17 25 77 Rushalli 25532 4837 5563 229 5792 4 2 0 0 0 8 0.5 0.7 10 4 2 8 1 3 1 3 3 11583
Identified 78 Karud 24917 6073 6984 296 7280 5 2 0 0 0 10 0.6 0.9 12 5 2 10 1 3 14560
79 Navibagh 25940 5234 6019 314 6333 4 2 0 0 0 9 0.6 0.8 10 5 2 9 1 3 12666
29 Maluna Abul Kalam 25529 6286 7229 256 7485 5 2 0 0 0 11 0.5 1.0 12 6 2 10 1 3 14970
80 Sarvdharm Kolar 21435 8226 9460 612 10072 7 3 0 0 1 14 1.2 1.3 17 8 3 14 1 3 20144
Kolar 18 25 5 2 3
82 Danishkunj 20365 10159 11682 637 12319 8 4 0 0 1 18 1.3 1.6 20 9 4 17 1 3 24639
83 Sankheri 20255 11134 12804 289 13093 9 4 0 0 1 19 0.6 1.7 21 10 4 18 1 3 26187
Land Has 81 Kanhakunj 22578 10010 11512 262 11774 8 4 0 0 1 17 0.5 1.5 19 9 4 16 1 3 23547
to be 19 32 84 Ratanpur Sadak 18334 10189 11718 250 11968 8 4 0 0 1 18 0.5 1.5 20 9 4 16 1 4 1 3 3 23935
Identified 85 Katara 15108 10189 11718 155 11873 8 4 0 0 1 18 0.3 1.5 19 9 4 16 1 3 23745
1938251 428864 493194 49154 542348 341 164 34 16 33 740 98 71 909 409 181 735 54 59 20 255 57 8 1084695 6000
Tonnage tonnage from No. of Tata No. of Tata Tata Ace No. of No. of No. of No. of RC No of
No. of Population 80% covered 20% covered Tonnage from from litering ( 30 total Ace reqd. Zip reqd. reqd. for No. of Portable Hook metalic compacto Domestic
S.No. ULB Name Wards @ 2016 No. of HH by Tata Ace by Rikshaw Tata Ace Rikshaw kg/km) Tonnage for HH for HH Comm. Est. Rikshaw No. of TS compacto Loader bin of 1.1 r rqd. biin
2 Berasia 18 33686 6737 5390 1347 7 2 1 10 4 4 6 1 13474.4
3 Mandideep 26 87676 17535 10822 2706 14 3 1 17 9 9 11 2 27056
4 Obedullaganj 15 24798 4960 3968 992 5 1 2 8 3 3 4 1 9919.2
5 Sehore 35 118944 23789 19031 4758 24 6 2 32 16 16 1 4 2 20 2 47577.6
6 Ichhawar 15 16275 3255 2604 651 3 1 0 4 2 2 3 1 6510
7 Kothri 15 11695 2339 1871 468 2 1 0 3 2 2 2 0 4678
8 Ashta 18 59394 11879 9503 2376 12 3 1 16 8 8 10 2 23757.6
Total 142 352468 70494 53189 13297 66 17 7 91 44 0 0 44 1 4 2 55 9 132972.8
Note : We have considered No of Vehicle based on commmon assumptions and taken 10% extra of planned requirement.However Actula allocation will be differ as per area wise demographical conditions and same will be considered while procurement of vehicle.
Zone No-1
Househ Restaura Religious Banquet
Ward No Hotel Shop offices Schools Hospital
olds nt Places Hall
1 3,309 2 18 178 10 20 29 0 1
2 3,802 6 20 263 15 24 13 5 0
3 2,199 3 46 405 22 38 28 9 4
4 5,205 1 200 714 30 10 13 16 0
5 5,258 2 120 642 60 5 1 4 0
Total 14514.2 12 284 1560 77 92 83 30 5
Zone No-2
No. of
Individu Restaura Religious Banquet
Ward No al House nt Hotel Shop offices Places Schools Hospital Hall
6 7193 0 65 278 21 29 18 4 0
7 6699 0 10 160 2 0 1 12 0
8 3189 5 36 254 4 13 22 0 0
10 4796 5 233 930 4 13 10 39 2
21 5275 2 303 877 3 10 3 6 0
Total 17081 12 647 2499 34 65 54 61 2
Zone No-3
No. of
Restaura Religious Banquet
ward no Individu Hotel Shop offices Schools Hospital
nt Place Hall
al House
9 2491 5 21 224 0 10 18 42 0
11 2791 2 55 247 7 4 1 1 2
12 3656 0 15 195 4 11 12 6 0
13 3460 5 2 200 2 5 5 3 0
14 1628 1 1 133 6 9 5 2 0
Total 12398.2 12 93 866 13 30 36 52 2
Zone No-4
No. of
Ward No Individu Hotel Shop offices Schools Hospital
nt Places Hall
al House
15 3204 1 1 133 6 9 5 2 0
16 4210 0 43 90 2 2 4 1 0
17 4226 7 364 835 14 4 0 2 0
18 6466 0 80 798 13 27 16 4 1
20 6702 2 216 1957 3 26 2 3 1
Total 18106.8 10 704 3813 38 68 27 12 2
Zone no-5
Ward No No. of Restaura Hotel Shop offices Religious Schools Hospital Banquet
Individu nt Places Hall
al House
19 6466 0 526 1645 28 5 4 2 0

22 2873 2 72 102 3 23 5 3 1
23 2340 0 24 156 10 2 7 2 0
24 3792 1 63 1038 73 11 18 11 2
Total 15471 3 685 2941 114 41 34 18 3
Zone No/Ward No-6

No. of
Restaura Banquet
Ward No Individu Hotel Shop offices Religious Schools Hospital
nt Hall
al House
25 5078 0 24 156 10 2 7 2 0
26 4040 0 38 263 13 15 35 4 4
27 7330 0 45 480 8 5 0 0 0
28 5981 0 26 42 4 9 3 1 0
Total 0 133 941 35 31 45 7 4
Zone No-7
No. of
ward No Individu Hotel Shop offices Schools Hospital
nt Places Hall
al House
30 7175 0 64 841 162 26 5 7 0
31 6648 0 28 334 9 20 10 1 3
32 7822 0 13 770 11 4 4 2 0
46 5011 0 42 135 5 6 3 0 0
51 14152 0 159 503 0 3 1 1 0
Total 40808 0 306 2583 187 59 23 11 3
Zone No-8
33 5109 0 69 681 316 4 12 2 0
34 4038 0 10 438 13 1 3 1 0
35 2527 9 5 459 12 30 24 3 2
42 3223 0 1 374 7 1 1 1 0
47 3741 1 31 354 23 13 9 4 0
Total 18638.05 10 116 2306 371 49 49 11 2
Zone No-9
43 7457 34 259 1265 304 11 18 6 1
45 3552 1 574 2275 234 16 5 10 7
48 4170 0 25 160 10 10 9 4 0
49 5205 0 101 120 0 9 0 5 0
50 4184 0 8 176 31 5 0 5 1
Total 24567.45 35 967 3996 579 51 32 30 9
Zone No-10
36 3005 2 17 251 2 8 9 2 2
37 4171 0 2 105 4 2 3 2 0
38 3864 0 2 168 24 13 7 2 0
71 3586 12 51 798 13 12 20 2 0
Total 14625.7 14 72 1322 43 35 39 8 2
Zone No-11
al House
39 3219 9 5 459 12 30 24 3 2
40 2625 6 19 565 35 14 9 10 6
41 2723 12 51 798 13 12 20 2 0
70 3767 0 5 230 48 11 7 4 0
Total 12335 27 80 2052 108 67 60 19 8
Zone No-12
44 3552 0 1 262 5 4 5 4 0
58 5316 0 62 900 0 0 3 0 0
59 6154 5 26 200 20 15 6 7 2
69 6676 0 209 1006 6 4 2 0 1
Total 21698.2 5 298 2368 31 23 16 11 3
Zone No-13
Ward No No. of Restaura Hotel Shop offices Religiou Schools Hospital Banquet
Individu nt s Hall
al House Places
52 13394 5 215 1646 89 37 21 5 1
53 10957 0 65 323 13 29 49 2 1
54 5671 0 9 200 10 12 4 1 0
55 7453 1 73 340 0 4 4 1 0
Total 6 362 2509 112 82 78 9 2
Zone No/Ward No-14

Individu nt s Hall
al House Places
56 3467 1 55 477 0 27 9 5 0
57 4253 0 28 135 0 7 8 1 0
60 9254 4 7 385 1 7 20 1 0
61 7943 7 18 238 7 8 15 1 2
Total 24917.05 12 108 1235 8 10 52 8 2
Zone No/Ward No-15

Individu nt s Hall
al House Places
62 4593 4 53 574 4 21 21 1 2
63 4837 0 10 85 22 9 5 2 0
64 7679 0 69 321 12 11 10 0 0
66 8044 0 29 250 0 6 4 0 0
67 9216 2 39 666 2 3 2 0 0
Total 6 200 1896 40 50 42 3 2
Zone No/Ward No-16

Individu nt s Hall
al House Places
65 8193 0 222 817 102 27 26 18 0
68 9216 0 7 307 5 2 3 0 0
72 3901 1 23 508 10 29 18 4 2
73 5247 3 15 159 5 10 8 4 2
74 6691 0 15 298 3 2 1 0 0
Total 33248 4 282 2089 125 70 56 26 4
Zone No/Ward No-17

Individu nt s Hall
al House Places
75 7498 10 14 220 10 22 16 8 0
76 4668 1 20 163 9 13 0 0 2
77 5563 10 25 173 6 7 5 3 0
78 6984 0 91 200 2 0 2 1 0
79 6019 0 52 243 1 7 11 0 0
Total 30731 21 202 999 28 49 34 12 2
Zone No-18
No. of Restaura Banquet
Ward No Hotel Shop offices Religious Schools Hospital
Individual nt Hall
29 7229 1 45 168 9 9 21 3 0
80 9460 0 66 345 175 15 4 2 5
82 11682 0 39 580 0 7 4 2 5
83 12804 0 80 912 0 6 3 0 0
Total 28371 1 150 1093 184 31 29 7 10
Zone No-19
Individual nt Hall
81 11512 1 22 197 10 13 8 3 8
84 11512 1 51 150 3 31 14 0 0
85 11512 0 20 106 1 17 7 3 1
Total 28371 2 93 453 14 61 29 6 9
ANNEXURE-18
Time Line of Bhopal

Timeline(From the date of NTP after DPR Approval)
(A) Procurement of Vehicle and Equipment
Week
S.No Activities Duration
Note to Proceed/Date of Financial Closure 0+ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Procurement of Vehicle/Compactor and other equipment
1 Submission of Technical and commercial Proposal 2 Week
Approval form IE/BMC on Technical and commercial Proposal(Three quotation along
2 1 Week
with Technical comparition)
3 Releasing the orders to vendor(From Date of Approval of DPR) 1 week
4 Delivery of vehicle as per schedule(will be shared letter stage) 12 week
5 Registration and insurance work of vehicle to be finished 2 week
Development of Software and mobile App
6 Submission of Commercial and Technical Proposal 2 week
7 Approval from IE/BMC on Commercial and Technical Proposal 1 week
8 Placing work order to software vendor(After DPR Approval) 1 week
9 Delivery of Software and mobile App 12 week
10 Testing to be done(after Starting of Operation)
11 Mapping to be done(After Starting of Operation)
Development of Vehicle Tracking System/Control Room/Call centre

12 Time line would have been finalise after starting of operation
Weighbridge Installation
Submission of Commercial and Technical Proposal(after finalaisation on Wte&SLF
13 4 week
layout)
14 Approval form IE/BMC on Technical and commercial Proposal 2 Week
15 Placing workorder for the same(After DPR Approval) 1 Week
16 Complition of weigh bridge/Calibration 7 Week
(B) Constuction of Transfer Station-Phase-1(Transfer station 1-5)
Construction of Transfer station ,workshop and parking station
17 Submission of Drawing/BOQ(Phasewise) 3 week
18 Approval from IE/BMC on Drawing and BOQ 1 week
19 Receipt of commercial offer 2 Week
20 Finalization of contractor 1 Week
21 Release of commercial order to contractor 1 Week
22 Complition of 1st phase Transfer Station 7 Week
23 Electrification of TS 7 Week
24 Construction of Civil work for workshop 7 Week
25 Mechanical work to be completed for workshop 7 Week
26 Purchasing of workshop tools 7 Week
(B) Constuction of Transfer Station-Phase-2(Transfer station-6 -10)
(B) Constuction of Transfer Station-Phase-3(Transfer Station-11-15)
(B) Constuction of Transfer Station-Phase-4(Transfer Station:16-18)
(C) IEC Activity
IEC Activity at SLF Location
27 Branding and sighnage at SLF Location after transfer of land
Meeting&Presentation with Adjoining Gram Panchayat with coordination with BMC &
28
Local statuaty Bodies
IEC Activity in wards (Phase wise)-Ongoing activity
Personal interaction with Public including Rwa's/Vayapar Mandal of concern
29
wards/Zone
32 Public announcement in concern ward through Announcement/Media
(D)CONSTRUCTION OF SLF-SCHEDULE
1 ENGINEERING & DESIGN OF SLF

SITE SURVEY
7 Week
LAYOUT FINALIZATION
ENGINEERING & DESIGN & BOQ
2 APPROVAL OF DRAWING DESIGN & BOQ 1 Week
3 VENDOR FINALIZATION FOR CIVIL WORK
4 VENDOR FINALIZATION FOR LINER WORK 1 Week
5 CONSTRUCTION OF CIVIL WORK OF SLF
EXCAVATION/ EARTH WORK
DRESSING & LEVELLING 13 Week
COMPACTION OF EXCAVATED AREA
FORMATION OF EMBANKMENT
6 LINER WORK INSTALLATION
LINING OF GCL
LINING OF 1.5MM TH. HDPE
LINING OF GEOTEXTILE
SPREADING & LAYING OF 20 MM AGREEGATE
SPREADING & LAYING OF SAND 4 Week
7 CONSTRUCTION OF LEATCHE TANK
PCC/RCC
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
CENTERING & SHUTTERING
(E)CONSTRUCTION OF APPROACH ROAD-SCHEDULE-APPROX. 1.5KM
1 ENGINEERING & DESIGN OF APPROACH ROAD

SITE SURVEY
3 Week
LAYOUT FINALIZATION
2 APPROVAL OF DRAWING DESIGN & BOQ
1 Week
4 CONSTRUCTION OF CIVIL WORK OF APPROACH ROAD UPTO WBM
EXCAVATION/ EARTH WORK@ 4 days
DRESSING & LEVELLING@ 5 days
COMPACTION OF EXCAVATED AREA@ 2 days 5 Week
SUPPLY & LAYING OF WATER BOUNDED MACADAM (WBM), MORRUM@
15 days
COMPACTION AFTER WBM LAYING, MORRUM FILLING, WITH
WATERING@ 5 days
(F)CONSTRUCTION OF BOUNDARY WALL-SCHEDULE-APPROX. 1.5KM
1 ENGINEERING & DESIGN OF BOUNDARY WALL

SITE SURVEY
3 Week
LAYOUT FINALIZATION
1 week
4 CONSTRUCTION OF CIVIL WORK OF BOUNDARY WALL
PCC BELOW FOUNDATION@ 5 days
16 Week
RCC COLUMNS WITH FIXING OF SHUTTRERING@ 20 Days
BRICK WORK @ 20 Days
PLASTERING@ 20 Days
PAINTING@ 10 Day
Note:
1. Zero date will be considered from the date of NTP for Statutory applications, its approvals, designs and drawing for project activities.
2. Zero date will be considered from the date of financial closure for Physical construction of plant activities, ordering and procurement
CONSTRUCTION OF SLF-SCHEDULE
Date of NTP/Date of Financial Closure
ENGINEERING & DESIGN OF SLF/TEMPORARY

1 FACILITY FOR INTERIM FACE 7th Week
SITE SURVEY
LAYOUT FINALIZATION
2 APPROVAL OF DRAWING DESIGN & BOQ 8th Week
4 VENDOR FINALIZATION FOR LINER WORK 9th Week
5 CONSTRUCTION OF CIVIL WORK OF SLF 22th Week
DRESSING & LEVELLING
COMPACTION OF EXCAVATED AREA
FORMATION OF EMBANKMENT
6 LINER WORK INSTALLATION 26th Week
LINING OF GCL
LINING OF 1.5MM TH. HDPE
LINING OF GEOTEXTILE
SPREADING & LAYING OF 20 MM AGREEGATE
SPREADING & LAYING OF SAND
7 CONSTRUCTION OF LEATCHE TANK 26th Week
PCC/RCC
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
CENTERING & SHUTTERING

CONSTRUCTION OF BOUNDARY WALL-SCHEDULE-APPROX. 1.5KM
1 ENGINEERING & DESIGN OF BOUNDARY WALL 2nd Week
SITE SURVEY
LAYOUT FINALIZATION

3rd week
4 CONSTRUCTION OF CIVIL WORK OF BOUNDARY WALL 16th Week
PCC BELOW FOUNDATION@ 5 days
RCC COLUMNS WITH FIXING OF SHUTTRERING@ 20 Days
BRICK WORK @ 20 Days
PLASTERING@ 20 Days
PAINTING@ 10 Day
CONSTRUCTION OF APPROACH ROAD-SCHEDULE-APPROX. 1.5KM
1 ENGINEERING & DESIGN OF APPROACH ROAD 3rd Week
SITE SURVEY
LAYOUT FINALIZATION

4th Week
4 CONSTRUCTION OF CIVIL WORK OF APPROACH ROAD UPTO WBM 9th Week
COMPACTION OF EXCAVATED AREA@ 2 days

SUPPLY & LAYING OF WATER BOUNDED MACADAM (WBM), MORRUM@ 15
days
COMPACTION AFTER WBM LAYING, MORRUM FILLING, WITH WATERING@ 5
days
ANNEXURE-19
Project Schedule

Project schedule for 2x600 TPD MSW Based Waste to Energy Power Plant-Bhopal
Duration ( in months ) Activity Bar Chart ( in months )
Sno Activity
in Months Start End M-1 M-2 M-3 M-4 M-5 M-6 M-7 M-8 M-9 M-10 M-11 M-12 M-13 M-14 M-15 M-16 M-17 M-18 M-19 M-20 M21 M22 M23 M24
1 NTP/ Date of Financial Closure 0 0 0
2 Civil Works 13 2 14
3 Enquiry & Procurement 12 1 12 `
4 Erection of Heavy Equipment 12 6 17
5 Boiler Pressure test 1 17 17
6 Refractory & Insulation work 2 17 18
7 Cold Commissioning 2 18 19
8 Hot Commissionning 2 19 20
9 First Fire 1 20 20
10 First Synchronisation 1 18 18
11 Trial Run 3 22 24
Note: The project start date shall be the date of receipt the following:
1. NTP
2. Land lease agreement
3. Complete access to Site
4. Zero date will be considered from the date of NTP for Statutory applications, its approvals, designs and drawing for project activities.
5. Zero date will be considered from the date of financial closure for Physical construction of plant activities, ordering and procurement.
ANNEXURE-20
Soil Investigation Report

VISHWA BHUMI TECHNOLOGIES
PROJECT NO. 98
REPORT ON
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION FOR 1000 TPD WASTE TO
ENERGY PLANT AT BHOPAL, MADHYA PRADESH
SUBMITTED TO
M/s ESSEL INFRAPROJECTS LIMITED
1ST FLOOR A26/3, MOHAN COOPERATIVE INDUSTRIAL ESTATE
MATHURA ROAD, DELHI

PROJECT NO. 98
CONTENTS
SOIL REPORT
Sheet No.
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Project Description 1
1.2 Purpose of Study 1-2
1.3 Report Format 2
2. FIELD INVESTIGATION
2.1 Soil Boring 2-4
2.2 Rock Drilling 4-5
2.3 Drilling in Gravels & Boulders 5
2.4 Ground Water 6
3. LABORATORY TESTS 6-7
4. REGIONAL GEOLOGY 8-11
5. PROPOSED FOUNDATION AND THEIR DEPTHS 11
6. SITE DETAILS
6.1 Site Stratigraphy 12
6.2 Ground Water 12
6.3 Foundations
6.3.1 Suggested Net Allowable Bearing Pressures 12-13
6.4 Chemical Attack 13
7. FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS
7.1 Variability in Sub – Surface Condition 14
8. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
8.1 Conclusions 14
8.2 Recommendations 14-15
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION FOR 1000 TPD WASTE TO ENERGY PLANT AT BHOPAL,

MADHYA PRADESH
PROJECT NO. 98
9. CLOSURE 16
TABLES
Table no.
TABLES 2-3
FIGURES
Fig No.
SUMMARY OF BOREHOLE PROFILE 1
SPT CURVE 2
CALCULATION SHEETS 18-19

LOCATION PLAN 20
PHOTOGRAPHS 21

MADHYA PRADESH
PROJECT NO. 98
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Project Description
M/s ESSEL I NFRAPROJECTS LIMITED has pl anned for
GEOTECHNICAL INVE STIGATION F OR 1000 TP D WASTE TO EN ERGY P LANT AT
BHOPAL , MADHYA PRADESH.
M/s Vishwa Bhumi Technologies 305, Vardhman Master Plaza, L.S.C.
IP E nclave , Gazipur Ch owk, De lhi – 110096 has car ried out the
geotechnical investigation.
1.2 Purpose of Study
The overall purpose of this s tudy is to conduct a geotechnical
investigation t o a ssess t he s tratigraphy a nd t o de velop geotechnical
recommendations f or f oundation design. T o accomplish t hese
purposes the study was conducted in the following phases:
i) Drilling boreholes at proposed locations.
ii) Testing s amples in laboratory to determine t he
engineering properties of the strata.
iii) Analyzing a ll field a nd laboratory da ta t o de velop
preliminary g eotechnical recommendations f or
foundations.

MADHYA PRADESH
1
PROJECT NO. 98
Details of the proposed structure investigated is tabulated below.
Ground Ground
Level of water
S.no. Test Designation
Boreholes level
(m)
1 BH – 12 100.00 Nil
1.3 Report Format
This report is based on field and laboratory results of boreholes
drilled at structure location.
The initial s ections o f t his report presents brief descriptions o f
the field w ork methodology together w ith l ist of various laboratory
tests conducted. This is followed by site stratigraphy and engineering
recommendations.
This is followed by the foundation construction considerations.
The report closes with conclusions and recommendations.
2.0 FIELD INVESTIGATION
2.1 Soil Boring
The bor ings w ere pr ogressed u sing a s hell a nd a uger t o t he
specified depth or refusal whichever occurs earlier. Casing were used

MADHYA PRADESH
2
PROJECT NO. 98
for advanced borings. The casing with a diamond shoe bit was used to
assist t he cas ings t o advance . The w ork was i n general acco rdance
with IS 1892 – 1979.
Standard Penetration T est ( S PT ) w as conducted in t he
boreholes at 1.5 m depth intervals by connecting the split spoon
sampler to SPT rod and driving it by 45 c m using a 63.5 kg hammer
falling freely from a height of 75 cm .
The test was conducted in accordance with IS 2131 – 1981.The
number o f b lows f or e ach 15 c m of pe netration o f t he s plit s poon
sampler was recorded . The number of blows required to penetrate the
initial 15 c m of the split spoon is ignored for seating the sampler due
to pos sible pr esence o f loose materials or c utting from t he dr illing
operation. The cumulative number of blows required to penetrate the
balance 30cm out of 45cm is termed as the SPT or N values.
Refusal t o further boring pe netration was c onsidered w hen t he
N value exceeds 75 b lows for 30 cm pe netration or when practical
refusal to further penetration by shell and auger was encountered.

MADHYA PRADESH
3
PROJECT NO. 98
Disturbed samples w ere col lected from s plit spoon a fter
conducting the SPT. The samples were preserved in transparent
polythene ba gs. U ndisturbed s amples w ere c ollected b y a ttaching 75
mm diameter thin walled ‘Shelby’ tubes and driving the sampler using
the 63.5 kg hammer in accordance w ith IS 2132 – 1986. The t ubes
were s ealed with w ax at bot h e nds . All s amples w ere t ransported to
our laboratory at Gazipur for further examination and testing.
2.2 Rock Drilling
Rotary d rilling t hrough t he rock w as pe rformed using heavy-
duty s kid mounted J oy V oltas 12 B d iamond c oring r otary d rill
machine. The drill machine has a hy draulic feed and is driven b y a
bevel gear system run by a 28 HP Perkin engine. The drill chuck has
four jaws to accommodate NW size drill rod.
Drilling a nd s ampling o f t he rock w as pe rformed using a N X
size do uble t ube core barrel. A t ungsten c arbide b it was used to drill
through rock. I t w as a ttached t o t he e nd of a c ore ba rrel, w hich is
connected to the machine by a string of NW drill rods and rotated by
the drilling machine.

MADHYA PRADESH
4
PROJECT NO. 98
Water was circulated through the drill rods to the bottom of the
hole. T he w ater s erves t he p urpose o f l ubrication, coo ling a nd
protection of t he d rill bit in a ddition to flush t he c uttings o ut of t he
hole. A reciprocating pump was used to circulate t he w ater. Whi le
drilling t hrough s oft r ock t hat is l ikely t o c ollapse, c asing w as
installed.
The percent recovery and Rock Quality Designation (RQD) was
measured for eac h cor e r un. The R ock M ass R ating (RMR), an
engineering pa rameter as sists i n as sessing t he r ock quality and
behavior.
This may be used for a n a ssessment of t he nature o f r ock,
water-tightness of joints and possible presence of interconnected
channels / cavities.
2.3 Drilling in Gravel & Boulder Deposits
IS 10 042: 1 981 was taken into consideration w hen gr avel & bo ulder
deposits are encountered.

MADHYA PRADESH
5
PROJECT NO. 98
2.4 Groundwater
Groundwater l evel was m easured i n the boreholes i n 24 h ours
after drilling and sampling was completed. The measured water levels
are recorded on the individual soil profiles.
3. LABORATORY TESTS
The laboratory testing has been carried out i n our l aboratory. The
testing programme was aimed at verifying the field classifications and
developing pa rameters f or engineering analysis. A ll testing w as
performed in accordance with the current applicable IS specifications.
The f ollowing tests w ere co nducted on selected rock samples and
groundwater samples recovered from the boreholes.
On Boulder & Gravel Deposit
All laboratory tests are performed as per IS 10042 ( 1981 )

MADHYA PRADESH
6
PROJECT NO. 98
On Soil
Laboratory Test IS code referred

Grain Size Analysis IS 2720 ( Part 4 )
Liquid Limit & Plastic Limit IS 2720 ( Part 5 )
Chemical Ph Value IS 2720 ( Part 26 )
Analysis of Total Soluble Sulphates IS 2720 ( Part 27 )
Total Soluble Chlorides IS 3025 ( Part 32 )

soil
Classification of soil IS 1498
Specific gravity of soil IS 2720 ( Part 3 )
Direct shear test on cohesion less IS 2720 ( Part 13 )
Moisture content IS 2720 ( Part 2 )
Dry Density / Bulk Density IS 2720 ( Part 29 )
Free Swell Index IS 2720 ( Part 40 )
Consolidation Test IS 2720 ( Part 15 )
Shrinkage Limit IS 2720 ( Part 6 )
Swell Pressure Test IS 2720 ( Part 41 )
Compaction Test IS ( Part 7 and 8 )
Lab California Bearing Ratio Test IS ( Part 16 )
On Rock
Laboratory Test IS code referred

Water Absorption IS 13030
Point Load Strength Test IS 8764
Unconfined Compression Test IS 9143
Type of Rock ( Rock Classification) IS 13365 ( Part 1 )
RQD IS 11315 ( Part 11 )
Porosity IS 13030
Engineering terms used to describe the soils are explained in Table 1.

MADHYA PRADESH
7
PROJECT NO. 98
4. REGIONAL GEOLOGY
Bhopal is the capital of the Indian state of Madhya Pradesh and
the ad ministrative headquarters o f B hopal d istrict and B hopal
division. Bhopal is known as the City of Lakes for its various natural
as well as artificial lakes and is also one of the greenest cities in India.
The city attracted international attention in December 1984
after the Bhopal disaster, when a Union Carbide India Limited (UCIL)
pesticide manufacturing plant ( now o wned by D ow C hemical
Company) leaked a mixture o f de adly gases c omposed mainly o f
methyl i socyanate, l eading t o one of t he w orst i ndustrial disasters i n
the world's history.
Bhopal has been selected as one of the first twenty Indian cities
to be de veloped a s a s mart c ity under PM N arendra M odi's flagship
Smart C ities M ission and will be t he first s mart c ity of I ndia in
coming years. The c ity has be en a djudged a s t he 2 nd cleanest c ity in
India.
Bhopal has a n a verage e levation o f 500 metres ( 1401 ft).
Bhopal is located in the central part of India, and is just north of the

MADHYA PRADESH
8
PROJECT NO. 98
upper limit o f the V indhya mountain r anges. L ocated o n the Malwa
plateau, i t i s hi gher t han the nor th I ndian plains and the l and r ises
towards t he Vindhya R ange to the s outh. T he city has un even
elevation and has s mall hills within its boundaries. The prominent
hills i n B hopal are I dgah hi lls and S hyamala hi lls i n the nor thern
region, Katara hills in southern region. City's geography has in it two
lakes namely upper lake and lower lake.
Bhopal city nestles in a hilly terrain which slopes towards north
and s outh – east. T he general gr ound level is nearly 460m a long t he
south – eastern and north – eastern portion of the city.
Bhopal district forms the part of Malwa Plateau with generally
an undulating topography.
The d istrict c overs pa rt o f tw o river s ub – basins. B etwa r iver
sub – basin covers 82 % of the area and lower Chambal basin covers
18 % ar ea o f d istrict. The d istrict is drained by river Betwa w ith its
main tributaries.
Almost t hree fourth ar ea o f t he d istrict is cov ered with b lack
cotton soils formed by the weathering of basaltic rocks. The rest part

MADHYA PRADESH
9
PROJECT NO. 98
of the district area is covered with yellowish red, mixed soils derived
from sandstones and shale. The alluvial soils are found along the river
courses. The higher e levations i.e. the hilly r egions have a cover of
murum w hich is made up of s mall rounded pieces o f w eathered
basalts.
Bhopal has a humid subtropical climate, with cool, dry winters,
a hot s ummer a nd a humid monsoon s eason. S ummers s tart in late
March and go on till mid-June, the average temperature being around
30°C ( 86 °F), w ith the pe ak o f s ummer in M ay, w hen the highs
regularly e xceed 40°C ( 104 °F). T he monsoon s tarts i n late J une a nd
ends in late September. These months see about 40 inches (1020 mm)
of pr ecipitation, frequent t hunderstorms a nd flooding. The a verage
temperature is a round 25 °C (7 7 °F) a nd the humidity is quite hi gh.
Temperatures rise again up to late October when winter starts, which
lasts up to early M arch. W inters in Bhopal a re c ool, a nd not very
much co mfortable like s ummers, w ith a verage da ily temperatures
around 16 °C (61 °F) and little or no rain. The winter peaks in January
when temperatures may drop close to freezing on some nights. Lowest

MADHYA PRADESH
10
PROJECT NO. 98
temperature e ver r ecorded was 0. 30C. T otal a nnual rainfall is a bout
1146 mm (46 inches).
5. PROPOSED FOUNDATIONS & THEIR DEPTHS
Open F oundation /Raft f ooting m ay be provided depending
upon load coming on the foundation.
The settlement of sandy layers below the foundation level and
up to the zone of influence are computed by using the chart of settlement
v/s SPT ‘N’ given on page 17 of IS 8009.
For R aft footings t he z one o f influence b elow t he foundation
depth is considered as 2.0B, where B is the width of foundation.
The total permissible settlement for raft footing = 75mm
6. SITE DETAILS
One borehole was planned at Switch Gear R oom location. The
borehole was drilled upto 5.0m depth. The s ite co nditions w ere
reviewed by o ur geologist for generalized assessment of the strata
conditions.
The details of the borehole is as follows:
Test Designation Ground Water Level ( m )

BH – 12 Nil

MADHYA PRADESH
11
PROJECT NO. 98
All test results are presented in Appendix of this report.
6.1 Site Stratigraphy
Detailed description of the strata encountered at the borehole is
presented i n Appendix on the soil profile on Table 2 & Table 3. The
summary o f t he borehole i s presented on Fig. 1 . SPT G raph is
presented in Fig 2.
6.2 Groundwater
Based on o ur measurements in the c ompleted borehole,
groundwater was not encountered in BH – 12 during the period of our
field investigation.
Fluctuations may oc cur in t he measured w ater l evel due t o
seasonal variation in the r ainfall a nd surface e vaporation rates, in
addition to flow of water in the water body.
6.3 Foundations
6.3.1 Suggested Net Allowable Bearing Pressures
Reviewing the a vailable bo rehole data, we suggest the
following values for open foundation.

MADHYA PRADESH
12
PROJECT NO. 98
BH-12
Foundation Foundation Suggested Net Likely
Depth Below Width (M) Allowable Foundation
EGL(M) Bearing Pressure Bearing Material
(T/m2)
2.5 11x12 103.13 Sandstone

3.0 11x12 112.50 Sandstone
6.4 Chemical Attack
We r ecommend the following measures as a g ood practice t o
limit the potential for chemical attack:
1.) Foundation concrete should contain minimum cement content
of 330 kg / m 3 of cement.
2.) Water cement ratio in foundation concrete should not exceed
0.50
3.) A clear concrete cover over the reinforcement steel of at least
40 mm should be provided for foundations.
4.) Foundation concrete should be densified adequately using a
vibrator so as to form a dense impervious mass.

MADHYA PRADESH
13
PROJECT NO. 98
7. FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS
7.1 Variability in Sub – Surface Conditions
Subsurface c onditions e ncountered during c onstruction may vary
somewhat from t he c onditions e ncountered during the s ite investigation. I n
case significant variations are encountered during construction we request to
be notified so that our engineers may review the recommendations in t his
report in light of these variations.
8. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
8.1 Conclusions
 The strata encountered is dense.
8.2 Recommendations
BH-12
Foundation Foundation Net Allowable Likely
Depth Below Width (M) Bearing Pressure Foundation
EGL(M) (T/m2) Bearing Material
2.5 11x12 103.13 Sandstone
3.0 11x12 112.50 Sandstone

MADHYA PRADESH
14
PROJECT NO. 98
Note :
 The depth and type of foundation is to be decided by the
structure engineer depending upon the SBC values
provided in the above tables and type of loading /
structure and site conditions.
 Upon Completion of filling & Grading, care must be
taken to maintain the sub grade moisture content prior
to construction of pavements.
 If the sub grade become frozen, desiccated, saturated or
disturbed, the affected material should be removed or
these materials should be scarified, moisture
conditioned and re-compacted prior to pavement
construction.

MADHYA PRADESH
15
PROJECT NO. 98
9. CLOSURE
We appreciate the opportunity to perform this investigation for you and have
pleasure in submitting this report. Please contact us when we can be of
further service to you.
for VISHWA BHUMI TECHNOLOGIES
DINESH BHARDWAJ

MADHYA PRADESH
16
PROJECT NO. 98
DENSITY CLASSIFICATION BASED ON N VALUES
Density
SPT ( N ) Value
Descriptor
Very Loose 0–4
Loose 4 – 10
Medium Dense 10 – 30
Dense 30 – 50
Very Dense >50
TABLE 1 : ENGINEERING DESCRIPTION OF SOILS

MADHYA PRADESH
17
WATER TABLE
RL OF GROUND BORE BORING DATE DATE COMPLETED TERMINAL DEPTH ( M )
100.000 (M) FIELD TEST RESULTS
(M) 08/06/2017 08/06/2017 5
NIL
VISUAL DESCRIPTION OF SOIL

DESCRIPTON OF CORE ROCK
LEVEL AT WHICH ARTESIAN
CONDITION EXPERIENCED IF
FOR EACH 30 CM IN MINUTES

PENETRATIO
RESISTANCE
PERCENT CORE RECOVERY

LEVEL OF WATER TABLE /
DEPTH OF SAMPLE BELOW
SPT BLOWS
DEPTH IN METRES BELOW
TYPE COLOUR GRAIN SIZE
JOINTS BEDDING FAULTS

COMPOSITION DEGREE OF
PER 30 CM
TIME TAKEN FOR BORING
STRUCTURE DETAIL OF
TABLE NO - 2
ELEVATION IN METRES
KG/CM2
STATIC
CORRECTED N VALUES
NATURE OF SAMPLING
FOLIATON VIEW SEEN

DIA OF CASING USED
SIZE OF CORE PIECES

ARTESIAN PRESSURE
DATE OF SAMPLING
IN SITU ROCK TESTS

(%)
DETAILS OF WATER
TEXTURE MINERAL
IS CLASSIFICATION
REFERENCE LEVEL
REPRESENTATION
N
CRUSHED ZONE
SIZE OF HOLE
COLOUR ETC.
WEATHERING
WATER LOSS
RESISTANCE
RESISTANCE
REFERENCE
SYMBOLIC
DEPTH IN
RQD ( % )
BORE HOLE NO - 12
METRES
VALUE
POINT
L.W.L
(MM)
SKIN
ANY
99.500 0.50 8/6/2017 DS - 1 0.50 Filled Up
98.500 1.50 8/6/2017 SPT - 1 1.50 1.50 > 100 > 100 42.67 42.67 50
97.500 2.50
97.000 3.00 8/6/2017 SPT - 2 3.00 3.00 > 100 > 100 45.33 35.33 50 Sandstone
95.500 4.50 8/6/2017 SPT - 3 4.50 4.50 > 100 > 100 41.33 41.33 25
95.000 5.00
NOTES:- 1 Classificalion of shall be as per IS 1498 : 1970 REAFFIRMED 2007

2 Abbreviation used 4 Size of Samples
SPT = Standard penetration test
DS = Disturbed Sample
3 Type of Machine used in Boring Hydraulic 5 Position of Ground water table NIL
PROJECT : - GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION FOR 1000 TPD WASTE

POSITION OF BORE HOLE WITH REFERENCE TO REFERENCE POINT TO ENERGY PLANT AT BHOPAL, MADHYA PRADESH
BORE HOLE NO. 12

RL OF GROUND BORE BORING DATE DATE COMPLETED TERMINAL DEPTH ( M ) WATER TABLE ( M ) (NOTE: SEPARATE SHEET TO BE GIVEN FOR EACH BORE HOLE/PIT)
100.000
(M) 08 / 06 / 2017 08 / 06 / 2017 5 NIL Laboratory Test Results
CHARACTERISTICS
SPT BLOWS PER 30
>
SOLUBLE SALTS
COMPRESSIVE
DEPTH OF SAMPLE BELOW REFERENCE
UNCONFINED
PERCENTAGE
UNIAXIAL COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF

DEPTH IN METRES BELOW REFERENCE
TABLE NO - 3
STRENGTH
STRENGTH
SHEARING
KG / CM 2
TYPE OF TEST CONDUCTED IN THE
LEVEL OF WATER TABLE / L.W.L
MOISTURE CONTENT ( LAB ) %
POINT LOAD STRENGTH ( MPa )

CM
VISUAL DESCRIPTION OF SOIL

SYMBOLIC REPRESENTATION
PERCENT CORE RECOVERY
CC
3
DRY DENSITY GMS / CM 3
CARBONATE AS NO 2CO3
NO 2SO4
)
BULK DENSITY GMS/CM
3
ORGANIC MATTER ( % )
ELEVATION IN METRES
DRY DENSITY ( KN / M
PLASTICITY INDEX (%)
CORRECTED N VALUES
NATURE OF SAMPLING
ANGLE OF SHEARING
COMPRESSION INDEX
CHLORIDES AS NO 2Cl
NATURAL MOISTURE
WATER ABSORPTION
DATE OF SAMPLING
PLASTIC LIMIT ( % )
IS CLASSIFICATION
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
WATER LOSS ( % )
LIQUID LIMIT ( % )
DEPTH IN METRES
COHESION 'C' IN
BORE HOLE NO -
SULPHATES AS
UNDISTURBED
LABORATORY
12
0.06 - 0.02mm
REMOULDED
SENSITIVITY
ROCK ( MPa )
VOID RATIO
RESISTANCE
2.00 - 0.06mm
% GRAVEL
REMARKS
< 0.002mm
RQD ( % )
KG / CM 2
% CLAY
%SAND
VALUE
% SILT
LEVEL
72mm
99.500 0.50 8/6/2017 DS - 1 0.50 Filled Up
98.500 1.50 8/6/2017 SPT - 1 1.50 1.50 >100 >100 42.67 42.67 50 2.73 17.83 1.60 0.11 1.00
97.500 2.50 STEPS TO BE

TAKEN TO
RECONCILE
THE FIELD AND
LABORATORY
TEST DATA
WHEREVER
97.000 3.00 8/6/2017 SPT - 2 3.00 3.00 > 100 > 100 45.33 35.33 50 Sandstone 2.72 38.20 0.90 0.14 17.02 1.75 POSSIBLE
95.500 4.50 8/6/2017 SPT - 3 4.50 4.50 > 100 >100 41.33 41.33 25 2.74 28.01 1.30 0.18 1.70
95.000 5.00
Classificalion of shall be as per IS 1498 : 1970

NOTES:- 1
REAFFIRMED 2007
2 Abbreviation used 4 Size of Samples
SPT = Standard penetration test
DS = Disturbed Sample
3 Type of Machine used in Boring Hydraulic 5 Position of Ground NIL

water table
PROJECT : - GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION FOR 1000 TPD WASTE TO ENERGY

POSITION OF BORE HOLE WITH REFERENCE TO REFERENCE POINT PLANT AT BHOPAL, MADHYA PRADESH
BORE HOLE NO. 12

STANDARD PENETRATION TEST

OBSERVED / CORRECTED 'N' VALUE
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
0 `
2
DEPTH , m
LEGEND
Symbol BH.No.
No
Nc
BH - 12
PROJECT NAME:- GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION FOR 1000 TPD WASTE TO ENERGY PLANT AT BHOPAL, MADHYA PRADESH
Fig No. 2
BEARING CAPACITY ANALYSIS FOR FOUNDATIONS ON ROCK
ANALYSIS AS PER IS 12070-1987 REAFFIRMED 2010
PROJECT :- GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION FOR 1000 TPD WASTE TO ENERGY PLANT AT BHOPAL, MADHYA
PRADESH
BH - 12
BEARING CAPACITY ANALYSIS FOR OPEN FOUNDATIONS BEARING ON ROCK HAS BEEN
DONE BY THREE DIFFERENT METHODS AS GIVEN BELOW:
1) Presumptive Values of safe bearing capacity as per Clause 5.2 of IS 12070-1987

2) Based on RMR value as per Clause 5.3 of IS 12070-1987
3) Based on Core Strength as per Clause 6.2 of IS 12070-1987
Rock Type: Sandstone
Foundation Depth: 3 m
Rock Core Recovery: 45.33 % ( at 3.00 m Depth ) RQD Average value 41.33% ( Below foundation Level )
1) Presumptive Values: Clause 5.2 of IS 12070-1987
qnet safe = qs*csub*cc*cs

where:
qnet safe = safe net bearing capacity cs = correction for orientation of joints
qs = safe bearing capacity cc = correction for solution cavities (in limestone)
csub = correction for saturation / submerged condition
Net safe Bearing Pressure based on rock classification:
Material qnet safe, T/m2
Massive crystalline bed rock including granite ,diorite,gneiss,trap rock 1000
Foliated rocks such as schists or slate in sound condition 400
Bedded limestone in sound condition 400
Sedimentary rock,including hard shales and sandstones 250
Soft or broken bed rock (excluding shale)and soft limestone 100
Soft shale 30
Presumptive Value of safe bearing capacity for design: qs = 250 T/m2

Correction for saturation/submergence: csub= 0.75
Correction for orientation of joints cc = 0.60
Correction for solution cavities (in limestone) cc = 1.00
qnet safe = 112.50 T/m2
2) Based on RMR value: Clause 5.3 of IS 12070-1987
Class of rock I II III IV V

Description of rock Very Good Good Fair Poor Very Poor
RMR 100-81 80-61 60-41 40-21 20-0
qnet safe (T/m2) 640 - 448 440-288 280 - 141 135 - 48 45 - 30
RMR value for design = 45 Class of Rock: III Rock Description: Fair
qnet safe = 178.16 T/m 2
1 Rating of Strength of Rock ( Uniaxial Compressive Strength ) 4

2 Rating of RQD 8
3 Rating of Spacing of Discontinuties 5
4 Rating of Condition of Discontinuties 20
5 Rating of Ground Water 15
6 Rating of Strike and Dip Orientations for foundation -7
Total RMR Value 45
SHEET NO 18
PROJECT : - GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION FOR 1000 TPD WASTE TO ENERGY PLANT AT BHOPAL, MADHYA PRADESH
BH - 12 Depth of Foundation = 3.00 m
Bearing Capacity Calculation For Foundations on rock as per IS:12070-1987
3) Based on Core Strength as per Clause 6.2 of IS 12070-1987
The safe bearing pressure should be estimated from the equation( qs ) = qc Nj ( t/m2)
( qs ) = 2857.02*0.25*0.75*1
Qnet safe based on Core Strength = 535.69 T/m2
Where:
qs= Safe Bearing Pressure
qc = Average Uniaxial Compressive Strength of Rock
Nj = Empirical Coeffcient depending on the spacing of discontinuities
SUMMARY OF ANALYSIS
Method of Analysis Computed Safe Net Bearing Pressure, T/m2
Presumptive method 112.50
RMR value 178.16
Based on Core Strength 535.69
Recommended value of Net Safe Bearing Pressure for Design = 112.50 T/m2
SHEET NO 19
PROJECT NO. 98

MADHYA PRADESH
21
PROJECT NO. 98

MADHYA PRADESH
PROJECT NO. 98
CONCEPTS FOR FOUNDATION ANALYSIS
General
A suitable foundation for any structure should have an adequate
factor o f s afety a gainst e xceeding t he be aring capa city o f t he s upporting
soils. Also the vertical movements due to compression of the soils should be
within t olerable l imits for t he s tructure. We con sider t hat foundation
designed in accordance with the recommendations given herein will satisfy
these criteria.
Open Foundation on Soil
Bearing capacity a nalysis w as car ried out ba sed on the s hear
parameters (c - Ø) as interpreted from field and laboratory tests to determine
the s afe net be aring capa city. T he be aring capa city eq uation used is as
follows:
For General Shear
Qns = [cNc .S c .dc .ic + q(N q – 1).s q.d q .i q + 0.5 γ eff .B.Nγ .S γ .d γ .iγ .w’]/ FOS
For Local Shear
Q ns = [2/3 cN c .S c .d c .ic + q(N q – 1).s q.d q.i q + 0.5 γ eff .B.Nγ .S γ .d γ .i γ .w’] / FOS
Ø = tan-1 [ 2 / 3 (tan Ø) ]
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION FOR 1000 TPD WASTE TO ENERGY PLANT AT

BHOPAL, MADHYA PRADESH
22
PROJECT NO. 98
For Interpolate
Q ns = Local SBC + ( General SBC – Local SBC ) X ( 0.75 – e 0 )

0.75 - 0.55
Where,
e 0 = Void Ratio
Q ns = Safe net bearing capacity of soil based on the shear failure
criterion
c = Cohesion Intercept
q = Overburden Pressure
B = Width of foundation
w’ = Water table correction factor
FOS = Factor of safety
N c , N q , N γ = Bearing Capacity Factors which are a functions of Ø .
Ø = Angle of internal friction
S c , S q , S γ = Shape Factors
D c , D q , D γ = Depth Factors
For Rectangular footing S c = S q =1+0.2B/L, S γ = 1- 0.4 B/L
For Square Footing S c = 1.3 , Sq = 1.2 , S γ = 0.8
For Ø ≤ 10
D c = 1 + 0.2 [ tan ( 45 + Ø / 2 ) ] D / B
Dq , Dγ = 1

23
PROJECT NO. 98
For Ø > 10
D c = 1 + 0.2 [ tan ( 45 + Ø / 2 ) ] D / B
D q , D γ = 1 + 0.1 [ tan ( 45 + Ø / 2 ) ] D / B
Inclination factors:
ic = i q = iγ = 1
Appropriate values have been substituted into the bearing capacity equation
given above to compute the safe net bearing capacity. The lower of the two
values computed from the bearing capacity shear failure criterion as well as
that computed from the tolerable settlement criterion has been taken.
Foundations on Rock - Analysis Methodology
Analysis for allowable bearing capacity on rock has been done by the
following methods.
a) Based on Pre assumptive values as per Clause 5.2 of IS
12070
b) Based on rock mass rating (RMR value) as per Clause 5.3
of IS 12070
c) Based on core strength of intact rock specimen using the
procedure given in IS: 12070
Rock quality designation (RQD) - This classification is based on a
modified core recovery procedure, which in turn, is based indirectly on the
number of fractures and the amount of softening or alteration in the rock

24
PROJECT NO. 98
mass as observed in the rock cores from a drill hole. RQD shall be based on
IS: 11315 (Part 11) - 1985. Expressing the RQD as a percentage, the rock
quality is described as follow:
RQD% Description of Rock Quality
0-25 Very Poor
25-50 Poor
50-75 Fair
75-90 Good
90-100 Excellent
Safe Bearing Pressure from the RMR System

Analysis has been carried out using the RMR also known as
Geo-mechanics classification by considering various parameters such as
uniaxial compressive strength, RQD, spacing and condition of
discontinuities and ground water condition. The correlation between the
RMR value and allowable pressure has been given in Table –3 of IS: 12070.
This will ensure settlement of raft foundation to be less than 12 mm.

25
PROJECT NO. 98
Net Safe Bearing Pressures Based on RMR
Classification No I II III IV V
Description of Very
Good Fair Poor Very Poor
Rock Good
RMR 100-81 80-61 60-41 40-21 20-0
Q ns (T/m2) 600-448 440-288 280-141 135 - 48 45 - 30
Estimated RMR values
Rock Mass Rating (RMR) of jointed rock masses, may be worked out
based on IS 13365 (Part I). Rock Mass Rating parameters are reproduced
from Annexure B of IS 13365 (Part I) below for ready reference

26
PROJECT NO. 98
Strength of Intact Rock Material (MPa)
Compressive Point Load

Rating
Strength (MPa) Strength
Exceptionally
>250 >8 15
Strong
Very Strong 100-250 4–8 12
Strong 50-100 2–4 7
Average 25-50 1–2 4
Use of
Weak 10-25 2
Uniaxial
Very Weak 2-10 Compressive 1
Strength is
Extremely
<2 0
preferred
Weak

27
PROJECT NO. 98
Rock Quality Designation (RQD)
RQD (%) Rating
Excellent 90-100 20
Good 75-90 17
Fair 50-75 13
Poor 25-50 8
Very Poor <25 3
Spacing of Discontinuities
Spacing (m) Rating
Very Wide >2 20
Wide 0.6-2 15
Moderate 0.2-0.6 10
Close 0.06-0.2 8
Very Close <0.06 5
NOTE – If more than one set of discontinuity is present and the

spacing of discontinuities of each set varies, consider the set with lowest
rating.
GEOTECHNINVGEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION FOR 1000 TPD WASTENERG

28
PROJECT NO. 98
Condition of Discontinuities
Slightly rough
Very rough and Rough and and Slicken sided
unweathered slightly moderately to wall rock surface 5 mm thick
wall rock weathered highly or 1-5 mm thick soft gauge
surface ,tight wall rock weathered gauge or 1-5 mm 5 mm wide
and surface, wall rock wide opening, continuous
discontinuous, separation surface, continuous discontinuity
no separation < 1 mm separation discontinuity
< 1 mm
30 25 20 10 0
Ground Water Condition
General Completely
Damp Wet Dripping Flowing
Description Dry
Rating 15 10 7 4 0

29
PROJECT NO. 98
Adjustment for Joint Orientation
Strike and Dip

Very Very
Favorable Fair Unfavorable
Orientations of
Favorable Unfavorable
Joints for
Ratings Tunnels 0 -2 -5 -10 -12
Raft 0 -2 -7 -15 -35
Foundation
Slopes 0 -6 -25 -50 -60
Safe Bearing Capacity from the Core Strength
The safe bearing capacity has been estimated from the following
equation given in IS: 12070.
qs = qc N j
qs = gross safe bearing pressure (includes safety factor of 3)
qc = average uniaxial compressive strength of rock cores
Nj = empirical coefficient depending on the spacing of
discontinuities
= (3 + S / B f ) / 10√ ( 1 + 300 δ ) / S
= 0.10 for spacing of discontinuities 300 mm to 1000 mm
Where
δ = thickness of discontinuities (cm)
S = spacing of discontinuities (cm)
Bf = width of footing (cm)

30
PROJECT NO. 98
This relationship is valid for a rock mass with spacing of
discontinuities greater than 0.30m, aperture of discontinuities less than 10
mm ( 15 mm if filled with soil or rock debris ) and foundation width more
than 0.30 m.
Correction to be applied
For getting the allowable bearing pressure the safe bearing pressure
obtained from core strength shall be multiplied with the correction factors
according to the geological conditions as per IS: 12070 Clause 9.2
For submerged conditions - correction factor of 0.50 to
0.75 depending upon the
aperture of joints
For major Cavies inside - correction factor of 0.50

Limestone ( Core
Recovery < 70 % )
For orientation of joints - correction factor of 0.50 to 1.00
depending upon the orientation of
joints
These correction factors are not applicable for bearing pressure from
RMR system.

31
Annexure-II
Annexure-III
ANNEXURE-IV
Annexure-V
Doc ID & Rev: CIT-EIPL-KDP40014 1.b Page 1 / 96
Status: 12.1 - Draft Made by Sachin Ingle
Document type: Specifications Made On: 21-May-2018
Status date: 21-May-2018 Approved by: Prithwiraj Sinha

Workflow: 12.1 - MEC Output Citec -> EIPL Approved on: 21-May-2018
Description: Specification for Steam Turbine
Project Name: KADAPA 330 TPD, KADAPA MSW PVT. LTD.
Cust. Doc. ID:
SPECIFICATION FOR STEAM TURBINE AND ITS AUXILIARIES
FOR
330 TPD WASTE TO ENERGY PLANT, KADAPA

Status: 12.1 - Draft Status date: 21-May-2018
Contents
1. INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... 3
2. REFERENCE STANDARDS / DESIGN CODE ............................................................... 3
3. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................... 4
4. SCOPE OF SUPPLY & SERVICE .............................................................................. 4
4.1. DETAILED SCOPE OF WORK ............................................................................... 4
4.2. STEAM TURBINE .............................................................................................. 5
4.3. TURBINE OIL PLANT ......................................................................................... 6
4.4. OIL PURIFICATION SYSTEM ................................................................................ 7
4.5. AC GENERATOR ............................................................................................... 7
4.6. PIPING & VALVES ........................................................................................... 19
4.7. MISCELLANEOUS ........................................................................................... 19
4.8. ELECTRICAL .................................................................................................. 19
4.9. INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL SYSTEM ........................................................... 22
4.10. CIVIL & STRUCTURAL WORKS .......................................................................... 23
4.11. SPARE PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS & TACKLES, LUBRICANTS & CONSUMABLES .......... 24
4.12. MISCELLANEOUS SUPPLIES ............................................................................. 24
4.13. LIST OF BOUGHT OUT ITEMS MAKES ................................................................. 24
5. SCOPE OF SERVICE ........................................................................................... 26
6. TERMINAL POINTS ............................................................................................. 26
6.1. MECHANICAL ................................................................................................. 26
6.2. ELECTRICAL .................................................................................................. 27
6.3. INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL ....................................................................... 27
7. SUPPLIES AND SERVICES BY PURCHASER ............................................................ 27
8. QUALITY ASSURANCE AND TESTING ................................................................... 28
9. PERFORMANCE LOADING FOR BID EVALUATION .................................................... 30
10. TEST / INSPECTION ......................................................................................... 31
11. GUARANTEE .................................................................................................. 31
12. NOISE LEVEL ................................................................................................. 32
13. SURFACE PREPARATION & PAINTING ................................................................ 32
14. WORK SCHEDULE .......................................................................................... 32
15. TECHNICAL DATA SHEET TO BE FILLED BY VENDOR ............................................ 45
16. ATTACHMENTS .............................................................................................. 70
1. INTRODUCTION
This document is intended to describe the specification for steam turbine and its auxiliaries for
330 TPD Waste to energy Plant located in Kadapa, Andhra Pradesh, India.
CITEC Engineering India Private Limited, New Mumbai (Consultant) have been retained by the
Owner / Purchaser for carrying out detailed engineering services for the installation of above
mentioned steam turbine and its auxiliaries.
This specification covers the minimum requirements and guide lines to be considered by the
Vendor for design, manufacture, shop inspection and testing, transportation, erection, site
testing, trial runs, carrying out performance guarantee tests, and commissioning of steam
turbine and its auxiliaries for the waste to energy plant.
2. REFERENCE STANDARDS / DESIGN CODE
 IEC 60045-1 - Steam turbines - Part 1: Specifications
 IEC 60034 - Rotating Machines
 AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association)
 ISO 1680-1 and 2 - Acoustics - Test code for Measurement of Airborne
noise.
 ASME B31.1 - Power Piping.
 ASME IX - Welding and Brazing Qualifications.
 AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code.
 IS-1893 - Criteria for design of earthquake resistant structure.
 ASCE - 7 - Minimum Design loads for Building and other
structures.
 ASME (ANSI) B16.5, B16.47 - Pipe Flanges and Flange Fitting.
 OSHA (Occupational Safety & Health Administration)
 IS 325 : Three phase Induction Motor.
 IS 4722: Rotating electrical machines Specification.
 IS 4691: Degree of Protection provided by enclosures for rotating electrical machinery.
 IS 2147: Degree of Protection by Enclosures for Switchgear.

All conflict between the requirements of these specifications, standards, data sheets and
purchase order shall be referred to the ESSEL / CITEC INDIA for clarification during design
stage and or before manufacturing begins.
If there is any conflict between the specifications, codes & standards the most stringent one
shall be follower.
3. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
VENDOR : It means the Material & Services vendor

BUYER : ESSEL
4. SCOPE OF SUPPLY & SERVICE
This enquiry document covers the specification for design, engineering, procurement,
manufacture, fabrication & assembly, inspection, shop testing, painting at Vendor/Contractor's
and/or his sub-vendor /sub-contractor's works, documentation, packing & forwarding,
transportation, delivery to site including comprehensive transit insurance, unloading at site,
unpacking, inspection & checking, packing, storing at site, transporting from stores to the place
of fabrication, erection, testing, commissioning, performance testing, training of owner's
personnel and handing over equipment & systems as detailed herein.
The scope of work covered in this enquiry also includes supply of all labour, technical & non-
technical personnel, obtaining statutory approval & clearances as required, all materials and
equipment required for proper completion of the work.
The estimated Heat and Mass Balance Diagram (HMBD) is enclosed for the reference of the
vendor. The diagram depicts the broad configuration of the steam water cycle; however the
parameters mentioned are indicating only and the vendor shall optimise the steam turbine cycle
especially regenerative heating system based on his judgement and shall submit the heat and
mass balance diagram for the review of ESSEL / consultant.
4.1. DETAILED SCOPE OF WORK
Design, manufacture, supply, erection, testing, commissioning, conducting performance testing

etc. as per scope indicated in above one no., steam turbine and its auxiliaries unit of capacity
as specified in the data sheet, steam piping & condensate piping upto terminal points and
comprising of the following.
 One (1) unit of Turbine Generator of 6.0 MW MCR rating and 10 % VWO margin for
Steam turbine generator to generate 6.0 MW continuously at VWO condition. The steam
turbine shall be rated for 6.0 MW (MCR) and the generator shall be rated for 6.0 MW
(MCR).
 Other auxiliary equipment’s and system described in this specification.
 Interconnecting piping within the battery limits. (As shown in agreed P&ID)
 Furnishing all documentation as described in Annex - 1.3 of this section.
 List of mandatory spare parts for Two (2) years of normal trouble free operation of the
equipment/system supplied with additional price
 Provide post sales service by remote assistance.
 Supply of special tools and tackles required for operation, maintenance, inspection &
repair, removal of generator rotor etc.
 Training of ESSEL’s personnel in the operation and maintenance of the
equipment/system offered.
 Price breakup for Supervision during erection, trail run and commissioning.
 Separate price for erection and commissioning
 Any required additional equipment to improve the performance of the system has to be
provided by the vendor
4.2. STEAM TURBINE
One (1) no. sole plate mounted top exhaust steam turbine, single casing, multistage type,
uncontrolled extraction condensing type including the following equipment as a minimum for the
turbine shall be as follows:
 Inlet stage and exhaust casings.
 One no. emergency stop valve complete with electro-hydraulic actuator including integral
strainer & fine mesh start-up strainer with requisite steam blow-out provisions.
 Hydraulically/ pneumatically operated quick closing non return valves in the turbine
bleed piping.
 Hydraulically operated control valves for the turbine along with actuator.
 Motorised turning gear complete with automatic engage/disengage facility along with
manual turning provision.
 Fully automatic gland sealing steam and leak off system, all necessary control valves
and piping and gland steam condenser.
 Flexible couplings shall be provided between turbine and the gear box and rigid coupling
shall be provided between the gear box and the generator with necessary coupling
guards.
 Exhaust hood spray system.
 Turbine cladding/enclosure.
 Complete inter connecting piping, fittings, safety devices, counter flanges, fasteners etc.
 Thermal insulation
 Over speed trip bolt
 Earthing brush.
 Pneumatic controllers for which spares would not be available indigenously (for
overseas vendors).
 Speed reduction gear box with independent common lubrication system
4.3. TURBINE OIL PLANT
 One (1) no. Turbine Oil Plant for the turbine shall contain following as minimum:
 One (1) main oil tank including oil strainers with drains in each compartment,
maintenance opening vents with vent connections and connection for oil purification
system unit.
 One (1) overhead turbine run down tank of adequate capacity as per manufacturer’s
standard with requisite integral piping and fittings for operation during turbine coasting
down period
 One (1) 100% capacity main oil pump either shaft driven or AC motor driven.
 One (1) 100% capacity auxiliary oil pump with AC motor drive.
 One (1) emergency oil pump with DC motor drive.
 One (1) jacking oil pump with AC motor drive/ any similar device to be confirmed by
vendor
 2 x 100% Oil vapour extraction fan with AC motor drive with oil separator in the piping.
 Vent pipe routed to a safe height outside building.
 Two (2) lubrication oil coolers, (one working, one standby) equipped with flow change
over device (allowing continuous operation without interruption of oil flow) along with
vents and drains.
 2x100% Duplex filters for the complete lubrication oil flow along with transflow change
over valve.
 2x100% Duplex filters for the complete control oil flow along with transflow changeover
valve.
 Oil Pressure throttle valves near the bearings.
 Oil level indicators and level switches.
 Complete interconnecting piping, fittings, valves, safety devices, fastenings, supports etc
for the complete lubricating and control oil systems.
 Sheet metal ducts or cover for oil piping and other equipment against oil spray
 Flow glass indicators in oil return lines from bearings
 Accumulator
4.4. OIL PURIFICATION SYSTEM
 The Oil Purification System for the unit consisting of the following as minimum
 One (1) no. Centrifuge oil separator with drive motor built in feed pump and accessories
such as bowl hood, sludge basket, disc stack & gravity disc, distributor etc.
 One (1) no. untreated (dirty) oil feed gear pump with drive motor.
 One (1) no. water bath electric heater for indirect oil heating complete with thermostat
temperature switch, and necessary drains & isolation valves.
 One (1) no. anti-flood device with liquid seal breakage alarm device, complete with anti-
flood tank and drains.
 One (1) no. clean oil discharge booster pump with drive motor.
 One (1) no. polishing filter (if necessary) with accessories such as built in pressure relief
valve, differential pressure gauge/switch etc.
 Necessary instruments & controls for the safe and reliable operation of equipment.
 M.S. fabricated skid for the above, with foundation bolts. Suitable provision for collection
of spillage oil shall be provided in skid.
 Local control panel, push buttons for all equipment and necessary annunciators. All
alarms and running status of the centrifuge shall be incorporated in the DCS. Potential
free contacts to be considered accordingly.
 Centrifuge water sealing to be provided with necessary hose, nipples and valves.
 Any other components required for safe & reliable operation of oil purification unit.
4.5. AC GENERATOR
The AC Generator system for the unit consisting of the following as minimum.
Rated output : 6000 kW
Rated voltage : 11 KV +/- 10 %
Rated frequency : 50 Hz + / - 5%
Combined variation of
voltage & frequency : + / - 10 %
Rated p.f. : 0.8 (lag)
No. of phases : 3 phase, 3 wire system

No. of terminals : 3 for phase & 3 for neutral
Connection : Star
Rated speed / No. of pole : 1500 rpm / 4 pole
Short circuit ratio : More than 0.5
Ambient temperature : 38 Deg. C
Excitation : Brush less
Rotor : Cylindrical
Cooling method : CACW
Mounting : Horizontal
Insulation : Class H (both rotor and stator)
Temperature rise : Class H limits (both rotor and stator)
Enclosure : IP-54 (Stator) & IP-23 (Exciter)
Duty : Continuous and suitable for parallel operation with grid
Rotation : To suit driver output
Noise level : 85 dB (A)
Terminal box : To suit HT cable connection
Reference standard : IS-4722
Fault Rating : Specify
Bearings
Type : Sleeve
Accessory : Temperature gauge
Lube oil system
Type : Forced feed
Source : Turbine lube oil system
Air coolers
Cooling method : CACW
Capacity : 2 x 60%
Cooler tube material : SS-304 ERW
Mounting : TOP
Anti-condensation heaters
Type : Resistance heating
Power supply : 230 V, Single phase, 50 Hz
Water leakage detector
Location : Bottom of cooler
Quantity : 1 No. per cooler
AVR cum excitation panel
Design
Control type : Analog
Control modes : 2 auto + 1 manual
Voltage adj. Range : +/- 10%
Regulation : +/- 0.5%
Dead time : Less than 30 mS
Features
Compounding
Diode failure detector
Auto PF controller
Remote voltage control
Auto-Manual follow-up
Under frequency protection
Field flashing provision
AVR cum excitation panel shall be complete with generator voltmeter, field voltmeter, field ammeter,
PF meter, null meter, Auto/Manual selector switch, AC supply & DC supply on /off control switches,
indicating lamps and space heater with thermostat.
General
Type : Simplex, dead front & free standing
Generator relay panel

MICOM P-343 Numeric relay consisting of:
DESCRIPTION TAG NO.
(Option to choose own tag

no.)
Voltage controlled over current protection relay 51 V

Stator earth fault protection relay 51 N
Restricted earth fault protection relay 64
Differential protection relay 87
Over voltage protection relay 59
Timer for over voltage protection relay 2-59
Under voltage protection relay 27
Reverse active power protection relay 32 P
Under frequency protection relay 81 0
Over frequency protection relay 81 U
PT fuse failure sensing relays 60 A
60 B
60 C
Loss of excitation (Field failure) protection relay 40 G
Auxiliary relays & timers for loss of excitation 40 X
protection relay 27/40 G
T1/40 G
T2/40 G
Trip circuit supervision relay 95
Negative phase sequence protection relay 46
DC supply supervision relay 80
Earth fault protection relay 59G
Electro-Mechanical relays
DESCRIPTION TAG NO. (Option to choose

own tag no.)
Reverse reactive power protection relay 32 Q

Generator master trip relay 86G
Turbine master trip relay 86T
The panel shall be complete with AC supply & DC supply on /off control switches, indicating lamps
and panel space heater with thermostat.
General
Generator Control (metering cum synchronising) Panel

Generator control panel shall house the following:
Meters
System : 3 phase, 4 wire, unbalanced load
Digital Tri-Victor meter : 1 No. (to indicate Current, Voltage, Power
Factor, Frequency, kVA, kW, kVAR, kWh & kVAh)
Synchro scope : 1 No.
Check synchronizing Relay : 1 No.
Aux. relays for
Synchronising scheme : 1 Set
Auto Synchroniser : 1 No.
- Temperature scanner for monitoring generator winding and bearing temperature
- Alarm annunciator for generator fault monitoring
The panel shall be complete with synchronising selector switches, breaker control (T/N/C) switches,
push buttons, AC supply & DC supply on /off control switches, indicating lamps and panel space
heater with thermostat.
General
Type : Desk & free standing
Generator Breaker Panel

Generator breaker panel in Purchase scope. TG Vendor need to provide interconnection control
cable schedule from TG control Panel to MV Switchgear.
Generator Neutral Box:
Current transformers
For Quantity CT’s Ratio Class Burden
Differential 3 Nos. 500 / 1A PS N/A

protection CT’s
2 Cores
LA, SC & PT panel

LA, SC & PT panel shall house the following
Lightning arrestor
Discharge current, Voltage : 10 kA, 12 kV
Quantity : 3 Nos. (1 per phase)
Surge capacitor
Capacitance per phase / Voltage : 0.25 µF / 12 kV
Quantity : 3 Nos. (1 per phase)
Current & Potential transformers:
Vendor to refer attached single line diagram, “CIT-EIPL-KDP80094” for CT’s & PT’s details.
Excitation Transformer:
Rating Voltage Ratio Class Quantity
Vendor to specify 11kV/180V, ± 10% 5 1 No.
The panel shall be complete with AC supply on /off control switch, illuminating lamp with limit switch
for each PT compartment, indicating lamps and space heater with thermostat.
General
Type : Simplex, modular & free standing
Standby Excitation Transformer Unit

Rating Voltage Ratio Class Quantity
Vendor to specify 415V/180V 5 1 No.
The panel shall be complete with AC supply & DC supply on /off control switch, illuminating lamp with
limit switch for each PT compartment, indicating lamps and space heater with thermostat
Neutral grounding resistor panel

NGR panel shall house the following
Resistor
Type : Naturally air cooled
Rated current : Specify
Duty rating : 10 seconds
Resistor grid type : Punched steel
Temperature rise : 3750 C over ambient (max.)
Mounting & fixing of
Resistor units : Mounted on grid rods; fixed and
assembled in tiers separated by
porcelain insulators
Neutral isolator
Operation : Motorised Isolator
No. of poles : One
Limit switches : 2 Nos. (For on/off positions)
Earth connection
Type : Porcelain insulated 12 mm terminal
studs
Quantity : Two Nos.
Current transformers
For Quantity CT’s Ratio Class Burden
Generator 1 No 100 / 1 A 5 P 20 Vendor to

Protection specify
Generator 1 No 100 / 1 A 5 P 20 Vendor to
Protection specify
Spare CT
The panel shall be complete with AC supply & DC supply on /off control switch, illuminating lamp
with limit switch for each PT compartment, indicating lamps and space heater with thermostat.
General

Material of bus-bars : Copper
DC Distribution Board:
Vendor to provide DCDB for dc power distribution within battery limit.
Vendor need to provide DC load details information (Continuous, momentary /starting with starting
time, load cycle) within battery limit to size 110V DC battery and charger.
DC distribution system
Panel shall be provided with feeders for
DC motor starter panel : 1 No.
Relay panel : 1 No.
Generator control panel : 1 No.
AVR cum excitation panel : 1 No.
Turbine control panel : 1 No.
Spare : 2 Nos.
General
AC motors
Type : Induction
Winding connection : Delta
Duty : Continuous
Enclosure : IP-55
Cooling : TEFC
Insulation : Class “F”
Power supply : 400 V, 3 Phase, 50 Hz
Speed / No. of poles : To suit driven equipment
DC motor
Type : Shunt field
Duty : Continuous
Enclosure : IP-55
Cooling : TEFC
Insulation : Class “F”
Power supply : 110 V
Speed : 1440 RPM
Control & instrumentation
Turbine Control from DCS
Turbine control panel shall house the following:
- Electronic governor (Make - Woodward, Latest Version)

- Condenser hot well level indicator cum controller
- DCS based turbine safety interlocks and trip logic
- Remote controls comprising of selector switches, ammeters, push buttons & indicating lamps for :
 AOP motor
 EOP motor
 Extraction Actuator motor
 Barring gear motor
 Oil vapour extractor motor
 Air Blower Motor
- Push buttons for turbine speed raise and lower
- Turbine remote trip/reset push buttons
- Temperature indications for Monitoring turbine and gearbox bearing oil temperatures at DCS
- Alarms for Turbine & Generator fault monitoring in DCS
- Vibration monitoring system
- The panel shall be dead front free standing panel and complete with AC supply & DC supply on /off
control switches, indicating lamps and space heater.
General
Type : Desk & free standing
Turbine Auxiliary MCC
1. Turbine MCC incomer shall be provided with 4P, MCCB incomer if rating is less than 630A
with Multi-function meter.
2. Motor feeder rated 30kW and more to be provided with CT operated ammeter.
MCC panel shall house the following:
- Incoming feeder complete with switch-fuse unit, voltmeter, CT operated ammeter, indicating lamps
& bus bars
- DOL starter complete with switch-fuse unit, contactor, overload relay, CT operated ammeter,
indicating lamps & local Emergency Stop & ON pushbuttons for :
 AOP motor
 Extraction Actuator motor
 Barring gear motor
 Oil vapour extractor motor
 Air Blower motor
- Turbine speed indicator and speed raise / lower push buttons
General
DC MOTOR (EOP) STARTER PANEL
DC motor starter panel shall house the following:
- Incoming feeder complete with switch-fuse unit, voltmeter, ammeter and indicating lamps
- 2 step resistance starter for EOP motor complete with switch-fuse unit, contactor, overload relay,
ammeter, indicating lamps & pushbuttons.
General
Type : Simplex, dead front & wall mounting
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS OF INSTRUMENTS
Pressure and temperature gauges
Dial : 150 mm circular
Scale : 270 Deg. arc with black pointer
Type : Bourdon (pressure gauge)
Mercury in steel (temperature gauge)
Accuracy : +/- 1 %
Over range protection : 125 %
Accessories : Shatter proof safety glass
Pressure transmitter
Type : 2-Wire, capacitance & electronic
Output : 4-20mA
MOC : SS-316
Pressure switch
Sensor type : Bellows
Material of case : Die cast aluminium
Material of bellows : SS-316
Resistance temperature detectors:

Element type : PT-100, 3 wire
Solenoid valve
Power supply : 110 V DC
Operation : De-energise to open
Type : 2 way, universal ports
Level switch
Type : Magnetic float
Material of body & float : AISI-304
Material of case : Die cast aluminium
Level transmitter
Type : DP transmitter
(2 wire, capacitance & electronic)
Input : 0 to 750 mmWC
Output : 4 – 20 mA
Material for process
Connection internals : SS-316
Level control valve
Type : Single seat and globe
End connection : Flanged
Actuator type : Pneumatic diaphragm with spring
Packing material : PTFE
Plug characteristic : Equal percentage
Plug material : SS-316+Stellited
Seat ring material : SS-316+Stellited
Diaphragm material : Neoprene rubber
Stem material : AISI-304
Yoke material : Cast steel
Action : Air to close (Re-circulation line)
Air to open (By-pass line)
Accessory : Positioner
Air lock-up relay
Hand wheel
Current to pneumatic converter
Supply : Air at 1.5 Kg/cm2.G
Input : 4 – 20 mA
Output : 0.2 to 1.0 Kg/cm2.G (air)
Enclosure : Die-cast aluminium alloy body
Accessory : Pressure gauges for supply & output
Air filter regulator
Filter element : 5 microns
Element material : Sintered bronze
Body material : Cast aluminium
Temperature Scanner
Power supply : 230 V, AC, Single phase
Input : PT-100, 3 wire RTD
Display : Channel No. & bearing / winding temperature
Display mode : Auto / Manual
Scan rate : Programmable
Accuracy : +/- 1 Deg.C
Alarm Annunciator
Type : Modular, plug-in cards, interchangeable
Input protection : Optical isolation provided through opto couplers
Colour of window : Milky white (pre-trip alarm)
Red (Trip alarm)
Power supply : 110 V DC
Fault initiation : Make to alarm
Accessories : Electronic hooter and Push buttons for Test, Acknowledge
& Reset
Vibration monitoring system
Make : Bently Nevada / Alan Bradely
Type of detectors : Magnetic probes
Type of display : Bargraph display (LCD) through panel mounted dual

channel monitors
Accessories : Power supply module
System Monitor : Proximitors and extension cables
4.6. PIPING & VALVES
 Complete piping, supports & valves forming part of turbine system within specified battery
limits.
 Integral piping, pipe supports & valves for auxiliary PRDS, auxiliary steam to deaerator.
 Integral piping, pipe supports & valves for turbine to heaters and gland steam condenser to
deaerator including heater drains and vents.
 Piping & valves for the turbine drains and vents.
 Other integral piping all types, pipe supports & valves of STG package as specified
4.7. MISCELLANEOUS
 Rust preventive and final site/shop painting of all components.

 Consumables required for startup, commissioning and initial filling is included in the
vendor's scope and shall be supplied at appropriate time.
 Mating flanges, jointing materials with bolts, nuts, and gaskets as required at all terminal
points.
 All commissioning spares
 Special tools and tackles for maintenance.
 Any other "special equipment and system" not specifically mentioned but essential for the
package to be provided by the vendor
4.8. ELECTRICAL
Design, engineering, procurement, supply and installation of steam turbine and auxiliaries within
battery limit.
Generator & Auxiliaries:
One (1) nos. 6.0 MWe, 11 kV, 50 Hz, 0.8 P.F, 4 Pole generators (having MVA rating to suit the
Maximum Continuous Rating ( MCR ) of associated turbine along with its auxiliaries). Generator
will be connected to 11 kV switchgear via LA, SC, PT/ CT cubicle by means of 11 kV Cable.
The generator shall be equipped with following auxiliaries:
One (1) no. brushless excitation system with automatic voltage regulator, PMG, complete with
all accessories, cubicles, including DC field breaker interconnecting cables required for the
excitation system.
One (1) no. 12 kV, 100A neutral grounding resistor transformer rated for 30 sec with on load
isolator housed in an enclosure.
One set of phase side LA, SC, PT/ CT cubicle & one set of neutral side CT cubicle containing
current transformers for metering, protection system and automatic voltage regulator system,
one set of surge arrestor & surge capacitor as indicated in the typical metering and protection as
per drawing no. CIT-EIPL-KDP80094, enclosed.
One (1) set of standby excitation transformer of voltage rated 415V/180V, 1 Phase.
One (1) set of shorting cum isolating links for shorting the three phases at a suitable location to
facilitate dry out operation of the generator.
Generator Relay Panel and Generator Metering, Control and Synchronising Panel
Generator Relay Panel and Generator Metering, Control and Synchronising Panels for the
Generator as specified in the specification.
Design, engineering and fabrication of panels as per specification.
Supply and mounting of all the equipment specified in the specifications.
Base channel, vibration-damping pads, kick plates for all panels complete with holding down
bolts and nuts.
Numerical relays (with disturbance recorder) shall be used for all the protection functions.
D.C drive starter Panel

Design, manufacturing, assembly, supply, inspection, testing, supply and commissioning
Set of DC drive starter panel as required
The scope shall also include the following, whichever ticked () on box:
Supporting structure : 
List of Spare parts required for two : 

(2) years trouble free operation
Spare parts for commissioning : 

Sets of special maintenance :

tools and tackles 
Relevant drawings, data and O&M instruction manuals shall be furnished, including drawings
that are required to be approved by ESSEL / Consultant.
Other equipment / system
General scope & exclusion for other electrical equipment / systems shall be as follows:
S. Item Description Purchaser’s Scope Vendor’s Scope

No.
1) All Motors (AC/DC) -- Design, engineering,
and actuators procurement, supply &
installation.
2) Motor Control -- 415V, TG MCC Panel
Centre (MCC) design, supply and
installation in vendor scope.
Load list for MCC sizing to
be furnished by vendor.
3) Power cabling Design, supply and a. All power, control cabling
laying up to Vendor from TG MCC to varies field
supplied equipment equipment in vendor scope.
(TG MCC, DC DB, b. All power and control
DC Starter Panel) cables from TG
MCC/ACDB/DCDB to
field/drives/motor
terminals/LPBS including all
interconnection
accessories/ terminations
shall be included in the
scope of vendor.
c. All power and control
cables for vendor supplied
panels, interconnection to
various areas like exciter,
NGR, ACDB etc shall be
included in vendor scope.
Necessary information such
as load list, starter type and
location detail of electrical
equipment shall be
furnished by vendor.
4) Control cabling Design, supply and Control cable schedule for
laying of control cables entire package shall be
S. Item Description Purchaser’s Scope Vendor’s Scope

No.
up to Vendor’s panel / furnished. Interconnecting
equipment cables between equipment /
panels supplied by the
vendor shall be in the scope
of the vendor.
5) Cable trays Detailed engineering, Vendor to furnish
supply and installation requirement of cable tray on
and around TG Deck.
6) Earthing System Design, Supply & Vendor to keep necessary
Installation. provision for all supplied
Underground Earthing equipment. Also, vendor
will be done by shall furnish requirement of
purchaser and risers will any special earthing if
be provided at specific applicable.
locations.
7) Local Push Button Design, supply & Vendor to give type and
Stations installation included, quantity requirement for
based on requirement procurement by purchaser.
being furnished by
Vendor.
8 DC drive starter -- Design, supply & installation
Panel by Vendor.
4.9. INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL SYSTEM
Scope
The Instrumentation and Control system for the Turbo Generator shall comprise of the following
as a minimum:
 Instruments mounted locally on or near machine/equipment and piping.
 Instruments mounted on local panel adjacent to the machine/equipment on the turbine skid.
 Electro hydraulic turbine governing system.
 Electronic Governer with electro-hydraulic actuator and magnetic speed pickups (Make -
Woodward, latest configuration)
 Turbine supervisory instrumentation & digital control system for turbine supervisory, control,
protection systems.
 Instrumentation and control for the turbine lube oil, jack oil, control oil system.
 Instrumentation and control for the generator cooling system.
 Necessary no. of additional potential free contacts of 5A rating
 All necessary cabling from field instruments to junction boxes and from junction
boxes and turbine control system. (In case any special cabling is envisaged, by the
vendor, the same shall be included in his scope).
 All necessary erection hardware shall be in vendor’s scope.
 Necessary Turbo generator interlock & protections system.
 Turbine control panel.
Turbine Supervisory Instrumentation
The turbine-generator unit shall be provided with the following supervisory instrumentation.
 Bearing metal temperature monitors for turbine, generator, exciter and gear box.
 Turbine speed monitor. - 3 nos.
 Shaft vibration monitors. - 4 places X&Y
 Axial shift monitors. - 2 places
 Turbine casing differential expansion monitor
 Turbine casing overall expansion monitor
 The system shall be complete with non-contact type pickups, proximeters, analog monitors
(BN3500 or similar) and isolated 4-20 mA output signals for remote indication. The analog
monitors shall be complete with high and very high alarm and trip indications and relay
outputs for the same.
 Necessary turbine interface, initiating devices etc. as required to ensure proper functioning
of the generator protections and interlocking system.
 Turbine local gauge board on skid.
4.10. CIVIL & STRUCTURAL WORKS
 All anchoring facilities for the turbine, gear box and generator, heaters, turbine sole
plate, foundation bolts, jack bolts, levelling screws etc.
 All embedded parts, pipe inserts requiring machining, threading, tapping etc.
 All embedded steel, pipe inserts for STG foundation.
 All structural steel works for main columns, auxiliary columns, platforms, walkways,
stairs, handrails, duct supports etc.
 Supply, fabrication and erection of all required support steel columns and steel work
for steam turbine and auxiliaries (RCC foundation base pedestal / foundations upto
a height of 300mm above grade level will be provided by Purchaser).
4.11. SPARE PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS & TACKLES, LUBRICANTS & CONSUMABLES
 Mandatory O & M Spares sufficient for Two (2) years of normal trouble free operation for
the unit
 In addition to the above spares, the Vendor shall also supply spare parts (commissioning
spares) along with the main equipment as per his experience, for replacement of damaged
or unserviceable ones during the execution of the project at site for start up to avoid delay
in the project schedule.
 A set of special tools & tackles required for operation and maintenance shall be supplied by
the vendor.
 Required quantity of flushing oil, together with first fill of oil and / grease for all parts of
equipment requiring lubrication shall be provided by Vendor.
 Supply of consumables chemicals, oil etc required for commissioning and performance
testing shall be included in the scope and the same shall be supplied by the vendor after
the award of contract at appropriate time.
 The idea of having required spares along with turbine generator set is to facilitate Pre
commissioning and commissioning as well as performance guarantee period to avoid
unwanted stoppages. As such a list of such spares is to be provided besides the following
mentioned items.
 Commissioning spare list to be provided by turbine vendor.
4.12. MISCELLANEOUS SUPPLIES

Material handling equipment consisting of monorails, trolleys, handling equipment with all
ancillaries including supporting structures etc. as required shall be provided for maintenance.
4.13. LIST OF BOUGHT OUT ITEMS MAKES
Item / Equipment Name Vendor Name
MECHANICAL
Gear Box Triveni /Flender
Ejector Mazda
Lube oil system Southern Lub./ Enpro
High pressure valves L & T / KSB

Low pressure valves BDK / Fluidline / Steelstrong
Control valves Mazda / MIL / Forbes Marshall
Steam traps Pennant / Spirax Marshall
Thermal insulation Lloyds / National Ins. / Baroda Ins.
ELECTRICALS
Alternator TDPS/BHEL/Siemens /VA Tech / Leroy

Somer
Relay and control panel E.I.C. / AREN
CTs and PTs Pragati / Kappa
LAPT E.I.C. / Power Gear / NES / Ampcontrol

Equipment Pvt. Ltd.
NGR Resitech Electricals/ Vee Vee Controls/
Ampcontrol Equipment Pvt. Ltd.
Relays Alstom / ABB / Siemens/
Meters Rishabh / Conzerv/AE/Secure/
INSTRUMENTATION
Transmitters ABB / Rosemount / Yokogawa / honeywell

/E&H
Pressure and temperature gauges Wika / GIC / Waree / Forbes Marshall
Pressure switches Switzer / Indfoss / Vermatrafag / Danfoss /

Wika / Ashcroft
Level gauge / switch V. Automat / Bliss Anand / Emerson /

Magnetrol
RTD / Thermocouple Pyrotech / Waaree / GIC / Emerson / ABB

/ Tempsens
Annunciators Proton / Minilec / ICC
Vibration probes Bently Nevada

Solenoid valves Rotex / Aquila / Schneider / Parker
5. SCOPE OF SERVICE
 Furnishing of all engineering data / drawings / documents for the review of ESSEL
Purchaser / Consultant as well as those required for interface engineering.
 Mechanical Run Test of the Steam Turbine as per API 612
 Supervision of erection, commissioning, trial operation and guarantee performance
testing of the complete turbine generator with auxiliaries and accessories as per
PTC - 6S.
 Training of the ESSEL’s operating personnel, in operation and maintenance of the
equipment / systems offered.
 Common equipment services (to be included in the corresponding supply item).
 All necessary noise prevention measures as required.
 Complete painting including corrosive protection and prevention measures.
 Complete detailed labelling of all installations.
 All necessary couplings and coupling guards.
 All necessary venting and draining equipments.
 All necessary piping, fittings, safety devices, fasteners, supports etc. within the
Vendor’s scope of work.
 All necessary base frames, base plates, anchor bolts, supports, covers etc.
 All necessary equipments to comply with safety requirements.
 All standard equipment and accessories normally included in the STG package
scope but not specifically listed herein.
 IBR approval for relevant equipment / piping at manufacturer’s works / Site.
6. TERMINAL POINTS
6.1. MECHANICAL
Live steam - At the inlet flange of turbine.

Cooling water - Inlet and outlet flanges of cooling water connection oil coolers and
generator air coolers.
Gland steam - As shown in enclosed P&ID.
(Auxiliary PRDS in vendor’s scope)
Instrument Air - At 1 m near the consuming point. Instrument air manifold

shall be in package vendor scope.

Drains - Drain lines after the collection funnel terminated at suitable point
within TG hall ground floor (All integral drains as per TDP are included in vendor’s scope, to be
routed to condenser).
Vents - Vent lines after vent valves above the STG building roof at
minimum 3M height.
Exhaust steam - Outlet of turbine counter flange
Aux. steam for air - One point in STG building (As per enclosed PID)
Evacuation
Turbine Extraction Steam
For Deaerator - Turbine outlet flange (bleed) (As per P&ID)
Note: All the counter flanges, fasteners and gaskets for all the terminal flange connections
shall be supplied by the vendor.
6.2. ELECTRICAL
Refer Clause 4.8 Electrical System.
6.3. INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL
For interfaces to other system not covered in this contract, 4-20 mA isolated signals or potential
free contacts as required at Vendor’s panel. Turbine supervisory and governing system shall
have one no. RS-232 / 485 PORT for communication with DCS. The PROTOCOL shall be
MODBUS RTU.
In addition to this, Communication protocol shall match with DCS available communication
protocol. Vendor should have suitable provisions; requirement shall be confirmed upon DCS
Order finalization.
For areas where instruments covered under this contract and piping by others, STG Vendor’s
scope shall include root isolation valves.
7. SUPPLIES AND SERVICES BY PURCHASER
Cooling water at Inlet and outlet flanges of cooling water connection of oil coolers and generator
air coolers.
U.P.S 230 V A.C
110 V DC power supply and DC distribution boards.
415 V, 3 Ø, 50 Hz auxiliary power.

For electrical system refer clause 4.8
8. QUALITY ASSURANCE AND TESTING

Steam turbine and generator shall be tested at manufacturer’s works for mechanical-full speed
no-load run test with job bearings and job governor. In addition, the over speed run test at 120%
of rated speed shall also be conducted.
In general, the inspection and testing of the turbine generator and various material tests
certificates shall be guided by the Vendor’s QA Plan (Shop QA & Field QA separately) to be
duly approved by the ESSEL / Consultant.
Site Performance Tests
Vendor shall conduct the performance guarantee test as per IEC 1953 – Part-II & FQAP
mentioned above. All instruments required as per agreed performance test codes for
performance testing of various equipment covered in this specification shall be arranged by the
STG vendor at no extra cost to ESSEL. The test instruments may be taken back by the STG
supplier only after satisfactory completion of tests. Stubs, thermowell, tappings, etc., required for
performance testing of steam turbine generator, instrumentation system, electrical equipment,
etc. shall be provided as required. Commissioning spares if any shall be separately mentioned
identifying instrument for Performance guarantee test.
Instrument accuracies for performance guarantee testing shall be as follows:

Barometer Pressure : ± 1%
Pressure Indicator : ± 0.3%
Pressure Transmitter : ± 0.2%
Temperature Element : ± 0.4%
Temperature Indicator : ± 0.3%
Flow Element : ± 0.5%
Differential Pressure Transmitter : ± 0.2%
Flow Totalizer : ± 0.36%
Flow Indicator : ± 0.36%
KWH meter : ± 0.2 S class
Recorder : 0.5 class
Potential transformer and current transformer : 0.2 class
All special instruments supplied by Vendor exclusively for PG test shall be calibrated by the
vendor before and after the test in a reputed international institute as approved by the
Purchaser. These calibrations shall be performed in the presence of the Owner/ESSEL. All
calibration results shall be made available prior to the test.
The instruments required for the performance guarantee testing shall be brought by the vendor
and taken back after the testing.
Performance test tapping points for the measurement of pressure, flow and level shall be
terminated with suitable reducer and nipple with screwed plug after double root valves on high
pressure system or single root valve on low pressure system by Vendor.
Q A Plan
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION TESTS
Complete assembled turbine 1. Visual & dimensional checks

2. No-load run test & functional check on safety
devices
3. Vibration check
5. Open inspection & dynamic rotor balancing
(after no-load run test)
Ejector 1. Visual & dimensional checks
2. Operational & functional tests
GVC with air blower 1. Visual & dimensional checks
Complete assembled generator 1. Visual & dimensional checks
2. OCC & SCC test
3. Over speed test
4. Vibration check
6. HV test
7. Measurement of winding resistance and
insulation resistance
8. Measurement of shaft voltage
LAPT panel / NGR panel /AVR panel 1. Visual & dimensional checks
/ Relay panel / Met. cum synch. panel 2. Operational & functional tests
/ TCP / Aux. MCC 3. HV test
4. Measurement of insulation resistances
Turbine Gauge Panel 1. Visual & dimensional checks
Instruments 1. Visual & dimensional checks
NOTE: 1. Material test certificates from manufacturers shall be submitted for major components of
turbine and other bought-out items along with supply.
The Steam Turbine offered shall fully comply with the design standards mentioned in the
specification and also as per the Attachments mentioned in the above table.
9. PERFORMANCE LOADING FOR BID EVALUATION
The following figures shall be considered for determining the net bid price for unit of 6.0 MW owing
to variations in the parameters quoted by the vendors.
Sr.No. Description Price Loading
1.0 For every One (1) Tonne/Hr increase in steam consumption To be decided by
PIPL
2.0 For every One (1) kW differential auxiliary power To be decided by

consumption (based on the lowest quoted value) PIPL
PRICE ADJUSTMENT FOR SHORTFALL IN PERFORMANCE
Vendor shall provide guaranteed performance for the entire steam turbine generator package in
the format given in this specification and the values provided therein shall be binding on him.
The performance guarantee test shall be conducted within a mutually agreed period from the
date of completion of trial operation and provisional take over by ESSEL.
Vendor shall ensure that the steam turbine generator units and auxiliaries meet the guaranteed
parameters.
Should Vendor not be able to improve the plant performance to meet the above mentioned
guaranteed parameters then the total contract price will be adjusted as follows:
Sl.No Description Price reduction applicable
1 For every one (1) kW by which the gross power

output of the turbine generator falls below the
To be decided by PIPL
guaranteed value indicated in the Schedule of
Guarantees, Schedule 5.0
2 For every One (1) TPH increase in inlet steam

consumption from the guaranteed value indicated To be decided by PIPL
in the Schedule of Guarantees, Schedule 5.0
3 For every one (1) kW by which the auxiliary power

consumption is in excess of the guaranteed value
To be decided by PIPL
indicated in the Schedule of Guarantees, Schedule
5.0
Maximum permissible shortfall in guarantee parameters beyond which the equipment is

liable for rejection are as follows:
Shortfall in guaranteed power generation : 500 kW

Shortfall in guaranteed heat rate at 100% MCR : 25 kcal/kWhr
Excess auxiliary power consumption : 10 kW
If the reduction in the total value of Contract Price on account of shortfall in performance
exceeds 10% of Total Contract Price then the ESSEL retains the right to reject the entire
equipment. Prior to exercising such option, Vendor will be given reasonable opportunity to
carryout the necessary repair work or replacement with new equipment at his own expense and
risk, (a reasonable time period of 2 months), to prove the guaranteed performance of his
supplied equipment to meet this specification requirements.
10. TEST / INSPECTION
Vendor to submit the QA / QC plan, inspection & test plan for review and approval of Buyer.
Vendor shall test Turbine with auxiliaries’ performance to meet the performance guarantee
figures specified in the enclosed Data Sheet.
11. GUARANTEE
Mechanical guarantee shall be for proper design, workmanship and material of construction for
all fabricated items, bought out items and the complete package to be supplied by vendor.
Vendor shall stand guarantee for a period of 12 months from commissioning or 18 months from
supply, whichever is earlier.
Life of the turbine shall be 20years based on regular operation and maintenance, the guarantee
an availability of at least 8500 working hours per year
Performance Guarantee shall include, but not limited to the following:
Turbine : Multistage extraction cum condensing, Top
Exhaust
Turbine speed : Specified
Gear box output speed : 1500 RPM
Performance
Turbine Inlet Steam Pressure : 44.6 bar (a)

Turbine Inlet Steam Temperature : 408o C
Turbine Inlet Steam Flow : 28.1 t/h (as per HMBD)
Turbine bleed Pressure for deaerator : 2.735 Bar (a) (as per HMBD)
Turbine bleed steam flow for deaerator : 3.3387 t/h (as per HMBD)
Turbine Exhaust steam Pressure : 0.135 Bar
Electrical Output at Generator terminals : 6000 KW
@ 11 KV, 50 Hz
Constructional Guarantees
The Supplier guarantees the quality of design and construction, the quality of materials and
components for a two year period starting from the preliminary taking over of the plant.
All defects occurring during the specified guarantee period which are provably attributable either
to defective material or to improper design and construction, or to any other faults ascribable to
the Vendor, shall be remedied by the Vendor free of charge and within a reasonable period of
time.
12. NOISE LEVEL
The sound pressure level inside the STG building shall not exceed 85 dB(A) when all equipment
is running at MCR. This level will be measured in one (1) meter distance from any point of the
equipment.
13. SURFACE PREPARATION & PAINTING
Surfaces to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned with suitable solvent for oil, grease removal
and sand blasted giving a clear dry and rust free surfaces. Two coats of suitable primer of 35
micron DFT each shall be applied prior to applying two coats of final epoxy paint totalling 150
micron DFT on all CS parts. The shade shall be as per Vendor’s standard practice. In case of
any specific requirement of shade from Client, same will be intimated during the evaluation.
Surface preparation, supply and application of paint to all equipment and accessories,
uninsulated piping and structural steel work as per details specified. The colour schemes shall
be based on Indian Standard and shall be approved by Purchaser before application of painting.
14. WORK SCHEDULE

The entire scope of work (supply, erection & commissioning) specified shall be completed within
a time frame of 8 (eight) months from the date of LOI.
The Performance "Guarantee Testing" shall be conducted, within a reasonable period from
TRIAL OPERATION, which may be agreed upon mutually.
SCHEDULE– 1
SCHEDULE OF AUXILIARY POWER & UTILITY CONSUMPTION
The Vendor shall furnish below the following utility and auxiliary power requirements, for Purchaser’s
review/Approval along with the bid.
SL. Description Consumption Site Condition Remarks

No.
1. Auxiliary Power details
2. Construction Power
Requirement
3. Construction water
Requirements
4. Any other consumables as

required
TECHNICAL SCHEDULE– 2
SCHEDULE OF QUALITY INSPECTION PLAN
Vendor to submit the quality and inspection in detail for Purchaser’s review/approval. Vendor also to bring
out clearly any deviation on quality and testing requirements specified in the specifications.
SL. No. Reference Clause Description of Deviations Reason for Exception /

& Section Deviation
TECHNICAL SCHEDULE– 3
SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED ALONG WITH BID
The Vendor shall list the drawings/documents submitted along with the bid in line with the Specification
SL. Drawing/ Document No. of Copies Remarks

No.
SCHEDULE– 4
SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT
The Vendor shall list the drawings/documents to be submitted after award of Contract including the
scheduled date of submission and their category of approval.
SL. Drawing/ Document No. of Duration after Category Remarks

No. Copies award of Contract
SCHEDULE– 5
SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
Vendor shall guarantee the following performance parameters at design condition
Parameter Units Base Load operation
At Site Reference condition

(GUARANTEED)
SCHEDULE– 6
SCHEDULE OF WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS FOR SHIPPING
Vendor to indicate the details of each shipment, no of shipments and the dimensions of each shipment so
as plan the transportation vendor by the owner.
SL no Transporting unit Dimension in ‘mm’ Weight in ‘kg’
(LXBXH)
Signature & Seal of the Vendor

SCHEDULE– 7
SCHEDULE OF START-UP & COMMISSIONING SPARES
The Vendor shall indicate the quantum of Start-up & Commissioning spares, as required for the plant
included by him in his Scope of supply.
SL. Manufacturer Description Quantity Remarks

No. & Part No. Included in offer

SCHEDULE– 8
SCHEDULE OF MANDATORY SPARES
SL. Description Manufacturer Qty. Qty. Remarks

No. & Part No. Specified Recommended

SCHEDULE– 9
SCHEDULE OF RECOMMENDED SPARES
The Vendor shall give a list of spare parts recommended for ten years of trouble-free performance of the
equipment offered by him in the format given below.
S Manufacturer Description Qty. per Qty. Recommended Remarks

L Unit/ eqpt.
& Part No.
N
o
1 2 3 4 5 9

SCHEDULE– 10
SCHEDULE OF SPECIAL TOOLS & TACKLES
The Vendor shall give the list of special tools and tackles offered by him in the format given below.
SL. No. Particulars including Part No. Quantity Required

SCHEDULE– 11
SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
All deviations from the Technical Specification shall be filled in by the Vendor clause by clause in this
schedule
SL. No. Section & Clause no. Deviation Taken Reason for Deviation
The Vendor hereby certifies that the above mentioned are the only deviations from the Specifications of
this enquiry.

SCHEDULE– 12
SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM GENERAL & COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATIONS
All deviations from the General & Commercial Specification shall be filled in by the Vendor clause by
clause in this schedule.
SL. No. Section & Clause no. Deviation Taken Reason for Deviation
The Vendor hereby certifies that the above mentioned are the only deviations from the Specifications of
this enquiry.

15. TECHNICAL DATA SHEET TO BE FILLED BY VENDOR
Technical Parameter Value
Turbine Speed (RPM)
Gear box output speed (RPM)
Inlet Steam Pr. ata
Inlet Steam Temp. (0 C)
Inlet Steam Flow (TPH)
Exhaust Pressure (Ata)
Max Exhaust Flow (TPH)
Bleed Steam for deaerator (ata)
Bleed Steam for deaerator (TPH)
Bleed Steam for HP heater (ata)
Bleed Steam for HP heater (TPH)
Rated Power (kW)
Noise level
Max. vibration velocity at bearing

housing (Vrms) Mm/sec s
Maxm noise level at 1.0 m (db)
STEAM TURBINE
Design Details
Type
Rotor type
Casing
Shaft seal
No. of governing valves
Dimensions in mm.
Base Plate OR Sole Plate
Steam Turbine
Gear Box
Generator
HP Heater
Foundation bolts and Shims
Extraction arrangement
Type of NRV
Safety valve
Desuperheater
Bleed arrangement
Type of NRV
Safety valve
ESV
Type
All matching flanges
MOC of strainer
Journal Bearings
Type
Material
Quantity
Thrust Bearings
Type
Material
Quantity
Governor:
Type
Model
Inputs (critical)
Control range
Control accuracy
Speed droop
Power supply
Accessories
Hydraulic Accumulator:
Type
Working fluid
Capacity
Insulation
PROTECTION FUNCTIONS
Overspeed Trip
Low lube oil pressure trip:
Low control oil pressure trip
High thrust wear trip:
High exhaust pressure trip
Hand trip
Operation
Solenoid trip:
Operation
Electronic Over speed trip
Mechanical Over speed trip
Governor Emergency trip
Axil Shift
Vibration High
Lube oil pressure LOW LOW
Control oil pressure LOW LOW
Vacuum LOW LOW
Manual Trip
Remote Trip
Bearing Temp. High High
Main steam Temp LOW LOW

Main steam Temp High High
Main steam Pr. LOW LOW
Main steam Pr. High High
GEAR BOX
Design:
Type
Input / Output speed (rpm)
Service Factor
Accessory
Ratio
Barring gear:
Type
Driver
Hand barring arrangement
COUPLINGS
High Speed Coupling
Low Speed Coupling
Lubrication & Control Oil system:
Governing oil pressure (kg/cm² g)
Lube oil pressure (kg/cm² g)
Oil type
Oil Reservoir:
MOC
Capacity(lt.)
Retention time (min)
Oil quantity for initial fill and flushing

(lt)
Overhead Oil Tank- MOC

Capacity
Driver
Main oil pump :
Type
Operating speed (rpm)
Capacity (Lt/min)
Driver
Material of drive gear
Discharge pressure (ata)
Auxiliary oil pump :
Type
Capacity (Lt/min)
Discharge pr.( V)
Driver (KW)
Material of body
Control oil Pump
Type
Capacity (Lt/min)
Driver
Material of body
Discharge pressure (ata)
Emergency oil pump
Type
Capacity (Lt/min)
Discharge flow (lt/min)

Operating speed
Driver (KW)
Material of body
Material of rotor
Lube Oil cooler
Design code
Oil inlet / Out let temperature (oC)
Change over arrangement
Tube material
Plugging margin
Oil flow Capacity (Lt/min)
Mounting
Inlet temperature gauges & RTD's
Lube oil filter
Type
Element type
Oil filtration (micron)
Mounting
Redundancy
Oil Vapour Extractor:
Type
Element
Driver
Oil flow Capacity
Oil Pr. Adjusting valves

Qty.
Oil Filter
Element Type
Oil filtration (micron)
MOC of Oil Piping
From Pumps to filters
From Filters to bearings
From Bearings to reservoir
Turbine connection will provide
Inlet Steam
Extraction steam
Exhaust steam
Noise level
Approx. Dimensions of turbine
(including gearbox) in mm
Weights (Approx.)
Weight of rotor
Weight of upper half casing
Weight of gearbox
Weight of base plate
Weight of turbine(including Gearbox)
GLAND SEAL SYSTEM
Steam pressure
Gland vent condenser
Design code
Type
Tube material
Shell & end cover material
Blower
Driver for air blower
AC GENERATOR
Design:
Type
Rated/Active output (kW)
Apparent Output
Rated voltage (V)
Rated current (amp.)
Rated frequency (Hz)
RPM
No. of poles
Combined variation of voltage and

frequency
Rated p.f.
No. of phases
No. of terminals
Connection
Short circuit ratio
Ambient temperature
Excitation
Cooling method
Insulation
Temperature rise
Type of protection
Duty
Noise level (db)
Reference standard
Generation voltage
Harmonic loading
LT cables
LPBS and all cables
Earthing
Drives operatable from DCS
KWh meter
Auto Synchronizer
Design Ambient temp.
Air coolers:
Cooler tube material
Mounting
Cooling water inlet / outlet temp (Deg

C)
Cooling method
Capacity
AVR CUM EXCITATION PANEL
Design:
Control type
Control modes
Make
Voltage adj. Range
Regulation/Control Accuracy
Dead time
Setting range of reactive current

droop
Features:
Compounding
Auto PF controller
Remote voltage control
Auto-Manual follow-up
Under frequency protection

Field flashing provision
Complete with generator voltmeter,

field voltmeter, field ammeter, PF
meter, null meter, Auto/Manual
selector switch, AC supply & DC
supply on /off control switches,
indicating lamps and space heater
with thermostat.
GENERATOR PROTECTION AND

METERING PANEL
Numeric Relay for generator

protection:
DESCRIPTION
Under voltage protection relay
Reverse active power protection relay
Loss of excitation (Field failure)

protection relay
Auxiliary relays & timers for loss of

excitation protection relay
Negative phase sequence protection

relay
Voltage controlled over current

protection relay
Over voltage protection relay
Timer for over voltage protection

relay
Over current protection relay
PT fuse failure sensing relays

Stator earth fault protection relay
Rotor earth fault protection relay
DC supply supervision relay
Under & over frequency protection

relay
Differential protection relay
Generator master trip relay
Turbine master trip relay
Thermal Relay
Dead Bus Sensing relays
Panel Type
Dimensions in mm
Weight (kg)
Meters
Type
System
Reference standard
Ammeters
Voltmeter
KW meter-Active Power
KVA meter
KVAR / MVAr meter
Kwh (Energy) meter
PF meter
Frequency meter
Trivector meter (tvm)
Kilowatt Transducer
GENERATOR CONTROL
(Synchronising panel)
Synchronising equipment
Double voltmeter
Double frequency meter
Synchroscope
Check synchronizing Relay/SKE

relays
Aux. relays for Synchronising scheme
Synchronizing Auto/manual selector

switch
The panel shall be complete with

synchronizing selector switches,
breaker control (T/N/C) switches,
push buttons, AC supply & DC supply
on /off control switches, indicating
lamps and panel space heater with
thermostat
Panel Type
Dimensions in mm
Weight (kg)
LA,SC & PT PANEL
Lightning arrestor
Discharge current
Quantity
Surge capacitor
Capacitance per phase ( micro

farads)
Quantity
Protection Transformers
Protection
Metering
Excitation
Panel Type
Terminal box
Material of busbars
Dimensions in mm
Weight (kg)
LAPT
NGR panel shall house the following:
Relays
Meters
Motors
NEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTOR

PANEL
NGR panel shall house the following:
Resistor
Type
Rated current (A)
Duty rating (sec)
Resistor grid type
Temperature rise (oC)
Mounting & fixing of Resistor units
Neutral isolator
Operation
No. of poles
Limit switches
Earth connection
Type
Quantity
Current Transformers
Generator Protection
Differential Protection
Earth Fault Protection
Metering
Compounding
Panel Type
Terminal box
Material of busbars
Dimensions in mm
Weight (kg)
BATTERY
Type
Capacity
Rating
Volt per cell
No. of cells
DC distribution system
Panel shall be provided with feeders

for:
DC motor starter panel
Relay panel
Generator control panel
AVR cum excitation panel
Turbine control panel
PCC
Spare
General
Type
Dimensions in mm
Weight (kg)
AC Motors
Type
Winding connection
Duty
Enclosure
Cooling
Insulation
Power supply
Speed/no of plates
DC Motors
Type
Duty
Enclosure
Cooling
Insulation
Power supply
Speed
TURBINE CONTROL
PANEL(Governor Panel)
- Electronic governor with keyed-in

operating program
- Condenser hotwell level indicator

cum controller
- Relay based hard wired

turbine safety interlocks and trip logic
- Remote controls comprising of

selector switches, ammeters, push
buttons & indicating lamps for:
· AOP motor
· EOP motor
· Barring gear motor
· Air blower motor
· Vapour extractor motor
- Push buttons for turbine speed

raise and lower
- Turbine remote trip/reset push

buttons
- Temperature scanner for

Monitoring turbine and gearbox
bearing temperature
- Alarm annunciator for Turbine

fault monitoring
TURBINE GAUGE PANEL
Turbine RPM - Local
Pressure gauges for:

Inlet steam before & After ESV
HP Wheel case
Bleed Steam
Exhaust steam
Lube oil
Control oil
Temperature gauges for:
Inlet steam
Bleed steam
Exhaust steam
DC MOTOR (EOP) STARTER

PANEL
DC motor starter panel shall house

the following:
Incoming feeder complete with

switch-fuse unit, voltmeter, ammeter
and indicating lamps
2 step resistance starter for EOP

motor complete with switch-fuse unit,
contactor, overload relay, ammeter,
indicating lamps & pushbuttons.
TURBINE AUXILIARY MCC
Incoming feeder complete with

switch-fuse unit, voltmeter, CT
operated ammeter, indicating lamps
& bus bars
DOL starter complete with switch-

fuse unit, contactor, overload relay,
CT operated ammeter, indicating
lamps & pushbuttons for :
AOP motor
Barring gear motor
Vapour extractor motor

Turbine speed indicator and speed

raise / lower push buttons
Local push button station
· AOP motor
· EOP motor
· Barring Gear motor
· Air blower motor
Vapour extractor motor
Instrumentation (Compitable to
hook up with DCS)
Turbine & Steam Piping
RPM meter
PT- 01 no at main steam line before

ESV
TE- 01 no at main steam line before

ESV
PT- 01 no at both bleed lines
TE- 01 no at both bleed lines
PT- 01 no at ist stage wheel pr.
TE - for casing temp.(Top & Bottom

both)
Flow nozzle at inlet steam line
Flow nozzle at Extraction steam line
RTD at Bearings
Axial Shift measurement
Vibration probes.
Gear Box
RTD at Bearings-04 nos.
Vibration probe - 8 nos
Generator
RTD for winding temps 06 nos
RTD for bearing temps
Vibration probes 04 nos
TE for hot and cold air temp.
Lube Oil System
Level switch for Main oil Tank
DPT for lube oil filters
PT at discharge header
TE Before the cooler
TE after the cooler
PS for auto start/ stop of AOP
PS for auto start of EOP
DPT for Control oil filters
Pr. switch at Control oil header
PT at Control oil header
PT after CPC
Set of pr. & Temp. Gauges
Condensate System
Control Valves - 2 nos.
PT at turbine exhaust
Pr. Switch at turbine exhaust
TE at turbine exhaust
LT for condenser
Level switch for condenser
Flow orifice in condensate line
TE in gland steam line
PT in gland steam line after CV
Set of pr. gauge, Temp. Gauge and

level gauge for all the systems for
local indication.
Utilities
Gland sealing steam
Ejector steam
Cooling water
Instrument air
LIST OF TOOLS AND TACKLES
All LT cabling
control and instruments cables
Complete Earthling and earth pits
TG MCC
ACDB
DCDB
Oil Centrifuge
Auto synchroniser
LPBS
Vibration monitoring system
Overhead oil tank
Steam Flow Meters
Flushing and first fill of oil
Erection of equipments
Unloading and storage
Statutory Approvals
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS OF
INSTRUMENTS
Pressure and Temperature Gauges
Dial
Scale
Type
Accuracy
Over range protection
Accessories
Pressure Switch
Sensor type
Material of case
Material of bellows
All Transmitters
Pr. & Temp. Gauges
Pressure switches
Level gauge / Switches
RTD /Thermocouple
Annunciaters
Vibration Monitoring system
Over speed module
Pressure Transmitter
Type
Input
Output
Material for process connection

internals
Resistance Temperature
Detectors:
Element type
Solenoid Valve
Power supply
Operation
Vacuum breaking valve
Type
Level Switch
Type
Material of body & float
Material of case
Level Transmitter
Type
Input
Output
Material for process connection

internals
Level Control Valve
Type
End connection
Actuator type
Packing material
Plug characteristic
Plug material
Seat ring material
Diaphragm material
Stem material
Yoke material
Action
Accessory
Level Indicating Cum Controller
Type
Input
Output
Input & output display

Power supply
Current to Pneumatic Converter
Supply
Input
Output
Enclosure
Accessory
Temperature Scanner
Power supply
Input
Display
Display mode
Scan rate
Accuracy
Alarm Annunciator
Type
Input protection
Colour of window
Power supply
Fault initiation
Accessories
Air Filter Regulator
Filter element
Element material
Body material
16. ATTACHMENTS
Vendor shall refer & confirm full compliance to the following project specifications (including
additional codes mentioned in respective specifications), datasheets, which form an integral part of
this specification.
Sr.
Description
No. Document No.
1 P&ID for Steam system 1(2)

CIT-EIPL-KDP50006
P&ID for Steam system 2(2)

2
CIT-EIPL-KDP50007
Water analysis for Kadapa plant

3
-
Motor data sheet

4
Vendor to provide
5 Vendor Document Requirement & Schedule (VDRS)

-
Deviation List format
6
-
(Vendor to fill-up & return with the offer)
7 11kV Generator Single Line Diagram

CIT-EIPL-KDP80094
ANNEX - 1.1
SITE CONDITIONS
Refer the below table for the site conditions for 330TPD Waste to energy project.
Design Air Temperature DEG. C
Anantpur 44
1
Kadapa 38
Thadepalligudem 42
Relative Humidity %
Anantpur 69
2
Kadapa 69
Thadepalligudem 80
Plant Elevation from Mean Sea Level m
Anantpur 350.5
3
Kadapa 137.2
Thadepalligudem 12.25
ANNEX - 1.2
AVAILABLE UTILITIES
Service Air
Min Normal Max.
1 Pressure Kg/cm² (g) - 6 -
2 Temperature °C - 45 -
3 Dew Point
4 Oil content NIL
Instrument Air
1 Pressure Kg/cm² (g) - 7 -
2 Temperature °C - 45 -
3 Dew Point (Atm) (-) 40C

Power
For Instrumentation / UPS 230 V +/- 10%, 1 Phase, 50Hz, AC
For interlocks and annunciation 24V DC +/-10%
For motors
a) For 200 kW and below 415 V, 10% 3 ph, 50 5% Hz
b) For above 200 kW 11 kV, 10% 3 ph, 50 5% Hz

ANNEX - 1.3
DRAWINGS, DATA / DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED AT VARIOUS STAGES
During Detail Engg.

Sr. With
No. Description Bid For For As
Approval Info. Final
GENERAL & MECHANICAL
1. Heat and mass balance diagrams

for all the operating conditions at
various loads (Guarantee, Yes Yes Yes
Maximum, Minimum and 100 %
dumping conditions).
2. Process flow diagrams and piping

and instrumentation diagrams for
the various systems (steam /
Yes Yes Yes
condensate system, drain
system, oil system, oil purification
system etc.).
3. Duly filled-in technical data

sheets and guarantee schedules
Yes Yes Yes
as included under Section 7.0 to
8.0.
4. General arrangement drawings of

steam turbine generators and
auxiliaries in the turbine building
Yes Yes Yes
with overall dimensions TG
foundation plan and preliminary
loading data.
5. Correction formulae or curves for

guarantees.
- live steam pressure and

Yes Yes Yes
temperature
- Condenser vacuum Yes Yes Yes

During Detail Engg.

Sr. With
6. Detailed description of turbine

governing, lube oil, oil
purification, turbine protection Yes Yes Yes
and control system within the
scope.
7. Performance Guarantee test

Yes Yes Yes
instruments.
8. Steam consumption curve with

respect to turbine output Yes Yes
matching with HMBD.
9. Regulation diagram along with

governor characteristics like sec.
Yes
oil pressure Vs. Steam flow,
valve lift Vs. steam flow.
10. Max. Permissible magnitude of
frequency of power and Yes Yes
temperature jumps and gradients.
11. Dimensional drawings and

sectional drawings of all
Yes Yes Yes
equipment alongwith preliminary
loading data.
12. Quality Assurance Programme

and detailed quality plan for all
shop tests for the main Yes
equipment at manufacturer’s
works.
13. List of mandatory spares Yes Yes Yes
14. List of spare parts recommended

for two (2) years trouble free Yes Yes Yes
operation.
15. List of special tools and tackles

for operation, maintenance, Yes Yes Yes
inspection and repair.
16. List of consumables Yes Yes Yes
17. Detailed Bill of Material (BOM)

clearly identifying the scope of Yes Yes Yes
supply and services.
During Detail Engg.

Sr. With
18, List of Instruments. Yes Yes Yes
19. Terminal point details. Yes Yes Yes

20. Piping layouts, isometric Yes Yes
drawings, valve schedules etc.
21. Piping and instrument diagrams Yes Yes Yes

for all media showing all related
equipment
22. Pipe line reference list (PLRL) Yes Yes
23. Valve schedule Yes Yes
24. Detailed drawings and Yes Yes

dimensional drawings for the
connection of condenser to the
turbine.
25. Detailed nozzle orientation Yes Yes

drawings for hotwell
26. Schedule of allowable forces and Yes Yes

moments on various equipment
battery limits. I
27. Thermal movement at Yes

turbine flanges
28. Startup and shut down diagrams Yes

and description.
29. Detailed testing and Yes Yes

commissioning procedures
30. Detailed erection scheme and Yes Yes

sequence along with diagrams
31. Detailed checklist for Yes Yes

commissioning.
32. Performance test procedures Yes Yes
33. Operation and maintenance Yes

programme
During Detail Engg.

Sr. With
34. Instruction manual for O & M in Yes

English along with recommended
maintenance schedule.
35. Details of preventive Yes

maintenance programme
36. List of consumables. Yes Yes
37. Correction curves or formula for Yes Yes

guarantees.
38. (a)Performance curves Yes Yes

(b) Alternator capability curve
Startup and shutdown curves

for-
39. Cold start condition (Greater than Yes Yes

36 Hrs. shutdown)
40. Warm start condition (Between Yes Yes

10 & 36 Hrs. shutdown)
41. Hot start condition (Less than 10 Yes Yes

hours shutdown)
Note : These curves shall show

starting from warm-up to MCR
steam flow, steam pressure and
temperature metal temperature of
critical turbine parts.
Maximum permissible magnitude Yes

of frequency of power and
temperature bumps and
gradients.
42. Details of insulation Yes Yes
43. Auxiliary power consumption Yes Yes Yes

break-up
44. DCS input for TG Yes Yes
45. Design calculations (process & Yes Yes

mechanical) for all equipment in
vendor’s scope of work.
During Detail Engg.

Sr. With
46. Time schedule for design, Yes Yes

manufacture, testing, delivery,
erection and commissioning.
47. Price schedules. Yes
48. Monthly Progress Report. Yes
49. Steam and Water Quality Data Yes Yes Yes

ELECTRICAL
Load list of electrical consumers

including power demand and
1. Yes Yes Yes
voltage etc. including UPS and
DC supply.
2. Detailed description of the Yes Yes Yes

generator protection system.
3. Generator characteristics Yes Yes

diagrams, such as power chart,
V-curves, no-loads and short
circuit curves, efficiency curves,
droop characteristics, under-
frequency with stand capability.
4. Detailed layout drawings of all Yes

equipment including auxiliary
equipment, cubicles etc.
5. Terminal connection drawings for Yes Yes

Generator & Auxiliaries
6. Logic & control schematic Yes Yes Yes

diagrams for generator
protection, measurement and
interlocking system for all
generator auxiliaries
7. Design calculation for sizing Yes

protection CTs, PTs and Auxiliary
Equipment.
8. List of manufacturers for bought Yes Yes

out items and descriptive write-
up.
During Detail Engg.

Sr. With
9. Single line diagram of generator. Yes Yes Yes
10. Scheme of Brushless excitation Yes Yes

system
11 Cable schedule & interconnection Yes Yes

details for the interconnection
between equipments under
Vendor’s scope of supply.
12 Cable schedule & Yes

interconnection details for
interconnection between
equipment under Vendor’s and
Purchaser’s scope of supply
13. Input details of DC drive starter Yes Yes

panel including sizing calculation
14 Cable tray requirement on and Yes

around TG deck
15. Details of local push button Yes

Station
16. Relay coordination & setting Yes Yes

details
17 Relay catalogues (technical) Yes

INSTRUMENTATION
1. Master Instrument index Yes Yes
2. Detailed specification for all I & C Yes

equipment with list of sub-
vendors
3. Logic diagram for TG and Yes

auxiliaries interlock & protection
4. Schematic diagram and Yes

detailed description of turbine
governing system
5. PLC system configuration and Yes

cabinet details.
During Detail Engg.

Sr. With
6. Layout and details of all local and Yes

central control panels.
7. Control loop schematics & panel Yes

wiring drawings
8. Cable schedule and

interconnection schedules for
instruments in vendor’s scope of Yes
supply.
9. Instrument installation drawings Yes
10. Instrument air requirement Yes
11. Instrument power requirement Yes
Notes :-
1) The time schedule for submission of documents during detail engineering shall be finalized
during kick off meeting with the successful vendor after finalisation of order.
2) Soft copies of all the equipment and piping layout / isometric drawings during detail
engineering stage shall be submitted by the vendor.

ANNEX - 1.4
Turbine process parameters

Paramet Uni Boiler outlet Turbine Inlet Turbine exhaust (Note 1) Turbine bleed (Note 1)
er t
Minimum Operating Maximu Minimum Operating Maximu Minimum Operating Maximu Minimum Operating Maximu
case Case m case case Case m case case Case m case case Case m case
Pressure Bar 46 46 46 44.6 44.6 44.6 0.135 0.135 0.135 6 6 6

(a)
Tempera °C 410 410 410 408 408 408 51.83 51.83 51.83 160 160 160
ture
Steam TP 16.75 28.5 31.35 16.35 28.1 30.95 13.02 22.65 24.94 3.331 5.449 6.007
flow H
Enthalpy kJ/ 3227.9 3227.9 3227.9 3225.5 3225.5 3225.5 2352 2352 2352 2759 2759 2759
kg
Case Minimum Operating Maximum

case Case case
Dearator In from BLEED Pressure Bar 2.703 2.735 2.76
(a)
Dearator In from BLEED Temparature °C 147.9 148 148.1
Dearator In from BLEED Flow TPH 1.9383 3.3387 3.6856

Make up water flow TPH 0.06 0.112 0.113
Make up water Press. Bar 4 4 4
(a)
Make up water Temp. °C 32 32 32
SCAPH return flow TPH 1.393 2.11 2.321
SCAPH return Temp °C 80 80 80
Deaerator temp °C 130 130 130
Note -1 Vendor to confirm
Section Plant Component/Parameter Unit Value / Description / Reference
Max. load Operating load Min. load
TD-1 Steam Turbine
Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................

Type --- Condensing, Condensing, Indoor Condensing,
Indoor Type Type Indoor Type
Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
Weight kg ...................... ...................... ......................
Nominal Turbine speed rpm ...................... ...................... ......................
Turbine over speed trip rpm ...................... ...................... ......................
Turbine rotation direction --- ...................... ...................... ......................
Turbine staging --- ...................... ...................... ......................
Turbine Nozzle Grouping --- ...................... ...................... ......................
Number of Shut off valve(s) --- ...................... ...................... ......................
Number of Main control valve(s) --- ...................... ...................... ......................
Number of Cross over valve(s) --- ...................... ...................... ......................
Turbo Generator Set dimension
• Width mm ...................... ...................... ......................
• Length mm ...................... ...................... ......................
• Height mm ...................... ...................... ......................
Insulation
• Material --- ...................... ...................... ......................

• Thickness mm ...................... ...................... ......................
Cladding
• Material --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Thickness mm ...................... ...................... ......................
Noise
• Expected noise level Turbo dB(A) ...................... ...................... ......................
Generator complete
• Maxm noise level at 1.0m (db) dB(A) 85 85 85
Lube Oil System

Lube oil pressure bar(g) ...................... ...................... ......................
Lube oil temperature after °C ...................... ...................... ......................
temperature controller
Lube oil tank quantity l ...................... ...................... ......................
Lube oil tank dimension
• Width mm ...................... ...................... ......................
• Length mm ...................... ...................... ......................
• Height mm ...................... ...................... ......................
Main lube oil pump (Shaft driven)
• Quantity --- 1 1 1
• Pump Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Speed rpm ...................... ...................... ......................
• Capacity l/min ...................... ...................... ......................
• Power consumption kW ...................... ...................... ......................
Auxiliary lube oil pump
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Speed rpm ...................... ...................... ......................
• Capacity l/min ...................... ...................... ......................
• Motor Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Insulation class --- Class F Class F Class F

• Protection class IP IP55 IP55 IP55
• Supply Voltage V 415V 415V 415V
• Starting Current A ...................... ...................... ......................
• Nominal Current A ...................... ...................... ......................
Emergency lube oil pump
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Speed rpm ...................... ...................... ......................
• Capacity l/min ...................... ...................... ......................

• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Insulation class --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Supply Voltage V 415V 415V 415V

Lube oil coolers
• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- Tubular / Plate Tubular / Plate Tubular / Plate
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Oil capacity (per cooler) l/min ...................... ...................... ......................
• Outlet oil temperature °C ...................... ...................... ......................
• Cooling water quantity l/min ...................... ...................... ......................
• Cooling water inlet temperature °C ...................... ...................... ......................
Thermostatic valve
• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Operating temperature °C ...................... ...................... ......................
Lube oil filters
• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................

• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Oil capacity (per filter) l/min ...................... ...................... ......................
• Filter size micron ...................... ...................... ......................
Lube oil pressure control valve
• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Size DN ...................... ...................... ......................
• Range bar(g) ...................... ...................... ......................
Control Oil System

Control oil pressure bar(g) ...................... ...................... ......................
Control oil pump
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Speed rpm ...................... ...................... ......................
• Capacity l/min ...................... ...................... ......................

• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Supply Voltage V 415 415 415
Control oil filters
• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Oil capacity (per filter) l/min ...................... ...................... ......................
• Filter size micron ...................... ...................... ......................

Control oil pressure control valve
• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................

• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Size DN ...................... ...................... ......................
• Range bar(g) ...................... ...................... ......................
Hydraulic Accumulator
• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Capacity l ...................... ...................... ......................
• Nitrogen pre-charge pressure bar(g) ...................... ...................... ......................
Extraction System
Extraction non-return Stop valve
• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Design pressure bar(g) ...................... ...................... ......................
• Design temperature °C ...................... ...................... ......................

• Design steam flow t/h ...................... ...................... ......................
• Size DN ...................... ...................... ......................
• Required air pressure bar(g) ...................... ...................... ......................
Swing non-return check valve
• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Size DN ...................... ...................... ......................
Gland Steam System

Gland steam supply control valve
• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................

• Size DN ...................... ...................... ......................
• Required air pressure bar(g) ...................... ...................... ......................
Turning gear system

Turning gear motor
• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Supply Voltage V 415 415 415
Gearbox
• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................

• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Size --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Ratio --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Gear teeth type and form --- ...................... ...................... ......................
Generator
• Quantity --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Weight kg ...................... ...................... ......................
• Nominal speed(*) rpm 1500 1500 1500
• Rated Power(*) MVA ...................... 7.5 ......................
• Power factor (cos φ) (*) --- 0.8 0.8 0.8
• Nominal Power(*) MW ...................... 6 ......................
• Rated current(*) A ...................... 394 ......................
• Rated frequency (*) Hz 50 50 50
• Stator resistance per phase Ω ...................... ...................... ......................

Stator
• Weight kg ...................... ...................... ......................
• Temperature rise at maximum °K ...................... ...................... ......................
load
Rotor
• Number of Poles (*) --- 4 4 4
• Weight kg ...................... ...................... ......................
• Temperature rise at maximum °K ...................... ...................... ......................
load
Excitation
• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- Brushless Brushless Brushless
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
Generator coolers
• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................

• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Model number --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Outlet air temperature °C ...................... ...................... ......................
• Cooling water quantity l/min ...................... ...................... ......................
• Cooling water inlet temperature °C ...................... ...................... ......................
Control cabinets
• Quantity --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Protection class IP 41 41 41
• Colour --- ...................... ...................... ......................
Dimensions
• Width mm ...................... ...................... ......................
• Length mm ...................... ...................... ......................
• Height mm ...................... ...................... ......................
PLC
• Quantity --- ...................... ...................... ......................

• Total installed el. load kW ...................... ...................... ......................

• Manufacturer --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Communication Interface --- ...................... ...................... ......................
Cable Installation
Specification
• Low voltage cable --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Instrumentation --- ...................... ...................... ......................
• Communication --- ...................... ...................... ......................
Routing material type --- ...................... ...................... ......................
NOTE :
(*) - Vendor to provide.

Enviroment Clearance Bhopal Municpal PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Enviroment Clearance Bhopal Municpal PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Enviroment Clearance Bhopal Municpal PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BHOPAL MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE PRIVATE LIMITED

Ref: BHOPAL/MSW/EC/24112018 Date: 24th November 2018

Mandide Obaidulla Total Gross power

Sr. Description Bhopal Existing plants Remarks

no. design Chinese design

4 Secondary air temperature 220 deg.C Ambient More air pre-heating

B Steam Turbine & power cycle

One no. HP/LP heater Considered Not considered Higher efficiency

1. Waste generation forecast

Metals Power Generation Calculation

372 TPD 455 TPD

Evaporative Processed waste to

Total 827 TPD

M/S Bhopal Municipal Solid Waste Private Limited

MITCON CONSULTANCY & ENGINERRING SERVICES LTD.

EME/SWM/BMSWPL /2016-17/116: R1 Date: 19/03/2017

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd Page 1 of 220

LIST OF FIGURES ................................................................................................................................ 11

CHAPTER NO. 1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................... 13

1.1. Background: ...................................................................................................................................... 13

1.2. Problems associated with Solid Waste Management System: ...................................... 13

1.3. Status of Solid Waste Management:......................................................................................... 14

1.4. Present Project Details: ................................................................................................................ 15

1.6. Scope of Work: ................................................................................................................................. 17

A. Equipment for Collection, Transpiration & Disposal: .......................................... 17

B. Infrastructure to be created: ............................................................................................. 18

CHAPTER NO. 2 PROFILE OF ULBS-BHOPAL CITY ............................................................. 19

2.1. Introduction: ..................................................................................................................................... 19

2.2. Historical Background of Bhopal City: .................................................................................... 19

2.3. Geographical conditions of Bhopal City: ................................................................................ 20

2.3.1 Climate ......................................................................................................................................... 20

2.3.2 Humidity ..................................................................................................................................... 21

2.3.3 Geology and Soil ....................................................................................................................... 21

2.4. Land use patterns: .......................................................................................................................... 21

2.5. Participating ULBs: ......................................................................................................................... 22

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. Page 2 of 220

2.6. Population: ........................................................................................................................................ 25

2.7. Slum Population: ............................................................................................................................. 26

CHAPTER NO. 3 ASSESSMENT OF EXISTING SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

3.1. Introduction: ..................................................................................................................................... 26

3.2. Sources of Solid Waste: ................................................................................................................. 26

3.3. Waste quantification details: ...................................................................................................... 27

3.4. Storage of Waste: ............................................................................................................................ 31

3.5. Existing Collection and Transportation system by BMC: ................................................ 33

1. Primary Collection System: Door to Door Collection ....................................................... 33

2. Secondary waste Collection System ....................................................................................... 35

4. Man power ........................................................................................................................................ 36

3.6. Transfer stations: ............................................................................................................................ 37

3.7. Treatment & disposal of waste: ................................................................................................. 38

3.9. Observation and Deficiencies in the present system: ....................................................... 45

CHAPTER NO.4 WASTE QUANTIFICATION AND CHRACTERIZATION ..................... 50

4.1. Introduction: ..................................................................................................................................... 50

4.2 Waste characterization & quantification ................................................................................ 50

4.2.1 Sources of waste generation: .............................................................................................. 50

4.2.2 Methodology of waste quantification &characterization: ....................................... 51

4.3 Study results ...................................................................................................................................... 52

4.4 Collection efficiency ........................................................................................................................ 57

MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd. Page 3 of 220

4.5 Future Generation Trends ............................................................................................................ 57